WO1993021748A1 - Membrane dielectric isolation ic fabrication - Google Patents

Membrane dielectric isolation ic fabrication Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO1993021748A1
WO1993021748A1 PCT/US1993/003140 US9303140W WO9321748A1 WO 1993021748 A1 WO1993021748 A1 WO 1993021748A1 US 9303140 W US9303140 W US 9303140W WO 9321748 A1 WO9321748 A1 WO 9321748A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
membrane
layer
substrate
forming
semiconductor
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US1993/003140
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Glenn J. Leedy
Original Assignee
Leedy Glenn J
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Leedy Glenn J filed Critical Leedy Glenn J
Priority to BR9306232A priority Critical patent/BR9306232A/en
Priority to JP5518399A priority patent/JPH07508614A/en
Priority to EP93910567A priority patent/EP0641485A4/en
Publication of WO1993021748A1 publication Critical patent/WO1993021748A1/en
Priority to KR20037014658A priority patent/KR20040002953A/ko

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L21/00Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L25/00Assemblies consisting of a plurality of individual semiconductor or other solid state devices ; Multistep manufacturing processes thereof
    • H01L25/50Multistep manufacturing processes of assemblies consisting of devices, each device being of a type provided for in group H01L27/00 or H01L29/00
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/70Microphotolithographic exposure; Apparatus therefor
    • G03F7/70483Information management; Active and passive control; Testing; Wafer monitoring, e.g. pattern monitoring
    • G03F7/70605Workpiece metrology
    • G03F7/70653Metrology techniques
    • G03F7/70658Electrical testing
    • GPHYSICS
    • G11INFORMATION STORAGE
    • G11CSTATIC STORES
    • G11C29/00Checking stores for correct operation ; Subsequent repair; Testing stores during standby or offline operation
    • G11C29/006Checking stores for correct operation ; Subsequent repair; Testing stores during standby or offline operation at wafer scale level, i.e. wafer scale integration [WSI]
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L21/00Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/70Manufacture or treatment of devices consisting of a plurality of solid state components formed in or on a common substrate or of parts thereof; Manufacture of integrated circuit devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/71Manufacture of specific parts of devices defined in group H01L21/70
    • H01L21/76Making of isolation regions between components
    • H01L21/762Dielectric regions, e.g. EPIC dielectric isolation, LOCOS; Trench refilling techniques, SOI technology, use of channel stoppers
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L21/00Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/70Manufacture or treatment of devices consisting of a plurality of solid state components formed in or on a common substrate or of parts thereof; Manufacture of integrated circuit devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/71Manufacture of specific parts of devices defined in group H01L21/70
    • H01L21/76Making of isolation regions between components
    • H01L21/762Dielectric regions, e.g. EPIC dielectric isolation, LOCOS; Trench refilling techniques, SOI technology, use of channel stoppers
    • H01L21/7624Dielectric regions, e.g. EPIC dielectric isolation, LOCOS; Trench refilling techniques, SOI technology, use of channel stoppers using semiconductor on insulator [SOI] technology
    • H01L21/76264SOI together with lateral isolation, e.g. using local oxidation of silicon, or dielectric or polycristalline material refilled trench or air gap isolation regions, e.g. completely isolated semiconductor islands
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L21/00Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/70Manufacture or treatment of devices consisting of a plurality of solid state components formed in or on a common substrate or of parts thereof; Manufacture of integrated circuit devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/71Manufacture of specific parts of devices defined in group H01L21/70
    • H01L21/76Making of isolation regions between components
    • H01L21/764Air gaps
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L23/00Details of semiconductor or other solid state devices
    • H01L23/52Arrangements for conducting electric current within the device in operation from one component to another, i.e. interconnections, e.g. wires, lead frames
    • H01L23/538Arrangements for conducting electric current within the device in operation from one component to another, i.e. interconnections, e.g. wires, lead frames the interconnection structure between a plurality of semiconductor chips being formed on, or in, insulating substrates
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L23/00Details of semiconductor or other solid state devices
    • H01L23/52Arrangements for conducting electric current within the device in operation from one component to another, i.e. interconnections, e.g. wires, lead frames
    • H01L23/538Arrangements for conducting electric current within the device in operation from one component to another, i.e. interconnections, e.g. wires, lead frames the interconnection structure between a plurality of semiconductor chips being formed on, or in, insulating substrates
    • H01L23/5381Crossover interconnections, e.g. bridge stepovers
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L23/00Details of semiconductor or other solid state devices
    • H01L23/52Arrangements for conducting electric current within the device in operation from one component to another, i.e. interconnections, e.g. wires, lead frames
    • H01L23/538Arrangements for conducting electric current within the device in operation from one component to another, i.e. interconnections, e.g. wires, lead frames the interconnection structure between a plurality of semiconductor chips being formed on, or in, insulating substrates
    • H01L23/5383Multilayer substrates
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L23/00Details of semiconductor or other solid state devices
    • H01L23/52Arrangements for conducting electric current within the device in operation from one component to another, i.e. interconnections, e.g. wires, lead frames
    • H01L23/538Arrangements for conducting electric current within the device in operation from one component to another, i.e. interconnections, e.g. wires, lead frames the interconnection structure between a plurality of semiconductor chips being formed on, or in, insulating substrates
    • H01L23/5386Geometry or layout of the interconnection structure
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L23/00Details of semiconductor or other solid state devices
    • H01L23/52Arrangements for conducting electric current within the device in operation from one component to another, i.e. interconnections, e.g. wires, lead frames
    • H01L23/538Arrangements for conducting electric current within the device in operation from one component to another, i.e. interconnections, e.g. wires, lead frames the interconnection structure between a plurality of semiconductor chips being formed on, or in, insulating substrates
    • H01L23/5387Flexible insulating substrates
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L25/00Assemblies consisting of a plurality of individual semiconductor or other solid state devices ; Multistep manufacturing processes thereof
    • H01L25/03Assemblies consisting of a plurality of individual semiconductor or other solid state devices ; Multistep manufacturing processes thereof all the devices being of a type provided for in the same subgroup of groups H01L27/00 - H01L33/00, or in a single subclass of H10K, H10N, e.g. assemblies of rectifier diodes
    • H01L25/04Assemblies consisting of a plurality of individual semiconductor or other solid state devices ; Multistep manufacturing processes thereof all the devices being of a type provided for in the same subgroup of groups H01L27/00 - H01L33/00, or in a single subclass of H10K, H10N, e.g. assemblies of rectifier diodes the devices not having separate containers
    • H01L25/065Assemblies consisting of a plurality of individual semiconductor or other solid state devices ; Multistep manufacturing processes thereof all the devices being of a type provided for in the same subgroup of groups H01L27/00 - H01L33/00, or in a single subclass of H10K, H10N, e.g. assemblies of rectifier diodes the devices not having separate containers the devices being of a type provided for in group H01L27/00
    • H01L25/0652Assemblies consisting of a plurality of individual semiconductor or other solid state devices ; Multistep manufacturing processes thereof all the devices being of a type provided for in the same subgroup of groups H01L27/00 - H01L33/00, or in a single subclass of H10K, H10N, e.g. assemblies of rectifier diodes the devices not having separate containers the devices being of a type provided for in group H01L27/00 the devices being arranged next and on each other, i.e. mixed assemblies
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L25/00Assemblies consisting of a plurality of individual semiconductor or other solid state devices ; Multistep manufacturing processes thereof
    • H01L25/03Assemblies consisting of a plurality of individual semiconductor or other solid state devices ; Multistep manufacturing processes thereof all the devices being of a type provided for in the same subgroup of groups H01L27/00 - H01L33/00, or in a single subclass of H10K, H10N, e.g. assemblies of rectifier diodes
    • H01L25/04Assemblies consisting of a plurality of individual semiconductor or other solid state devices ; Multistep manufacturing processes thereof all the devices being of a type provided for in the same subgroup of groups H01L27/00 - H01L33/00, or in a single subclass of H10K, H10N, e.g. assemblies of rectifier diodes the devices not having separate containers
    • H01L25/065Assemblies consisting of a plurality of individual semiconductor or other solid state devices ; Multistep manufacturing processes thereof all the devices being of a type provided for in the same subgroup of groups H01L27/00 - H01L33/00, or in a single subclass of H10K, H10N, e.g. assemblies of rectifier diodes the devices not having separate containers the devices being of a type provided for in group H01L27/00
    • H01L25/0655Assemblies consisting of a plurality of individual semiconductor or other solid state devices ; Multistep manufacturing processes thereof all the devices being of a type provided for in the same subgroup of groups H01L27/00 - H01L33/00, or in a single subclass of H10K, H10N, e.g. assemblies of rectifier diodes the devices not having separate containers the devices being of a type provided for in group H01L27/00 the devices being arranged next to each other
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1345Conductors connecting electrodes to cell terminals
    • G02F1/13452Conductors connecting driver circuitry and terminals of panels
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/136Liquid crystal cells structurally associated with a semi-conducting layer or substrate, e.g. cells forming part of an integrated circuit
    • G02F1/1362Active matrix addressed cells
    • G02F1/136277Active matrix addressed cells formed on a semiconductor substrate, e.g. of silicon
    • G02F1/136281Active matrix addressed cells formed on a semiconductor substrate, e.g. of silicon having a transmissive semiconductor substrate
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L21/00Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/70Manufacture or treatment of devices consisting of a plurality of solid state components formed in or on a common substrate or of parts thereof; Manufacture of integrated circuit devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/71Manufacture of specific parts of devices defined in group H01L21/70
    • H01L21/76Making of isolation regions between components
    • H01L21/762Dielectric regions, e.g. EPIC dielectric isolation, LOCOS; Trench refilling techniques, SOI technology, use of channel stoppers
    • H01L21/7624Dielectric regions, e.g. EPIC dielectric isolation, LOCOS; Trench refilling techniques, SOI technology, use of channel stoppers using semiconductor on insulator [SOI] technology
    • H01L21/76264SOI together with lateral isolation, e.g. using local oxidation of silicon, or dielectric or polycristalline material refilled trench or air gap isolation regions, e.g. completely isolated semiconductor islands
    • H01L21/76289Lateral isolation by air gap
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L21/00Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/70Manufacture or treatment of devices consisting of a plurality of solid state components formed in or on a common substrate or of parts thereof; Manufacture of integrated circuit devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/77Manufacture or treatment of devices consisting of a plurality of solid state components or integrated circuits formed in, or on, a common substrate
    • H01L21/78Manufacture or treatment of devices consisting of a plurality of solid state components or integrated circuits formed in, or on, a common substrate with subsequent division of the substrate into plural individual devices
    • H01L21/82Manufacture or treatment of devices consisting of a plurality of solid state components or integrated circuits formed in, or on, a common substrate with subsequent division of the substrate into plural individual devices to produce devices, e.g. integrated circuits, each consisting of a plurality of components
    • H01L21/822Manufacture or treatment of devices consisting of a plurality of solid state components or integrated circuits formed in, or on, a common substrate with subsequent division of the substrate into plural individual devices to produce devices, e.g. integrated circuits, each consisting of a plurality of components the substrate being a semiconductor, using silicon technology
    • H01L21/8221Three dimensional integrated circuits stacked in different levels
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2224/00Indexing scheme for arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies and methods related thereto as covered by H01L24/00
    • H01L2224/01Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
    • H01L2224/02Bonding areas; Manufacturing methods related thereto
    • H01L2224/04Structure, shape, material or disposition of the bonding areas prior to the connecting process
    • H01L2224/0401Bonding areas specifically adapted for bump connectors, e.g. under bump metallisation [UBM]
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2224/00Indexing scheme for arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies and methods related thereto as covered by H01L24/00
    • H01L2224/01Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
    • H01L2224/02Bonding areas; Manufacturing methods related thereto
    • H01L2224/04Structure, shape, material or disposition of the bonding areas prior to the connecting process
    • H01L2224/05Structure, shape, material or disposition of the bonding areas prior to the connecting process of an individual bonding area
    • H01L2224/0554External layer
    • H01L2224/0556Disposition
    • H01L2224/0557Disposition the external layer being disposed on a via connection of the semiconductor or solid-state body
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2224/00Indexing scheme for arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies and methods related thereto as covered by H01L24/00
    • H01L2224/01Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
    • H01L2224/10Bump connectors; Manufacturing methods related thereto
    • H01L2224/12Structure, shape, material or disposition of the bump connectors prior to the connecting process
    • H01L2224/13Structure, shape, material or disposition of the bump connectors prior to the connecting process of an individual bump connector
    • H01L2224/13001Core members of the bump connector
    • H01L2224/13005Structure
    • H01L2224/13009Bump connector integrally formed with a via connection of the semiconductor or solid-state body
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2224/00Indexing scheme for arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies and methods related thereto as covered by H01L24/00
    • H01L2224/01Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
    • H01L2224/10Bump connectors; Manufacturing methods related thereto
    • H01L2224/15Structure, shape, material or disposition of the bump connectors after the connecting process
    • H01L2224/16Structure, shape, material or disposition of the bump connectors after the connecting process of an individual bump connector
    • H01L2224/161Disposition
    • H01L2224/16151Disposition the bump connector connecting between a semiconductor or solid-state body and an item not being a semiconductor or solid-state body, e.g. chip-to-substrate, chip-to-passive
    • H01L2224/16221Disposition the bump connector connecting between a semiconductor or solid-state body and an item not being a semiconductor or solid-state body, e.g. chip-to-substrate, chip-to-passive the body and the item being stacked
    • H01L2224/16225Disposition the bump connector connecting between a semiconductor or solid-state body and an item not being a semiconductor or solid-state body, e.g. chip-to-substrate, chip-to-passive the body and the item being stacked the item being non-metallic, e.g. insulating substrate with or without metallisation
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2224/00Indexing scheme for arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies and methods related thereto as covered by H01L24/00
    • H01L2224/01Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
    • H01L2224/10Bump connectors; Manufacturing methods related thereto
    • H01L2224/15Structure, shape, material or disposition of the bump connectors after the connecting process
    • H01L2224/16Structure, shape, material or disposition of the bump connectors after the connecting process of an individual bump connector
    • H01L2224/161Disposition
    • H01L2224/16151Disposition the bump connector connecting between a semiconductor or solid-state body and an item not being a semiconductor or solid-state body, e.g. chip-to-substrate, chip-to-passive
    • H01L2224/16221Disposition the bump connector connecting between a semiconductor or solid-state body and an item not being a semiconductor or solid-state body, e.g. chip-to-substrate, chip-to-passive the body and the item being stacked
    • H01L2224/16225Disposition the bump connector connecting between a semiconductor or solid-state body and an item not being a semiconductor or solid-state body, e.g. chip-to-substrate, chip-to-passive the body and the item being stacked the item being non-metallic, e.g. insulating substrate with or without metallisation
    • H01L2224/16227Disposition the bump connector connecting between a semiconductor or solid-state body and an item not being a semiconductor or solid-state body, e.g. chip-to-substrate, chip-to-passive the body and the item being stacked the item being non-metallic, e.g. insulating substrate with or without metallisation the bump connector connecting to a bond pad of the item
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L27/00Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate
    • H01L27/02Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate including semiconductor components specially adapted for rectifying, oscillating, amplifying or switching and having potential barriers; including integrated passive circuit elements having potential barriers
    • H01L27/0203Particular design considerations for integrated circuits
    • H01L27/0207Geometrical layout of the components, e.g. computer aided design; custom LSI, semi-custom LSI, standard cell technique
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2924/00Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
    • H01L2924/0001Technical content checked by a classifier
    • H01L2924/00011Not relevant to the scope of the group, the symbol of which is combined with the symbol of this group
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2924/00Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
    • H01L2924/0001Technical content checked by a classifier
    • H01L2924/0002Not covered by any one of groups H01L24/00, H01L24/00 and H01L2224/00
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2924/00Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
    • H01L2924/01Chemical elements
    • H01L2924/01014Silicon [Si]
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2924/00Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
    • H01L2924/01Chemical elements
    • H01L2924/01019Potassium [K]
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2924/00Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
    • H01L2924/01Chemical elements
    • H01L2924/0102Calcium [Ca]
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2924/00Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
    • H01L2924/01Chemical elements
    • H01L2924/01057Lanthanum [La]
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2924/00Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
    • H01L2924/01Chemical elements
    • H01L2924/01078Platinum [Pt]
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2924/00Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
    • H01L2924/01Chemical elements
    • H01L2924/01079Gold [Au]
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2924/00Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
    • H01L2924/10Details of semiconductor or other solid state devices to be connected
    • H01L2924/11Device type
    • H01L2924/13Discrete devices, e.g. 3 terminal devices
    • H01L2924/1304Transistor
    • H01L2924/1305Bipolar Junction Transistor [BJT]
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2924/00Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
    • H01L2924/10Details of semiconductor or other solid state devices to be connected
    • H01L2924/11Device type
    • H01L2924/13Discrete devices, e.g. 3 terminal devices
    • H01L2924/1304Transistor
    • H01L2924/1306Field-effect transistor [FET]
    • H01L2924/13091Metal-Oxide-Semiconductor Field-Effect Transistor [MOSFET]
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2924/00Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
    • H01L2924/10Details of semiconductor or other solid state devices to be connected
    • H01L2924/11Device type
    • H01L2924/14Integrated circuits
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2924/00Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
    • H01L2924/15Details of package parts other than the semiconductor or other solid state devices to be connected
    • H01L2924/151Die mounting substrate
    • H01L2924/1515Shape
    • H01L2924/15153Shape the die mounting substrate comprising a recess for hosting the device
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2924/00Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
    • H01L2924/15Details of package parts other than the semiconductor or other solid state devices to be connected
    • H01L2924/151Die mounting substrate
    • H01L2924/15165Monolayer substrate
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2924/00Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
    • H01L2924/15Details of package parts other than the semiconductor or other solid state devices to be connected
    • H01L2924/151Die mounting substrate
    • H01L2924/153Connection portion
    • H01L2924/1531Connection portion the connection portion being formed only on the surface of the substrate opposite to the die mounting surface
    • H01L2924/15312Connection portion the connection portion being formed only on the surface of the substrate opposite to the die mounting surface being a pin array, e.g. PGA
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2924/00Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
    • H01L2924/30Technical effects
    • H01L2924/301Electrical effects
    • H01L2924/3011Impedance
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2924/00Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
    • H01L2924/30Technical effects
    • H01L2924/301Electrical effects
    • H01L2924/3025Electromagnetic shielding
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10STECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10S148/00Metal treatment
    • Y10S148/135Removal of substrate
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10STECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10S438/00Semiconductor device manufacturing: process
    • Y10S438/928Front and rear surface processing
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10STECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10S438/00Semiconductor device manufacturing: process
    • Y10S438/938Lattice strain control or utilization
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10STECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10S438/00Semiconductor device manufacturing: process
    • Y10S438/942Masking
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10STECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10S438/00Semiconductor device manufacturing: process
    • Y10S438/967Semiconductor on specified insulator
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10STECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10S438/00Semiconductor device manufacturing: process
    • Y10S438/977Thinning or removal of substrate
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10TTECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
    • Y10T29/00Metal working
    • Y10T29/49Method of mechanical manufacture
    • Y10T29/49002Electrical device making
    • Y10T29/49117Conductor or circuit manufacturing
    • Y10T29/49124On flat or curved insulated base, e.g., printed circuit, etc.
    • Y10T29/49128Assembling formed circuit to base
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10TTECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
    • Y10T29/00Metal working
    • Y10T29/49Method of mechanical manufacture
    • Y10T29/49002Electrical device making
    • Y10T29/49117Conductor or circuit manufacturing
    • Y10T29/49124On flat or curved insulated base, e.g., printed circuit, etc.
    • Y10T29/49155Manufacturing circuit on or in base
    • Y10T29/49162Manufacturing circuit on or in base by using wire as conductive path
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10TTECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
    • Y10T29/00Metal working
    • Y10T29/49Method of mechanical manufacture
    • Y10T29/49002Electrical device making
    • Y10T29/49117Conductor or circuit manufacturing
    • Y10T29/49124On flat or curved insulated base, e.g., printed circuit, etc.
    • Y10T29/49155Manufacturing circuit on or in base
    • Y10T29/49165Manufacturing circuit on or in base by forming conductive walled aperture in base
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10TTECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
    • Y10T29/00Metal working
    • Y10T29/49Method of mechanical manufacture
    • Y10T29/49002Electrical device making
    • Y10T29/49117Conductor or circuit manufacturing
    • Y10T29/49169Assembling electrical component directly to terminal or elongated conductor
    • Y10T29/49171Assembling electrical component directly to terminal or elongated conductor with encapsulating
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10TTECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
    • Y10T29/00Metal working
    • Y10T29/49Method of mechanical manufacture
    • Y10T29/49002Electrical device making
    • Y10T29/49117Conductor or circuit manufacturing
    • Y10T29/49204Contact or terminal manufacturing
    • Y10T29/49208Contact or terminal manufacturing by assembling plural parts
    • Y10T29/4921Contact or terminal manufacturing by assembling plural parts with bonding

Definitions

  • This invention relates to methods for fabricating integrated circuits on and in flexible membranes, and to structures fabricated using such methods.
  • DI Dielectric Isolation
  • SOI Silicon- on-lnsulator
  • SOS Silicon-on-Sapphire
  • This invention is directed to a general method for the fabrication of integrated circuits and interconnect metallization structures from membranes of dielectric and semiconductor materials.
  • the fabrication technology in accordance with this invention is referred to herein as
  • MDI Membrane Dielectric Isolation
  • circuits made from it as circuit membranes.
  • MDI Membrane Dielectric Isolation
  • the novel use of materials and processing techniques provides for the fabrication of high temperature, mechanically durable, large area free standing membranes (greater than 1 square cm in area) from low stress dielectric and/or semiconductor films. These membranes permit the application (continued use) of most of the established integrated processing methods for the fabrication of circuit devices and interconnect metallization. —
  • an integrated circuit is formed on a tensile low stress dielectric membrane comprised of one layer or a partial layer of semiconductor material in which are formed circuit devices and several layers of dielectric and interconnect metallization.
  • a structure in accordance with the invention is a tensile membrane of semiconductor material in which are formed circuit devices with multiple layers of tensile low stress dielectric and metallization ⁇ interconnect on either side of the semiconductor membrane.
  • the membrane structure is a processing or manufacturing structure for enabling the manufacture of novel and more cost effective integrated circuits. This is in addition to an objective to manufacture an integrated circuit, or portion thereof, in a membrane or thin film form.
  • circuit membranes that can be made by this invention areididib.
  • Multi-layer interconnect metallization circuits formed on or from semiconductor or non-semiconductor substrates The primary objectives of the MDI fabrication technology disclosed herein are the cost effective manufacture of high performance, high density integrated circuits and integrated circuit interconnect with the elimination or reduction of detrimental electrical effects on the operation of individual circuit devices (e.g. diodes, transistors, etc.) by completely isolating with a dielectric material each such circuit device from the common substrate upon which they are initially fabricated, and i therefore, from each other, and to provide a more versatile and efficient physical form factor for the application of integrate circuits.
  • Some of the 5 benefits of the MDI IC fabrication process are the elimination or reduction of substrate current leakage, capacitive coupling and parasitic transistor effects between adjoining circuit devices.
  • the MDI IC fabrication process benefits extend to several other categories of IC fabrication such as lower IC processing costs due to fewer IC isolation
  • the strength of the MDI processes is primarily drawn from two
  • dielectric materials that meet these requirements are silicon dioxide and silicon nitride films when prepared with specific low stress film deposition recipes for instance on equipment supplied by Novellus Systems, Inc. Dielectric
  • the MDI circuit fabrication process in one embodiment starts with a semiconductor wafer substrate, and results in an IC in the form of a circuit membrane where each transistor or semiconductor device (SD) in the IC has complete dielectric isolation from every other such semiconductor device in the IC. Only interconnect at the specific electrode contact sites of the semiconductor devices provides electrical continuity between the semiconductor devices.
  • the primary feature of the MDI process is complete electrical isolation of all semiconductor devices of an IC from all of the intervening semiconductor substrate on which or in which they were initially formed and to do so at lower cost and process complexity than existing bulk IC processing methods.
  • Other features of the MDI process are vertical electrode contact (backside
  • the resulting IC need not be composed of silicon-based devices, but could be of any semiconductor device material such as GaAs, InP, HgCdTe, InSb or a
  • Silicon is an inexpensive and well understood semiconductor substrate material with superior mechanical handling properties relative to most other presently established semiconductor materials.
  • the MDI process is not limited to
  • Novel selective epitaxial device formation In some semiconductor technologies it is not necessary to have complete isolation between each transistor or semiconductor device, such as certain applications using polycrystalline or amorphous TFTs (thin film transistors). This is not a limitation on the MDI process, because semiconductor device side wall isolation is an option in the MDI process. What is novel is that the MDI process provides general methods by which thin films or membranes of dielectric and semiconductor materials can be formed into a free standing IC or circuit membrane.
  • Figures 1a to 1j show a dielectric and semiconductor membrane substrate in cross-section.
  • Figure 2 shows an etched silicon substrate membrane in cross- section.
  • Figures 3a, 3b show dielectric membranes with semiconductor devices.
  • Figure 4 shows an alignment mark of a circuit membrane in cross-section.
  • Figure 5 shows support structures for a membrane structure isolation structure.
  • Figure 6a to 6i show a circuit membrane Air Tunnel structure.
  • Figure 7 shows stacked circuit membranes with optical input/output.
  • Figure 8 shows a three dimensional circuit membrane.
  • Figures 9a to 9j show fabrication of a MOSFET in a membrane.
  • Figures 10a to 10d show fabrication of a transistor by lateral epitaxial growth on a membrane.
  • Figures 11a to 11f show vertical MOSFET and bipolar transistors formed on a membrane.
  • Figure 12a to 12g show transistor fabrication on a membrane using confined laterally doped epitaxy.
  • Figures 12h to 12j show cross-sections of selective epitaxial growth on a membrane.
  • Figures 13a to 13d show cross-sectipns of multi-chip modules.
  • Figure 14 shows a cross-section of a membrane formed on a reusable substrate.
  • Figure 15 shows a cross-section of the membrane of Figure 14 with a support frame attached.
  • Figures 16a, 16b show multi-chip modules in packages.
  • Figures 17a to 17c show soldering of bond pads of a circuit membrane to a die.
  • Figure 18 shows bond pads on a die.
  • Figures 19a, 19b show bonding and de-bonding of a die to a circuit membrane.
  • Figures 20, 21 show two sides of a circuit membrane.
  • Figures 22a to 22c show formation of a metal trace in a circuit membrane by a lift-off process.
  • Figures 23a, 23b show use of a buried etch stop layer to form a circuit membrane having a thinner inner portion.
  • Figures 24, 25 show a source-integrated light valve for direct write lithography.
  • Figures 26, 27 are cross-sections of X-ray sources for the device of Figures 24, 25.
  • Figures 28a to 28b show a coil for the device of Figure 24.
  • Figures 29a to 29k show portions of a source-external radiation valve for direct write lithography device.
  • Figures 29I to 29p show use of fixed freestanding membrane lithography masks.
  • Figure 30 shows a cross-section of a lithographic tool.
  • Figures 31a to 31c show cross-sections of a display formed on a membrane.
  • Figures 32a to 32d show three-dimensional IC structures.
  • the MDI process is the formation of an IC or interconnect metallization circuit as a free standing dielectric and/or semiconductor circuit membrane.
  • Each semiconductor device comprising an IC circuit membrane is a semiconductor device optionally isolated from adjoining semiconductor devices, and where each semiconductor device is formed on or in a membrane of semiconductor material typically less than 8 ⁇ m in thickness.
  • the overall thickness of a circuit membrane is - typically less than 50 ⁇ m and preferably less than 8 ⁇ m.
  • the dielectric membrane is compatible with most higher temperature IC processing techniques.
  • Additional related methods for forming semiconductor membranes may exist or come into existence and are included in the MDI technology.
  • Examples of some of the methods that can be used for forming silicon single crystal thin films are: 1. Heavily boron doped (typically greater than 10 18 atoms/cm 3 ) etch stop layer (formed by diffusion, implant or epitaxy) with optional epitaxial SiGe (less than 20% Ge) anti-autodoping overlayer layer and optional epitaxial layer.
  • Heavily boron doped typically greater than 10 18 atoms/cm 3
  • etch stop layer formed by diffusion, implant or epitaxy
  • optional epitaxial SiGe (less than 20% Ge) anti-autodoping overlayer layer optional epitaxial layer.
  • O (oxide) and N2 (Nitride) implant etch stop barrier layer implant etch stop barrier layer. Implant concentrations are typically between 10 to 100 times less for formation of an etch stop barrier layer than that required to form a buried oxide or nitride dielectric isolation layer as presently done with a standard thickness silicon substrate. 3. Buried oxide etch stop barrier layer formed from a porous silicon layer.
  • the MDI process requires that the semiconductor membrane forming process (thinning process) produce a highly uniform membrane typically less than 2 ⁇ m thick and that the surface tension of the semiconductor membrane be in low tensile stress. If the membrane is not in tensile stress, but in
  • a heavily doped boron layer will etch 10 to 100 times slower than the rest of the substrate. However, if it is to form an effective uniform membrane surface, autodoping to the lower substrate and to the upper device layer
  • a layers and the barrier etch stop layers are subsequently removed after formation of the membrane in order to complete device dielectric
  • the MDI process for forming a dielectric membrane requires that the dielectric material be deposited in net surface tensile stress and that the tensile surface stress level be 2 to 100 times less than the fracture strength of the dielectric. Consideration is also given to matching the coefficient of thermal expansion of the semiconductor material and the various dielectric materials being used in order to minimize the extrinsic net surface stress of the membrane.
  • Thermally formed silicon dioxide forms as a strongly compressive film and most deposited dielectrics currently in use form typically with compressive surface stress.
  • High temperature silicon dioxide and silicon nitride dielectric deposited films with tensile surface stress levels 100 times less than their fracture strength have been demonstrated as large area free standing membranes consistent with the requirements of the MDI process.
  • the ability to form large durable temperature tolerant low tensile stress films of both semiconductor and dielectric materials as - components or layers of a substrate for the fabrication of integrated circuits and interconnect structures is unique to the MDI process.
  • the large free standing semiconductor and dielectric membrane substrates of the MDI process provide unique structural advantages to lower the cost and complexity of circuit fabrication and enhance the performance of circuit operation.
  • the MDI process can be broadly described as two methods, depending on which method of forming the semiconductor substrate thin film is selected. The sequence of steps of the two process methods presented below may be utilized in a different order depending on processing efficiencies. Formation of polysilicon or a-Si (amorphous silicon) circuit devices on a dielectric membrane without the starting use of a semiconductor substrate is disclosed below, but is not categorized as a method.
  • Method #1 fabricates the desired semiconductor devices of an IC on a standard thickness semiconductor substrate 10 prior to the deposition of the low stress dielectric membrane and release of membrane structure 14 by etching the back side of the substrate. ( Figure 1a shows in cross-sections the substrate 10 after back side etching.) These semiconductor devices will typically be trench isolated (see below) through or below the active area layer of each semiconductor device.
  • the semiconductor devices will typically be fabricated from vapor phase epitaxial depositions.
  • Well known epitaxial fabrication methods such as SEG (Selective Epitaxial Growth), ELO (Epitaxial Lateral Overgrowth), MOCVD (Metal-Organic Chemical Vapor Deposition) or MBE (Molecular Beam Epitaxy) may be employed.
  • an etch stop barrier layer 12 is implanted just beneath the surface of the silicon substrate 10. This is shown in Figure 1b, which is an expanded view of a portion of substrate 10 prior to the backside etching step. Portion 11 of substrate 10 is to be removed.
  • This barrier etch stop layer 12 may be an oxide layer produced in a manner similar to the well known SIMOX technique or an implanted silicon nitride layer; however, the thickness of the buried oxide or nitride layer required for MDI processing is significantly less than that required to achieve device dielectric isolation for a silicon substrate which is the general application for such implant technology.
  • SIMOX Separatation by IMplanted OXygen
  • the purpose of layer 12 is to induce minimum damage to the crystalline surface of the substrate 10 which would degrade subsequent semiconductor device processing, while providing a uniform substrate (silicon) preferential back side etch stop just beneath the surface of the substrate.
  • the barrier etch stop layer 12 can be made at a well controlled thickness and acts as an end point when the silicon substrate 10 is selectively etched from the back side 14 (see Figure 1a) as part of the processing in forming the low stress dielectric and (optionally) semiconductor circuit membrane.
  • the barrier etch stop 1 as shown in Figure 1 b does not extend to the edge of the substrate. It is not restricted from extending to the edge of the substrate (wafer), but it must extend beyond that portion 11 of the substrate 10 that will be removed during the formation of the membrane structure.
  • the original substrate upon which the MDI circuit membrane is formed serves as retaining frame (or ring) 18 for the MDI circuit membrane after the backside of the substrate is etched. The backside etch of the substrate leaves the frame 18 of the substrate to hold the resulting circuit membrane.
  • the width of frame 18 is sufficient to prevent the surface forces of the circuit membrane from causing the frame to crack. A width typically of less than 400 mils (1 cm) is sufficient.
  • the substrate is then etched through dielectric window or dielectric mask.
  • the shape of the backside window opening (or dielectric mask) is typically rectangular, although it can vary in shape.
  • the barrier etch stop layer 12 is then selectively etched to leave only the original surface 10 layer of the silicon substrate.
  • a barrier etch stop layer could also be formed on the surface of the silicon substrate if the layer preserves sufficient crystalline structure required for subsequent epitaxial processing, surface stress (typically less than 10 8 dynes/cm 2 tensile) and there is a selective etch procedure for the silicon substrate versus the barrier etch stop layer, and if need be, the applied barrier etch stop layer can subsequently be removed.
  • the backside 14 is etched away by TMAH (tetra-methyl ammonia hydroxide) or other appropriate selective silicon etchant (see below).
  • Figure 1c shows formation of the semiconductor devices 24, 26, 28 in the semiconductor substrate after backside substrate etch to a buried etch stop layer, dielectric deposition, and selective removal of the barrier etch stop. Trenches 25, 27, 29 are cut into the substrate 10 prior to deposition of the low stress dielectric membrane 20, which also serves as an isolation dielectric between adjacent semiconductor devices 24, 26, 28.
  • FIG. 1d shows in cross-section several transistors 11a, 11b, 11c of a circuit membrane 20 with semiconductor layer 20b, interconnect metallization 20c, low stress dielectric membrane 20d, and with completed topside device processing and a backside deposited low stress silicon nitride mask 13 patterned with openings 15a, 15b between transistors.
  • LOCOS LOCal Oxidation of Silicon
  • the thermal oxide isolation created by the LOCOS method may change the net tensile surface stress of the semiconductor (substrate) membrane layer.
  • the deposition of low stress dielectric films on either side of the semiconductor layer prior to LOCOS processing will offset most compressive effects of the oxide formation.
  • Device isolation by the LOCOS process when applied to a MDI circuit membrane is more effective than current bulk processing because of the shallow depth of the semiconductor substrate layer. This also allows near optimum density of the circuit devices with respect to minimum device isolation separation.
  • the easy inco ⁇ oration of LOCOS into the MDI processing methods also is an indication of the general compatibility of the MDI process with existing IC fabrication techniques.
  • the remaining substrate 10 is then (optionally) bonded at its edges to a bonding frame or ring 19 (which is typically of glass, quartz or metal and about 25 to 100 mills thick) by conventional anodic, fusion (thermal) or epoxy bonding techniques.
  • a bonding frame or ring 19 which is typically of glass, quartz or metal and about 25 to 100 mills thick
  • the substrate frame 18 may be removed (see Figure 1g).
  • the bonding frame or ring 19 is not required for processing MDI; the original substrate 10 (which is backside etched) performs this function initially.
  • An alternative to forming a barrier etch stop layer is to polish the silicon wafer 10 on both sides to a thickness uniformity specification such that when the substrate is selectively time etched from the back side, the etch can be stopped prior to reaching the dielectric membrane 20 and will leave an acceptably uniform thickness for the active device substrate.
  • the dielectric membrane 20, 36 is formed as part of the interconnect metallization dielectric and as a layer over the two-sided interconnect metallization 35 as shown in Figures 3a and 3b. ( Figure 3b is an enlarged view of the portion of Figure 3a referenced as "3b".)
  • the thickness of the dielectric membrane 20, 36 may vary from less than 2 ⁇ m to over 15 ⁇ m per layer of interconnect metallization layer 35. All blanket dielectric material covering the substrate has a low stress surface tension and is preferably in tensile stress.
  • Two sided interconnect metallization 35, with low stress dielectric material 36 (see Figure 3b) used as the interconnect dielectric can be applied, or the back side of the circuit membrane can be passivated with low stress dielectric for a conventional one-side interconnect structure.
  • the circuit membrane can withstand processing temperatures in excess of 400'C. which is required for further deposition of various low stress dielectric layers such as S1O2 and Si x N x and to achieve reliable low resistance junctions between semiconductor device electrode contacts and interconnect metallization.
  • higher temperature processing steps can be performed such as may be required by implant activation annealing or-epitaxial processing.
  • the alignment of lithography tools on the back side of the substrate is performed through the transparent dielectric material as shown in Figure 4.
  • the semiconductor substrate material 10a near the alignment mark 40 (which is nearly transparent in the visible portion of the spectrum at thicknesses less than 2 ⁇ m) can be etched away from the dielectric membrane 20 so that the lithography alignment marks 40 are more readily visible.
  • Infrared alignment mechanisms are also available for back side alignment; silicon is transparent at infrared wavelengths.
  • Lithography marks 40 for infrared alignment cannot be as small as those used in the visible spectrum due to the longer wavelengths of the infrared, typically greater than 6,OO ⁇ A.
  • IC processing steps used on the top side and backside of the semiconductor membrane substrate are well known and not unique in application to the semiconductor substrate membrane; nearly any semiconductor process technique can be applied.
  • Method #2 fabricates a thin low stress semiconductor substrate membrane 20, such as the one shown in Figure 2, prior to deposition of the low stress dielectric membrane and fabrication of semiconductor devices.
  • This substrate membrane as shown in Figure 2 can be formed through established selective electro-chemical etching techniques or by combination of wafer bonding, grinding and selective substrate etching techniques.
  • the membrane preferably has a tensile stress of approximately 10 8 dynes/cm 2 . (This can be achieved in one manner by forming a layer with n-type dopant concentrations of 10 16 to 10 19 - atoms cm 3 and applying electrochemical etch techniques.)
  • semiconductor substrate membrane 20 is fabricated (see Figure 3a), semiconductor devices 24, 26, 28, ....
  • the low stress dielectric membrane formed on the semiconductor substrate becomes the only structural circuit membrane component after the semiconductor substrate portion of the membrane is etched or trenched into independent semiconductor devices.
  • An additional layer (not shown) of low stress dielectric over the interconnect metallization may be applied for passivation and to increase the thickness of the resulting membrane 20 to achieve a specific desired level of durability.
  • the back side etch of the semiconductor substrate 14 permits the under side of the semiconductor devices 24 30 to be accessed and additional processing of the semiconductor devices performed. The processing options on the under side of the semiconductor devices 24, ....
  • Trench isolation is the etching of a separation space 25, 27, 29 (typically less than 2 ⁇ m wide) between semiconductor devices 24, 26, 28 on all sides of the semiconductor devices and is an established IC process technique. The space or trench 25, 27, 29 is then filled with dielectric. Trench isolation is novel as applied here, because the technique is being applied to a semiconductor membrane supported by a dielectric membrane. If trench isolation is desired, established masking and etching techniques can be applied to form trenches. The uniformity of the semiconductor substrate thickness is important to the uniformity of the operating characteristics of the semiconductor devices of an IC, and to lithography processing steps. The above-described embodiments use etch stop techniques when selectively etching the semiconductor substrate material to form the desired substrate membrane thickness.
  • the interconnect circuit membrane can also be formed on a glass or quartz substrate 23 (typically less than 50 mils thick).
  • a tensile film 25 of polysilicon (as taught by LE. Trimble and G.E. Celler in_ "Evaluation of polycrystalline silicon membranes on fused silica” J. Vac. Sci. Technology B7(6), Nov/Dec 1989) is deposited on both sides of the substrate 23, as shown in Figure 1h.
  • a MDI interconnect circuit membrane 27 is then formed on the polysilicon membrane 25, as shown in Figure 1i.
  • An opening 29 in the polysilicon 25 on the backside of the substrate 23 is made and the back of the substrate 23 is selectively etched leaving a free standing tensile polysilicon membrane 27 held in the frame 23b of the remaining substrate, as shown in Figure 1j.
  • the polysilicon 25 directly beneath the circuit membrane 27 can optionally be removed as also shown in Figure 1j.
  • a metal film (not shown) or other protective layer is deposited over the circuit membrane prior to etching the backside of the substrate to protect the circuit membrane from the substrate etchant.
  • Low stress dielectric membranes have been manufactured consistent with MDI requirements for low stress high temperature dielectric films. These membranes were produced on Novellus Systems, Inc. (San Jose, CA) Concept One dielectric deposition . equipment, but are not limited to such equipment. Low stress is defined relative to the silicon dioxide and silicon nitride deposition made with the Novellus equipment as being less than 8x10 8 dynes/cm 2 (preferably 1x10 7 dynes/cm 2 ) in tension. Acceptable surface stress levels of different dielectrics made on various equipment may vary widely.
  • Figure 5 shows a structurally enhanced MDI circuit membrane structure. Structural enhancement of the MDI circuit membrane may prove necessary for various applications where stress is applied to the membrane as part of normal operation, such as in pressure sensing or in making contact test measurements as in IC wafer sort testing.
  • a portion 44 of the dielectric membrane is deposited over the SD layer 24a with a thickness greater than 1 ⁇ m, and typically 10 to 25 ⁇ m. This thicker deposited layer 44 of the dielectric membrane is patterned with a mask and dry etched to achieve a honeycomb-like pattern of recesses 46a, 46b, 46c. The depth of these recesses 46a, 46b, 46c is approximately 75% of the thickness of the low stress dielectric 44 in which they are etched.
  • Optional electrical contact 47 is provided and shown as an example of a circuit electrode.
  • the dimensions of the opening of the recesses 46a, 46b, 46c are typically two or three times the depth dimension.
  • a deposition of 1,OO ⁇ A of low stress CVD silicon nitride may optionally be applied to form a passivating seal.
  • the impedance of metal conductors (traces) that make up the interconnect metallization between semiconductor devices and passive circuit elements such as capacitors or resistors must be given careful design consideration at operational frequencies in excess of 100 MHz.
  • the dielectric constant of a dielectric (insulating) material is a primary determining factor when consideration is given to the use of the material.
  • Polyimide materials conventionally used in the construction of interconnect structures have dielectric constants typically ranging between 2 and 3.5.
  • the dielectric constants of CVD silicon dioxide and silicon nitride typically range upward from 3.5.
  • the ideal dielectric is vacuum, gaseous or air with a dielectric constant of approximately unity.
  • Air Bridges are fabricated on the surface of an IC contacting the surface of the IC only periodically. This periodic contact provides mechanical support and or electrical contact with a low net dielectric constant of isolation. Air Bridges are conventionally used in the fabrication of microwave circuits; such circuits have operational frequencies in the GHz range.
  • Figures 6a, 6b and 6c show cross-sectional views of a conductor structure 50 internal to dielectric layer 52, 52a, but which has a gaseous primary surface dielectric contact with only periodic mechanical contact 50-a, 50-b, 50-c, like the conventional Air Bridge.
  • the conductor 50 is held suspended in the gaseous dielectric without contacting the surrounding or enclosing solid material structures.
  • Figure 6d is a top view of a portion of a conductor or trace showing column supports (and or via contacts) 50-a, 50-b, 50-c and dielectric support columns 52- a, 52-b.
  • This interconnect structure is herein called an "Air Tunnel", and its method of fabrication is a direct extension of the methods used in the above-described fabrication of the MDI circuit membranes (dielectric and semiconductor membranes).
  • dielectric membrane 56 Also shown in Figures 6a, 6b and 6c are dielectric membrane 56, semiconductor membrane 58, dielectric support column 52a, ground plane metallization 60, cavity 54 formed by etch removal of a-Si (amorphous silicon), and opening 62 for etch removal of all the a-Si.
  • Figure 6b is an end-on view of an alternate structure to Figure 6a.
  • Figure 6b shows dielectric plug contact 68 to support (suspend) conductor 50.
  • Figure 6c shows an extension of the structure of Figure 6a with a second layer of dielectric 70 and traces 72.
  • the Air Tunnel structure can be fabricated on any semiconductor substrate in addition to an MDI circuit membrane.
  • the structural dielectric materials used are selected from the same group of low stress dielectrics used in the fabrication of the MDI circuit membranes discussed above.
  • the fabrication method for the Air Tunnel provided here can also be extended to the gaseous dielectric isolation of semiconductor devices and passive circuit elements in a circuit membrane.
  • the Air Tunnel structure in one embodiment is fabricated with CVD processing techniques; alternatively, ECR (Electron-Cyclotron- Resonance) plasma CVD processing may soon provide an alternative deposition method.
  • the gaseous dielectric separation of a conductor or a semiconductor device is accomplished by forming a sacrificial CVD film of a-Si, polysilicon or alternate material (typically dielectric material) that can be deposited by CVD means and selectively etched versus the other MDI circuit membrane material layers.
  • a sacrificial CVD film of a-Si, polysilicon or alternate material typically dielectric material
  • CVD means selectively etched versus the other MDI circuit membrane material layers.
  • Anticipating the use of Air Tunnel interconnect structures in the fabrication of a circuit membrane semiconductor devices are isolated (passivated) by trench isolation of each device, and depositing a thin layer of oxide or nitride (typically less than 2.000A thick) over exposed device surfaces, and then depositing a film of a-Si.
  • the thickness of the a-Si film and the width of the isolation trench are chosen such that the trench is plugged or filled evenly leaving the surface over the plug relatively planar. This plug technique is facilitated by CVD process technology which deposits films conformally on all interacting surfaces. Subsequent Air Tunnel interconnect structures are completed and the a-Si layers are removed by a silicon selective etchant; the etchant accesses the a-Si through the etch-vias as explained below.
  • the fabrication method of Air Tunnel interconnection is independent of the underlying substrate.
  • the underlying substrate could be a MDI circuit membrane as shown in Figure 6d (fabrication of which is disclosed above), a conventional IC substrate of semiconductor devices, a MCM circuit substrate, MDI tester surface membrane, etc.
  • the Air Tunnel fabrication process begins (see Figure 6f) with the deposition of an a-Si film 76 onto a substrate 56 with electrodes to be interconnected.
  • the a-Si film 76 is patterned with trenches and contact vias.
  • a CVD processed metal film 50 typically tungsten (W) is deposited over the a-Si.
  • the dimensions of the a-Si trenches and vias in the a-Si layer are consistent with forming planar plugs.
  • the trenches in the a-Si 76 once plugged with the metal film 50, become the support columns 50-a, 50-b, 50-c of the conductor, see Figures 6a and 6d.
  • the conductors deposited in the vias provide mechanical (column) support and electrical contact.
  • the metal film 50 is patterned and a second CVD processed a-Si film 78 deposited over the metal film 50; a thin layer (not shown in Figure 6a) of highly conductive metal like Au or Cu may be sputter deposited over the CVD metal (prior to the patterning of the metal film 50) to enhance conductivity of the conductor.
  • the a-Si film 78 is patterned as shown in Figure 6f, removing the a-Si film 78 from over the metal conductor 50 and forming a trench 80 along the edge of the conductor 50. This trench is plugged by a 3rd CVD layer 82 of a-Si, as shown in Figure 6g.
  • the patterning of the second a-Si layer 78 over the metal conductor 50 does not require a critical alignment; an alignment tolerance of +50% of the thickness of the second a-Si layer 78 is sufficient.
  • the resulting three films 76, 78, 82 of a-Si are relatively planar with minor surface features along the edges where conductors 50 are directly beneath. These surface features can be reduced by shallow thermal oxidation of the a-Si surface and subsequent stripping of the oxide (not shown).
  • An alternative method that can be used to planarize the a-Si and metal films is to spin coat a thick polymer over substrate 75, low stress dielectric 77, first a-Si layer 79, and second a-Si layer 81 after the application of the second a-Si film 81.
  • This a-Si film 81 is deposited in thickness equal to the combination of the former second and third a-Si films.
  • the polymer 85 used is selected to have a RIE rate nearly identical to the that of the a-Si film. The polymer 85 is completely removed and the etch of the a-Si is continued as desired, see Figures 6h and 6i.
  • the a-Si film stack is then patterned to form trenches that will become the supporting columns 50-a, 50-b, 50-c of an over layer of low stress dielectric.
  • These support columns are typically placed in a non- continuous manner along conductors 50 (as shown in Figure 6d), and periodically placed across open areas 51 where there are not conductors.
  • the periodic and overlapping placement of the support columns (etch-vias) increase the ability of a-Si selective etchant to remove all deposited a-Si material.
  • the thin metal film 60 (see Figure 6a) of typically less than 5.000A thickness may optionally be deposited over the patterned a-Si prior to the deposition of the low stress dielectric film to act as a ground plane and EM (Electro-Magnetic) shield for the conductor 50. (This metal film remains in contact with the overlying low stress dielectric film after the a-Si has been removed.)
  • a low stress dielectric film 52, 52a is deposited of typically 1-2 ⁇ m thickness over the patterned a-Si films. This low stress dielectric layer 52, 52a is patterned with trench openings 62 to the a-Si films.
  • trench openings are called etch-vias and provide access for a a-Si selective etchant like TMAH or ethylene diamine to remove all of the internal layers of a-Si films from each layer of interconnect without regard to the number of layers.
  • a a-Si selective etchant like TMAH or ethylene diamine
  • the etch-vias 62 in the dielectric are placed near dielectric support columns as shown in Figures 6c and 6d.
  • the etch-vias 62 are placed on every interconnect layer and with sufficient frequency per layer to allow etchant to reach all lower layers of the Air Tunnel interconnect structure.
  • an additional interconnect layer 72, 80 can be formed by repeating the sequence of process steps as outlined below.
  • etch-vias 62 also serve to maintain equalized pressure between the internal interconnect structure and the external environment of the surface of the circuit.
  • Tunnel assumes that the substrate being processed has an existing layer of low stress dielectric film on which to start: 1. Pattern dielectric for metal contact plug vias and etch-vias.
  • 6a Deposit a-Si film approximately the thickness of the metal film.
  • 7a Pattern a-Si film to expose conductor surfaces and trench etch along sides conductors.
  • 8a Deposit a-Si film to planarize the surface and separate the conductor from the overlying dielectric film.
  • Steps 6 through 8 from above can be replaced with the following alternative steps for forming a planarized conductor layer: 6b.
  • the principle attributes of the Air Tunnel are:
  • a MOSFET device connected by Air Tunnels is shown in cross- section as an example in Figure 6e.
  • the transistor of Figure 6e is formed from a semiconductor membrane and held suspended by the metal contacts to its electrodes with a gaseous dielectric separation on all remaining device surfaces. Shown in Figure 6e are the active portion 84 (MOSFET) and the unused portion 86 of the semiconductor membrane, a thin nitride isolation film 88, mechanical conductor support 94, conductor trace 92, and additional air tunnel interconnect structures 92, 94, 96.
  • Back side interconnect metallization, backside SD electrode contact, and through-the-dielectric membrane interconnect metallization signal routing. See Figure 3b).
  • optical communication see Figure 7 in a vertically arrayed stack of MDI circuit membranes 150a, 150b, 150c with optical transmit and receive semiconductor devices on either side of the circuit membranes. Busing of data through a stack of several MDI circuit membranes 150a, 150b, 150c from any point on the surface of an IC rather than forming connections at the edge of ICs (which is currently the practice) simplifies the structure of the circuit.
  • An external communication optical transceiver 152 is provided.
  • MDI circuit membrane 150b includes a transparent window 154 through which optical transmissions from transmitters (laser diode arrays) 156 pass to optical receiver SDs 158.
  • the stack of MDI circuit membranes is held together by support 160.
  • the ability to use optical means rather than metal conductors to transmit information between ICs shortens the length of the communication path, increases the speed and bandwidth of the communication path, and lowers the power consumed compared to present metal connection methods.
  • the optical receiver of the MDI circuit membrane is typically less than 5.000A in thickness. A receiver of this thickness will absorb only a portion of the optical signal fiuence striking it, the remainder of the fluence will pass through and out the opposite side of the receiver. This permits a second or third receiver to be positioned in the path of the optical transmitter to receive the same signal.
  • the limiting conditions that determine the number of receivers that can be associated with one transmitter are the output fluence of the optical transmitter and the thickness of the transceiver substrate. This ability to optically transmit to several receivers simultaneously has the benefits of reducing circuit complexity (versus a transceiver structure at every circuit membrane interface) and performance (no transceiver (repeater) propagation delay).
  • circuit membranes 160a, 160b, 160c including SDs 162, 164, 166 are by compression bonding of circuit membrane surface electrodes 168a, 168b, 168c, 168d (pads).
  • Bonding 170 between MDI circuit membranes is achieved by aligning bond pads 168c, 168d (typically between 4 ⁇ m and 25 ⁇ m in diameter) on the surface of two MDI circuit membranes 160b, 160c and using a mechanical or gas pressure source to press the bond pads 168c, 168d together.
  • the pads 168c, 168d are solder, they can be heated to the melting point of the solder (typically less than 350°C) causing the pads to weld to each other. If the pads are indium, tin, or alloys of such metals, a bond 170 will form between the metal pads 168c, 168d with the application of approximately 100 p.s.i. pressure and an application temperature between 50°C and 400°C, depending on the metal or alloy selected.
  • Figures 9a to 9e show a sequence of steps for forming a p- channel or n-channel (npn) transistor with an opposed gate electrode and a gate width of less than 25 nm (250A).
  • the process steps (see Figure 9a) assume a starting substrate of an MDI circuit membrane with approximately 0.5 to 1.5 ⁇ m wide isolated metal gate electrode 174 fabricated on the backside (opposed) of the transistor.
  • This MDI circuit membrane consists of a lightly doped ⁇ 100> crystalline silicon membrane layer 176 of thickness typically less than 2 ⁇ m and a 1 to 2 ⁇ m layer of low stress dielectric 178.
  • Figure 9b shows one such well 180. This is done by depositing a nitride layer 182 over the silicon layer 176 of the MDI circuit membrane, patterning the well 180 and implanting the desired dopant.
  • the reliable fabrication of the gate region 194 at a known length is dependent on etch rate control.
  • Present etch rate techniques support the capability to form a gate region 194 length of less than 25 nm.
  • a CVD dielectric could also be used as the gate implant mask instead of a metal plug 90.
  • This gate fabrication method can also be done in bulk silicon and is not limited to the MDI process. It is important to note that the sub-micron resolution of the gate region was achieved without lithographic means capable of sub-micron resolution.
  • Figures 9f, g, h, i & j show the process sequence for substrate- imaged nonlithographic MOS transistor gate region or Bipolar emitter region formation. This process takes advantage of the novel ability of the MDI structure to accommodate process steps on either side of the membrane substrate. This process can form a minimum feature size of less than 100 nm and does so by the use of anisotropic etching epitaxial processes.
  • Figure 9f shows a MDI substrate of semiconductor 189 and low stress dielectric 191 formed by one of the methods presented above. The dielectric layer 191 on one side has been patterned and the semiconductor layer 189 anisotropically etched through to the dielectric layer 193 on the opposite side.
  • the thickness of the semiconductor layer 189 is selected to be less than 2 ⁇ m, and the dielectric layers 191, 193 are less than 1 ⁇ m thick each, though these dimensions can be scaled to achieve any transistor dimensions.
  • the size of the patterned opening 195 in the dielectric is chosen such that the etched opening 197 onto the underlying surface of the dielectric is a desired width, less than 100 nm. Widths of any dimension can be created, however, widths of less than 100 nm are the primary objective of this process which cannot be achieved by optical means.
  • the patterned dielectric 191 has a 1,000-2,OO ⁇ A layer 199 of low stress silicon nitride to provide high selectivity versus the opposed dielectric layer during a subsequent RIE process step.
  • Figure 9g shows an opening 197 formed through the dielectric layer 193 opposite the patterned layer 191.
  • the anisotropically etched semiconductor layer 189 with its opening 197 onto the under side of the opposite side dielectric was used as a substrate-imaging mask, and the dielectric layer 193 was etched by RIE (dry) processing.
  • This substrate- imaged opening 197 can be less than 100 nm in diameter and will become the gate region of a MOS transistor or the emitter region of a bipolar transistor.
  • Figure 9h shows the substrate-imaged region 197 closed by selective epitaxial growth 201; the epitaxial growth 201 can be formed with a graded dopant structure to lessen short channel effects.
  • Figure 9i shows the formation of a gate oxide 203 and electrode 205 after a planarization step of the self-imaged opening 197, CVD or thermal formed gate oxide and formation of gate electrode. It is important to note that the dielectric layer 193 in which the gate electrode 205 is formed is self-aligned to the gate region.
  • Figure 9j shows the finished MOS transistor.
  • the side opposite the gate electrode 205 is stripped of dielectric, planarized and etched to a thickness of less than 2,50 ⁇ A. It was then trenched 207 for source/drain isolation, a layer of low stress dielectric 209 deposited and source/drain electrodes 211, 213 formed.
  • bipolar transistor can be formed with somewhat similar fabrication steps.
  • Figures 10a, b, c, & d show a method for forming a MOSFET transistor with transistor gate region lengths of sub-micron dimensions, without the requirement for lithography tools with sub-micron CD ' resolution capability. This method is an extension of the above- described MDI process technology.
  • the starting substrate structure is a combination silicon and dielectric 204 film forming a membrane 202.
  • This membrane 202 is formed by one of the methods disclosed above. Subsequently, membrane 202 is patterned for the doping of the n+ and p+ transistor channels.
  • Figure 10a shows a cross-section of a MOS transistor channel (source 210, gate 208 and drain 206 regions) with a nitride mask 212 through which an anisotropically formed gate 208 trench is etched to the underlying dielectric membrane 204 in the location where the gate region of the transistor will be constructed.
  • the exposed silicon sidewall 214 may be polished by a thin thermal oxidation and etch stripping or chemical techniques.
  • Figure 10b shows a top view of the structure of Figure 10a, with the transistor channel 210, 208, 206 isolated from surrounding transistor devices by dielectrically filled trenches 216. These trenches 216 are fabricated prior to etching the gate region trench 208.
  • the gate region trench 208 is then filled (see Figure 10c) from both silicon sidewalis by lateral selective epitaxial growth of silicon 220 and with the same or similar doping concentration as the adjacent regions 210, 206; source and drain implant doping can also be used as a doping means prior to epitaxially growing the gate region.
  • the n+ and p+ transistor channels are processed in two separate sequences of processing steps.
  • the epitaxial growth process in the gate region trench 208 is stopped when the remaining separation distance "d" between the approaching silicon sidewalis 220 is equal to the desired gate region length.
  • the doping concentration is changed for forming the actual gate region 222, and the epitaxial growth is continued until the gate region trench is closed, as shown in Figures 10c and 10d.
  • the width of the initial gate region trench 208 and the epitaxial growth rate can be controlled with an error of less than 5 nm. This allows the length d of the gate region to be determined by the precision with which the gate region trench 208 can be formed, the deposition rate control of the lateral epitaxial growth 220 and the capability to create the desired doping transitions. The result of this approach means that a gate region length d of 25 nm or less can be formed. This is far beyond the current optical lithographic methods which are presently expected to reach production capability of 120 nm by the end of the decade.
  • Figure 10d shows the completion of the transistor with source and drain electrodes 226, 224, and an opposed gate electrode 230.
  • the surface of the epitaxially grown gate region 222 is not smooth, but the backside of the gate region 222 is smooth, due to its formation against the underlying low stress dielectric membrane 204.
  • the gate electrode 230 is more easily and reliably formed by patterning the underlying dielectric membrane 204 from its backside, thereby forming the opposed gate electrode 230.
  • the backside of the gate region 222 is etched free of dielectric with an opening significantly larger than the length d of the epitaxially grown gate region 222; portions of the source 210 and drain 206 regions are also exposed with the gate region due to lithographic tool limitations.
  • Gate oxide isolation 232 is thermally grown or deposited to the required thickness, and a metal or suicide electrode is formed 230.
  • the overlap of the gate electrode 230 over the source 210 and drain 206 regions of the transistor channel results undesirably in performance limiting capacitance.
  • the reduction of the capacitance from the overlapping gate electrode structure can be achieved by either epitaxial graded doping of the source and drain regions at the interface to the gate region growth over the gate region, to form an extended gate region, or by offset of the gate electrode so that the source side edge of the electrode aligns approximately with the source/gate interface of the transistor channel.
  • Figure 11a shows a MDI circuit membrane (dielectric 240 and semiconductor 242 films) in cross-section on which additional semiconductor layers were formed epitaxially to achieve either an npn or pnp transistor structure 244.
  • the epitaxial layer 244-a that corresponds to the gate region can be formed with a thickness of less than 25 nm.
  • Figure 11b shows the dielectric 240 and semiconductor 247, 244, 245 membrane after subsequent well known semiconductor processing steps which form a transistor channel 244 isolated on the dielectric membrane 240 with source 246, drain 248 and gate electrodes 250-a, 250-b attached. Also shown are source region 245 and drain region 247.
  • the gate oxide isolation 251 is thermally grown or deposited, and gate contacts 250-a, 250-b can be formed on one or all sides of the transistor channel. Alternatively, a separate contact 250-b can be formed opposite the gate electrode 250-a, and used as a transistor bias contact.
  • the opposed drain contact 248 is formed by etching a via in the dielectric membrane 240 underlying the transistor drain region 247.
  • Figure 11c shows a bipolar transistor formed by a well known method but on a low stress dielectric membrane 254, and without the requirement to form a lateral conductive path (typically referred to as a buried layer). Formed in semiconductor film 256 are emitter 258, base 260, and collector 262 regions. The collector contact 264 is instead formed directly under the emitter 258. It should also be apparent that there are non-silicon semiconductor transistor structures that can be restructured with a backside contact as depicted in Figure 11c, such as a GaAs Heterojunction Bipolar Transistor (HBT) or Ballistic Transistor.
  • HBT GaAs Heterojunction Bipolar Transistor
  • Ballistic Transistor Ballistic Transistor
  • the extension of the gate electrode 250-a beyond the gate region in the fabrication of the MOSFET transistor structure of Figure 11b increases the parasitic capacitance of the transistor, and therefore, adversely affect its performance.
  • This capacitance can be reduced by the separate or combined use of several methods referred to as Graded Gate Doping (GGD), Epitaxially Extended Gate (EEG) and Gate Electrode Offset (GEO).
  • GDD Graded Gate Doping
  • EEG Epitaxially Extended Gate
  • GEO Gate Electrode Offset
  • the Graded Gate Doping is shown in Figure 11b. This method varies the doping levels of the source 245 and drain regions 247 at their respective interfaces to the gate region. This directly decreases the effective dielectric constant of the semiconductor under the dielectric isolation 251 separating the gate electrode from the source 245 and drain 247 regions it overlaps.
  • the Epitaxially Extended Gate 244-b (see Figure 11 d) is formed by selective epitaxial growth of the gate region 244-b over the surface of the transistor upon which the gate oxide 251 and gate electrode 250-a will be fabricated.
  • This method more directly than the GGD method of Figure 11b, lowers the capacitance of the semiconductor region directly under the gate electrode 250-a where it overlaps the source 245 and drain 247 regions.
  • the transistor capacitive charging effect contributed by the gate electrode 250-a from source 245 and drain region 247 overlap is decreased by these methods, because of the dopant type and dopant concentration relative to the polarity of the applied potential on the gate electrode 250-a.
  • the thickness of the epitaxial layer of the EEG method is determined based upon the desired operating characteristics of the transistor, but typically is less than the dimension of the gate region length.
  • the extended gate region 244-b of Figure 11d formed by the Epitaxial Extended Gate method can also be a graded doping region. If the extended gate region 244-b is graded, the dopant concentration decreases going away form the gate region (or towards the gate electrode 250-a).
  • the Gate Electrode Offset (GEO) structure is shown in Figure 11f. Shown are source region 269, gate region 271, drain region 273, semiconductor layer 275, low stress dielectric layer 277, gate oxide 279, and offset gate electrode 281.
  • the drain side edge of the gate electrode 281 is aligned to the drain/gate 273-271 interface of the transistor channel. The alignment could alternately be made to the source/gate 269-271 interface, and would be a preferred structure under certain device design requirements.
  • the accuracy of the placement of the electrode 281 edge is limited by the capability of the lithography tool used.
  • a gap between the drain region 273 and gate electrode 281 may result leaving a portion of the gate region 271 not covered by the gate electrode 281 due to lithography alignment deficiencies. This can be corrected by extending the drain region 273 through implant doping of the exposed gate region. The size of this gap during manufacturing can reliably be expected to be no greater than the magnitude of the alignment registration error of the lithography tool being used.
  • the transistor structure of Figure 11e used as a bipolar transistor is of interest in order to achieve well controlled fabrication of thin base regions.
  • the contact 270 to the base region 272 of a bipolar transistor in Figure 11e is achieved by epitaxially extending 272-a the base region. This method like the EEG method is the selective epitaxial growth of an exposed region of the transistor that includes the base region 272.
  • Other elements of Figure 11e are collector region 274, collector contact 275, dielectric membrane 276, emitter region 277, and emitter contact 278.
  • Figures 12a, b and c show the use of a MDI circuit membrane to produce a confinement cavity for the epitaxial growth of crystalline silicon.
  • the original objective of CLSEG, to fabricate a dielectric isolated semiconductor substrate, is not an objective here because the MDI process is itself a dielectric isolation process.
  • What is taught here is the application of the capability for growing epitaxial films in a confinement cavity within the context of the MDI process, and a processing method for using confined lateral epitaxial growth to fabricate MOSFET transistors with arbitrarily narrow gate region lengths without the use of lithographic means.
  • MDI confined lateral doped epitaxial closely controls transistor geometry in all three dimensions: height (as deposited semiconductor film thickness), width (placement of isolation trenches) and source, gate, drain regions (epitaxial deposition thickness). This makes the device operational characteristics more predictable with lower manufacturing complexity.
  • the MDI Confined Lateral Epitaxy method begins with a membrane of two films, one film 280 of semiconductor (silicon) and one film 282 of low stress dielectric. This membrane 280, 282 is made by one of the methods disclosed above.
  • Dielectric filled isolation trenches 284 are fabricated to form what will become the sides of the transistor channel in the semiconductor film.
  • a low stress dielectric layer 290 typically of 1 ⁇ m or less thickness is deposited, and a window 286 is anisotropically etched through the semiconductor film 280 stopping on the dielectric layer 282 and positioned between the isolation trenches 284, as shown in Figures 12a and 12b.
  • the orientation of the window 286 is approximately aligned with the crystallographic orientation of the semiconductor film 280 in order to produce a seed crystal walls 292-a, 292-b of Figure 12c that is at a right angle to the isolation trench walls 284, 290, 282 in the confinement cavity, as explained below.
  • the transistor depth (thickness) is well controlled by the thickness of the semiconductor membrane 280 which in turn can be precisely determined by epitaxial and/or etching means.
  • the exposed semiconductor film 280 is then anisotropically etched back in two directions under the dielectric over layer 290 and along the isolation trenches 284 as shown in Figure 12c.
  • This forms a very smooth walled confinement cavity 292 with a smooth seed crystal 292-a, 292-b at the end of the cavity 292.
  • the etch is stopped at a lateral depth consistent with the design requirement for the number of transistors to be formed in the confinement cavity.
  • the depth "c" of the confinement cavity 292 may vary from about 2 ⁇ m to over 15 ⁇ m.
  • a smooth contamination free seed crystal wall 292-a, 292-b is required for the subsequent epitaxial growth.
  • the crystal seed wall 292- a, 292-b will form at an angle dependent upon the crystallographic orientation of the semiconductor film.
  • a ⁇ 100> silicon film will form a seed wall angle of approximately 54.74" as measured from the horizonal, and a ⁇ 110> silicon film will form a seed wall 292-a, 292-b with an angle 90 * (as shown in Figure 12c).
  • GaAs and InP have similar crystallographic properties and can be used as the semiconductor film instead of silicon.
  • the selective epitaxial growth of crystalline semiconductor proceeds from the seed crystal wall 292-a, 292-b.
  • npn or pnp regions of silicon MOSFET transistors are epitaxially grown (see Figure 12d) with in situ doping to whatever design thicknesses desired. This allows the length of the base or gate region of the transistor to be determined by the epitaxial growth process instead of a lithographic process as presently done. This also allows the length of the base or gate region of the transistor to be arbitrarily narrow, which cannot be done with current lithography methods.
  • Figure 12d shows the confinement cavity 292 filled with a CMOS transistor pair of npn and pnp structures 294, 296.
  • Each region of the transistor can be uniquely tailored to length and doping concentration level, in addition, because the transistor channel is formed by epitaxial means, doping of the transistor 294, 296 regions, can be extended to graded segments as discussed above. Further, non-symmetric doping of source and drain regions can easily be implemented by time based selection of dopant during epitaxial growth; this is not easily accomplished in bulk wafer processing due lithography limitations in resolving the gate region.
  • Figure 12d shows two pairs 294, 296 of CMOS transistors formed as mirror images of each other in two confinement cavities; this was a design choice because a single confinement cavity could have been formed by additional trench dielectric isolation of the initial confinement window opening.
  • gate region lengths "g" of less than 25 nm can be fabricated.
  • prior art MOSFET transistor gate regions are predominately formed by optical lithographic means and are presently limited to minimum gate region lengths of approximately .5 ⁇ m (500 nm).
  • Figure 12e shows the CMOS transistor pairs 294,296 with electrode contacts 294-a, 294-b, 294-c, 296-a, 296-b, 296-c.
  • the isolated gate electrodes 300, 302, 304, 306 each span the narrower gate region length of the transistor.
  • the gate electrode is formed by standard lithographic processes, and may be many times of greater length than the gate region length of the transistor. For example, a lithographically defined gate electrode of .5 ⁇ m and a transistor gate region length of 25 nm are possible. Gate electrode capacitance attributed to the gate electrode overlap of the source or drain regions can be reduced as described above with the GGD, EEG, and GEO methods.
  • Figure 12f shows embodiments of all of these methods; the electrode 312 opposed to the gate electrode 308 is presented optionally as a substrate bias. Also shown in Figure 12f are source region 294-1, optionally graded doped gate region 294-2, epitaxially extended gate regions 294-4, offset gate electrode 308, gate isolation 310, and optionally epitaxially extended substrate 312-a.
  • the MDI Confined Lateral Epitaxy method is not limited to
  • MOSFET transistors or silicon as a semiconductor material.
  • the MDI Confined Lateral Epitaxy method can be used to fabricate silicon bipolar transistors, or applied to other semiconductors such GaAs or InP which can be epitaxially formed.
  • An example of a bipolar transistor is shown in Figure 12g when emitter region 314, base region 316, epi-extended base and electrode 318, collector 315, and.optionally epi-extended base and electrode 319.
  • the semiconductor layer of a MDI circuit membrane provides various methods to pack circuit devices densely, mix semiconductor types or simplify the fabrication steps.
  • Figures 12h, i & j show examples of such methods.
  • Figure 12h shows a silicon membrane 289 upon which an epitaxial dielectric 291 and a subsequent layer of epitaxial semiconductor 293 has been formed; the total thickness of this membrane structure is typically less than 4 ⁇ m.
  • the dielectric layer 291 should closely match the crystal lattice dimension and structure of the silicon 289; an example of such a dielectric with a similar crystal lattice is sapphire or undoped silicon under certain device design parameters.
  • This MDI semiconductor layer structure allows semiconductor devices to be formed on either side of the semiconductor layer 289 and remain electrically isolated.
  • CMOS integrated circuits with p-type device formed on one side and n-type devices formed on the opposite side.
  • Low stress dielectric would be used to trench isolate individual semiconductor devices and complete the MDI process suggested by Method #2.
  • the second epitaxially grown semiconductor layer 293 can be a material other than silicon such as GaAs or InP.
  • Figure 12i shows a MDI circuit membrane composed of a silicon layer 295 and a low stress dielectric layer 297.
  • the dielectric layer 297 has been patterned to form open areas 299 into which semiconductor material was deposited by selective epitaxial growth.
  • the selectively deposited semiconductor 299 can be an semiconductor other than silicon, or silicon.
  • Semiconductor devices can be fabricated in the epitaxial islands 299 on the backside of the MDI semiconductor layer.
  • Figure 12j shows a MDI circuit membrane composed of a silicon layer 295 and a low stress dielectric layer 297.
  • the dielectric layer 297 has been patterned and silicon islands 299 formed through selective epitaxial growth in the same manner as described for Figure 12i.
  • the silicon layer 295 was subsequently patterned removing portions of the silicon layer opposite each island 299 that was epitaxially grown in the dielectric layer, and then filling with low stress dielectric. Circuit devices formed in the semiconductor islands 299 are dielectrically isolated.
  • This membrane structure has similar applications as those suggested for Figure 12h.
  • the structures Figures 12h, i & j show that a two level device structure can be formed that permits more compact interconnection of the circuit devices by the use of vertical interconnections.
  • These structures also simplify the fabrication of mixed device technologies such as BiCMOS by allowing the Bipolar and MOSFET devices to be fabricated on either side of the semiconductor membrane without an increase of interconnect complexity.
  • the use of these MDI structures typically doubles the total surface area are available for interconnect metallization routing.
  • the obvious potential processing benefits can be a reduction in the number interconnect metallization layers per side and or relaxation of the interconnect metallization pitch used, both of these benefits normally lead to an increase in circuit yield.
  • the mechanical (physical) and thermal properties of the nitride and oxide free standing membranes made with the Novellus equipment are similar to silicon membranes presently being used in the making of ICs with integrated sensors.
  • Examples of such silicon membrane or diaphragm based sensors are those made for sensing acceleration, pressure or temperature, but not limited to these areas.
  • the availability of such oxide and nitride dielectrics for general application is novel with this disclosure.
  • the use of such free standing dielectrics membranes significantly reduces the complexity of producing a membrane with non-conducting properties in a silicon or semiconductor fabrication environment.
  • the low stress dielectric membranes have selective etchants that allow the dielectrics to be processed independently in the presents of silicon.
  • the known passivating capability and inert chemical nature of silicon nitride, and the relatively similar coefficient of thermal expansion of silicon, silicon dioxide and silicon nitride increases the operating environmental range of sensors versus organic dielectrics.
  • Sensor diaphragms of low stress dielectric membranes produced on rigid substrates can in most cases directly replace silicon membranes or be used in conjunction with a silicon membrane formed on a rigid (conventional) semiconductor substrate. No new fabrication methods are required to integrate the low tress MDI process dielectrics info such sensor ICs.
  • a MDI circuit membrane with few or without active circuit devices is called more specifically an interconnect circuit membrane.
  • the interconnect circuit membrane becomes a multiple chip module (MCM) interconnect circuit membrane as discussed immediately below. This does not limit the application of a MDI circuit membrane with active and passive circuit devices from being used in the fabrication of a MCM.
  • a MDI circuit membrane composed primarily of interconnect metallization of one or several internal interconnect levels can be fabricated on a substrate to provide electrical interconnections between the bond (signal) pads of various Individual dice (ICs) as in the well established packaging technique called multiple chip module (MCM).
  • MCM multiple chip module
  • a MDI circuit membrane made for this type of application is called multi ⁇ chip module Interconnect Circuit Membrane (ICM).
  • the multi-chip module interconnect circuit membrane is formed using the MDI process and conventional semiconductor processing techniques.
  • the interconnect circuit membrane may have several thousands of die metal bond pad contacts or bonding points. The position of these metal contact or bonding points on the surface of the interconnect circuit membrane can be arbitrarily placed.
  • the multi-chip module interconnect circuit membrane can be formed on any substrate material that can meet the requirements for flatness specification, withstand the processing temperatures of the applied low stress dielectric(s), and can be selectively etched with respect to the low stress dielectric(s) to form the circuit membrane.
  • Figure 13a shows an embodiment of an multi-chip module interconnect circuit membrane made as described above by the MDI methods.
  • Figure 13a includes the interconnect circuit membrane 320 with several internal metallization trace layers (not shown), ICs (dice) 322a, 322b, 322c, interconnect circuit membrane substrate frame 324, and IC bonding contacts 326.
  • Figure 13b shows a related structure which is a cross-section of a functional tester for testing ICs with probe points 330 formed on attached ICs 336a, 336b.
  • the interconnect circuit membrane can also be formed (see Figure 14) using the MDI method on a quartz substrate 340 that has been coated with a release agent 342 such as KBr; this assumes that a single-crystal type membrane or substrate 340 is not required for the fabrication of various types of active circuit devices (SDs) in the interconnect circuit membrane 320.
  • SDs active circuit devices
  • Figure 15 shows the multiple chip module interconnect circuit membrane 320 of Figure 13a made with the release agent method of Figure 14 and held by a separately formed frame 350 that was bonded to the interconnect circuit membrane 320 just prior to activating the release agent by scribing at the shoulder of the quartz substrate, thereby cutting through the interconnect circuit membrane 320 and applying the appropriate solvent for the release agent.
  • the array of die (ICs) 322a, 322b, 322c can then be directly bonded (as described below) to the interconnect circuit membrane 320, or the interconnect circuit membrane 320 can be aligned and mechanically held against the pads of the surfaces of the array of die (ICs) 322a, 322b, 322c to achieve electrical contact.
  • the circuit membrane made with the method utilizing polysilicon as disclosed above and shown in Figure 1j can also be used as an interconnect circuit membrane to achieve a similar result as that shown in Figures 13a, 13b and 15.
  • the interconnect metallization traces in the circuit membrane form electrical connections from one or more of the contact pads of an IC to one or more contact pads of the other ICs.
  • the diameter of these pads can vary from less than 0.5 mil (.001" or 25 ⁇ m) to several mils.
  • the limiting factors of the size of the IC contact pads is the lithography method used in fabrication and the assembly method; the cost of such methods increase as pad diameters less than 3 mils are employed.
  • a die can be bonded to a circuit membrane with any of several techniques. Techniques such as compressive metal to metal bonding with such metals as Indium or gold (or their respective alloys), infrared thermal bonding, laser bonding, and vertically conductive adhesive films such as ZAF from 3M Corporation are examples.
  • Figure 16a shows the packaging for a version of the structure shown in Figure 13a, including IC carrier lid 352, compressible material (such as silicone) 354 attached thereto, carrier substrate 355 of the MCM package, contacts 356 to the carrier signal pins 357.
  • An alternative package is shown in Figure 16b, with gastight gasket 358 enclosing pressurized volume 359.
  • interconnect circuit membrane 360 is made from optically transparent dielectrics such as low stress silicon dioxide and or silicon nitride, this permits the conventional die (IC) 362 to be visually aligned on the interconnect circuit membrane 360 from the backside or from the side of the interconnect circuit membrane 360 opposite that of the die 362.
  • a locally directed infrared or other heat source (not shown) can then be applied from the backside of the interconnect circuit membrane 360.
  • MDI pad 365 which is surrounded by solder wells 364, and solder weld bonds can be formed between the interconnect circuit membrane pads 365 and the die bond pads 366 on which is formed solder bump 367 which typically is about 5 to 25 ⁇ m thick.
  • solder weld bonds are formed by using a heat source (not shown) such as a high intensity lamp, laser or metal instrument that can heat the solder to its melting point.
  • the heat source melts the solder 367 (see Figure 17b) directly under the die pad 360 by heating through the interconnect circuit membrane 360 while the die is in contact with the interconnect circuit membrane.
  • the high temperature tolerance of the dielectric material, its innate elasticity and thin structure allow heat from the heating source to quickly reach and melt the solder 367 to form a bond of 3 to 10 ⁇ m thickness.
  • solder 367 wets both the die pad 366 and the interconnect circuit membrane pad 365, and when it cools the solder 367 contracts holding the die pad 366 firmly against the interconnect circuit membrane pad 365.
  • the solder bond is formed with no more pressure than what would be exerted when the die 362 is brought in contact with the interconnect circuit membrane 360, pressing into the interconnect circuit membrane and deflecting it by less than 25 ⁇ m.
  • the solder 367 is melted, the interconnect circuit membrane 360 assumes a uniform planar contact against the surface of the die 362. This also removes the requirement that the solder on each pad be formed to an exacting equivalent height.
  • the solder 367 (see Figure 17c) alternatively is originally electroplated onto the interconnect circuit membrane bond pad 365.
  • the solder 367 is electroplated to a height between 5 and 25 ⁇ m.
  • the original height of the solder bump 367 is greater than the depth of the solder well 364 of the interconnect circuit membrane 360 in which the pad 365 of the interconnect circuit membrane 360 is positioned.
  • Figure 17b shows the structure of Figure 17c after soldering or bond formation. If a die is removed some excess solder 367 will remain on the pad 365 of the interconnect circuit membrane 360. When a replacement die is bonded to the same interconnect circuit membrane pad, any excess solder will flow or be pressed into the solder well 364 and not prevent the surface of the die 362 and interconnect circuit membrane 360 surface from achieving uniform firm contact with each other.
  • a hermetic seal can be formed between the surface of the die 362 and the interconnect circuit membrane 360. This is done by forming a metal bond along all edges of the die (not shown): This bond can be soldered, and is formed as described below.
  • An advantage of the high temperature tolerance of the interconnect circuit membrane which allows die solder bonding to be done without the application of any significant contact pressure between the interconnect circuit membrane and die, is the ability (see Figure 18 showing a top view of bond pads on a die) to place die bond pads 370- 1 , 370-2, .... 370-k, .... 370-n directly over the circuit structures of the die (not shown). This allows the placement of semiconductor devices directly under a bond pad 370-k without concern that the semiconductor devices will be damaged, which is the case when mechanical wire bonding equipment is used to wire bond a die to its carrier.
  • Damage- free bonding is not presently possible with current die wire bonding techniques, because such bonds are compressively formed with a mechanical arm which presses, rubbing through the die bond pad into the substrate of the die to be placed anywhere on the surface of the die.
  • the MDI method makes the design of the IC easier, removes the need for reserved pad area on the die (which saves 5 to 10% of the surface area of the die) does not restrict the placement location of the pad, and allows the pads to be larger since area under the pads is no longer reserved exclusively for them.
  • a hermetic seal bond pad 372 extends continuously along the perimeter of the surface of the die.
  • a hermetic seal of the surface of the die with the surface of the circuit membrane can be accomplished by the formation of an enclosing solder bond (comprising a solder well as described above for forming pad bonds) along the edge of the die.
  • the hermetic seal is typically also a ground contact for the die.
  • the infrared solder bonding of die to the multiple chip module interconnect circuit membrane is a simple process which also allows the dies to be easily removed and replaced without damage to the interconnect circuit membrane.
  • the IC 372 is held by a vacuum tool 373 and aligned in close proximity to the MCM interconnect circuit membrane 374. Once aligned, the interconnect circuit membrane 374 is gently urged forward by a fluid pressure 376 a distance of several mils and the die 372 is urged toward the interconnect circuit membrane 374 until contact is established.
  • the infrared heat source 377 is applied to achieve localized heating of the solder pads (not shown) on the IC die 372 until they melt and wet to the interconnect circuit membrane 374.
  • the die 372 can be removed (see Figure 19b) by using the same vacuum tool 373 to gently pull on the IC 372 while localized heating from heat source 377 of the IC is applied until the solder bonds melt and the IC 372 can be pulled from the interconnect circuit membrane 374; no fluid pressure is applied to the interconnect circuit membrane 374.
  • the multi-chip module interconnect circuit membrane can be enhanced to include passive devices such as resistors, capacitors, and polysilicon or a-Si (amorphous-Silicon) TFTs (Thin Film Transistors). Such circuit elements can be fabricated into or onto the membranes due to the ability of the dielectric membranes to tolerate processing temperatures in excess of 400'C.
  • circuit elements can be fabricated internally to the interconnect circuit membrane structure as part of various specific layers or collectively on either external side of the interconnect circuit membrane. After the interconnect circuit membrane is freed from the substrate on which it is initially formed, it is strong enough to withstand continued semiconductor processing steps.
  • the multi-chip module interconnect circuit membrane can further be enhanced to include any degree of active single crystal semiconductor devices. This is consistent with the earlier discussion of the capability of bonding two or more MDI membranes to form a three dimensional IC, except in this case conventional dice (ICs) are bonded at the bond pads of the circuitry internal to a MDI circuit membrane which is also serving the purpose of interconnect circuit membrane.
  • the multi-chip module interconnect circuit membrane provides novel circuit cooling advantages due to its low mass structure.
  • the thermal energy generation of an IC is from the face side of the IC. ICs attached face down against the circuit membrane allows the thermal energy of an IC to be radiated and conducted through the circuit membrane to a liquid or solid heat sink means on the opposite side of the circuit membrane.
  • the circuit membrane provides a very short thermal path from the IC to the heat sinking means.
  • the ability directly to cool ICs in this manner is a unique feature of the MDI interconnect circuit membrane structure.
  • the cooling efficiency that can be achieved by an IC that is fabricated with the MDI process as a circuit membrane is significantly improved versus standard thickness substrates by the obvious reduction in the thermal mass resistance of the semiconductor substrate.
  • Figure 13d shows in cross-section a portion of a MCM MDI interconnect circuit membrane 329 including low stress dielectric and interconnect layer 329a and semiconductor layer 329b where two die 331, 333 are bonded face down at their signal pads 335a, 335b, 335c, 335d.
  • the MDI circuit membrane 329 incorporates the pad drivers 337a, 337b, 337c, 337d that normally would be inco ⁇ orated onto the die (IC).
  • the primary advantages of integrating the IC pad drivers into the MCM are circuit performance, simplified use of mixed device technologies (Bipolar & CMOS), cooling and die size (IC real estate).
  • IC pad drivers are typically designed to meet a broad range of circuit design conditions which often results in a trade-off of performance.
  • Pad drivers in the MCM can be formed from Bipolar transistors while the IC can be CMOS. This achieves many of the benefits of BiCMOS without the fabrication complexity.
  • the pad drivers of an IC typically generate more than half of the thermal energy of the IC especially at high operating speeds. Placing the pad drivers in the MCM provides a means to bring the primary thermal components of an IC into direct contact with heat sinking means.
  • IC pad drivers are typically the largest transistor structures making up the IC. Moving the pad drivers of the IC into the MCM can result in a potential 5-10% reduction in the size of the overall IC.
  • the incorporation of low complexity ICs into a MCM MDI circuit membrane can reduce overall MCM assembly and parts costs. Such often ' used circuits as bus drivers or combinatorial logic can be incorporated into a MCM reducing parts and assembly costs without a corresponding increase in the cost to fabricate the MCM. (Once the decision has been made to include such circuits in a MCM MDI circuit membrane, there is no significant cost difference between the inclusion of 1,000 transistors or 10,000.) Yield of circuits in a MCM circuit membrane can be addressed through redundant fabrication of the desired circuit devices; the circuit devices of the MCM circuit membrane comprise only a small amount of the total surface area, typically less than 10%. The circuit devices of the MCM circuit membrane can be tested for defects.
  • a MDI functional tester membrane disclosed herein can be used to perform this testing and, in the same step if so desired, to blow anti-fuses to enable the defect free circuits or fuses to disable the defective circuits.
  • the multi-chip module interconnect circuit membrane like prior art PCBs (printed circuit boards), can provide access to the contact pads of the IC from the opposite side on which the IC is attached. This access permits in-circuit testing of the bonded IC to be performed by a separate interconnect circuit membrane fabricated to do such a functional test, and also permits electrical continuity testing of the traces fabricated in the multi-chip module interconnect circuit membrane, again performed by an interconnect circuit membrane test surface fabricated for that purpose.
  • Figure 20 is a top side view of an interconnect module showing an interconnect circuit membrane surface bond pad 380 and interconnect circuit membrane feed-through contacts 382 from the bond pads of the dice 386-1, 386-2, 386-3 mounted by compression or solder bonding (see Figure 21) on the backside of the interconnect module of Figure 20. Also shown in Figure 21 are the backside 388 of the etched silicon substrate and the interconnect circuit membrane surface 190 with the traces 392-1, 392-2, 392-3 interconnecting the dice 386-1, 386-2, 386-3.
  • the multi-chip module interconnect circuit membrane method could also be used to construct a functional IC tester surface with a high number of probe points (in excess of several thousand) for testing ICs while in wafer or die form (i.e., wafer or die ⁇ ort testing), and also to wafer sort subsections of ICs such as an ALU (Arithmetic Logic Unit), FPU (Floating Point Unit), cache segment, etc.
  • ALU Arimetic Logic Unit
  • FPU Floating Point Unit
  • cache segment etc.
  • a functional circuit membrane tester surface made with the MDI process offers advantages not presently available from present on-wafer IC membranes testers constructed from polymers such as continuous high temperature operation (greater than 100'C) without deleterious effects due excessive material expansion or at-speed IC testing without EM interconnect trace coupling.
  • High numbers (in excess of 1000) of pads or traces of an IC or IC subsection can be contacted.
  • the contact sites of the IC (die) can be arbitrary in position and all sites can be contacted at one time.
  • the contact sites can be less than 50 ⁇ m (2 mils) or even less than 2 ⁇ m in diameter ⁇
  • the probe points of the functional tester surface can be less than 50 ⁇ m or even less than 1 ⁇ m in diameter, and can be placed on center to center distances of less than twice the diameter of the probe points. (Functional probe points can be formed to be 12 ⁇ m in diameter and spaced on center to center distances of less than 24 ⁇ m.)
  • the ability to form and contact high numbers of pads or traces with dimensions smaller than presently available in the industry is due to the ability of the MDI IC process to form multiple layers of interconnect with established semiconductor fabrication means resulting in a flexible and elastic membrane structure.
  • a MDI circuit membrane 332 used as an IC functional tester surface extends under fluid pressure "P" to make contact with the surface of a wafer or single die 339 to be tested as shown in Figure 13c.
  • the MDI circuit membrane 332 can be formed with diameters of approximately the size of the substrate on which it is formed and to be extended more than 40 mils (0.1 cm) depending on the diameter of the membrane.
  • Probe points 330 on the tester surface are not restricted in size, and can range in size from greater than 4 mils (0.01 cm) to less than 2 ⁇ m in diameter.
  • the number of probe points 330 can vary from less than 100 to several thousand without restriction and the placement of the probe points can be arbitrary.
  • These capabilities of the functional tester surface are primarily due to the structural formulation of the materials used and the fabrication methods of the MDI process.
  • the MDI functional tester surface can rub through the native aluminum oxide layer of the bonding pads of the die 339 being tested by laterally moving the wafer or die 339 holding mechanism several microns (typically less than 10 ⁇ m) in a back and forth motion. This is uniquely facilitated by the durability of the circuit membrane, the surface flatness of the membrane, the uniformity of probe point height and the low pressure required to extend the membrane surface so that all probe points are in contact with the substrate.
  • the multi-chip module interconnect circuit membrane has signal pad probe points 330 formed on the side opposite of the attachment of dice 336a, 336b.
  • the dice 336a, 336b of the multiple chip module provide functional test signals to the probe points 330.
  • the testing performed by the multiple chip module can be functional testing of a whole die or a subsection of the IC.
  • the probe points 330 are aligned over a die (not shown) to be tested on a wafer, and the interconnect circuit membrane 332 is extended several mils (nominally 15-30 mils) by a fluid pressure as shown in Figure 13c.
  • the wafer is raised to make.contact with the probe points 330, the functional test performed, the wafer is lowered, positioned to the next IC (die location on the wafer) and the functional test repeated until all the ICs on the wafer have been tested.
  • Testing die in this manner can also be done on die that has already been cut from a wafer. This is done by aligning and holding the individual die in contact with the probe points and the functional test performed.
  • Piezoelectric horizontal vibration applied to the interconnect circuit membrane 332 or the wafer or individual die while the functional testing is being performed can be used to rub through native metal oxide on the die pads.
  • the native metal oxide (approximately 3 ⁇ A thick) on the pads of a die can be rubbed through by the probe points of the functional tester surface by repeatedly moving the wafer or die several microns in a lateral manner when the tester surface is first brought into contact with the IC to be tested.
  • the mechanical control presently available with most wafer or die handling equipment is sufficient to effect this rubbing action.
  • the interconnect circuit membrane can range in thickness from less than 2 ⁇ m to over 25 ⁇ m.
  • a typical thickness per layer of interconnect (dielectric and metal traces) is 1 to 4 ⁇ m.
  • Dielectric layer of several microns thickness may be used as a planarizing technique to lessen metal trace step height differentials that can develop when more than two interconnect layers are used.
  • Planarization of metal traces can also be achieved by depositing the dielectric to a thickness inclusive of the metal trace. A channel that is at least as deep as the desired thickness of the metal trace is patterned in the dielectric. Then established lift-off techniques are used to fill the channel with metal.
  • Figures 22a to 22c show this process.
  • a portion of the interconnect circuit membrane dielectric 400 is shown with patterned resist layer 402 overlying.
  • Recess 406 is then formed in dielectric 400 by isotropic etching to form undercut portions 404 equal nearly to the depth of etched recess 406.
  • metal layer 408 is deposited.
  • lift off stripping of resist 202 is performed leaving only metal trace 408, and the next dielectric layer 410 is deposited.
  • Planarization of the interconnect structure can be achieved by applying a thick layer of a planarizing polymer over the MDI dielectric film. The polymer must have an etch rate similar to that of the MDI dielectric film.
  • the polymer is then removed completely by dry etch means and in the same process removing any dielectric surface features that extended into the polymer layer.
  • This planarization process is identical to the optional planarization process disclosed in the process steps for the Air Tunnel. The only differences being the material being planarized is a MDI dielectric and not a-Si.
  • the ability of the interconnect circuit membrane to achieve reliable contact on the bond pads of a die is strongly influenced by the thickness of the interconnect circuit membrane 332 which contains the probe points 330 for contacting the die to be tested.
  • An interconnect circuit membrane 332 may be 25 ⁇ m thick or more as required for example by transmission line design considerations of interconnect traces. Interconnect circuit membrane thickness at the probe points is preferably less than 8 ⁇ m.
  • the structure of Figure 13b can be fabricated as shown in Figures 23a and 23b.
  • an etch stop layer 412 (typically metal) is deposited at a certain thickness of the interconnect circuit membrane 332 as the interconnect circuit membrane 332 is fabricated from repeated applications of dielectric and metallization layers to a thickness of 8 to over 25 ⁇ m.
  • an area over the probe points 330 is masked and etched to the etch stop layer 412 (see Figure 23b).
  • the etch stop layer 412 is then etch removed.
  • the area 414 over the probe points 330 can be etched free of overlying interconnect layers as each layer is itself patterned as part of the fabrication of the interconnect metallization.
  • dice 336a, 336b are attached to the interconnect circuit membrane 332.
  • the MDI process technology can be used to fabricate a circuit membrane with an nxm cell array of active radiation sources of X-ray, DUV (Deep Ultra Violet) or E-Beam sources that can be used to form lithographic patterns in a film of appropriately sensitive resist.
  • the preferred embodiment in this disclosure uses a X-ray source. Variations of the electrodes, gas contents and structure of the radiation source cell can be made within the overall structure of this source integrated light valve embodiment. The preference for the X-ray source embodiment is its capability to pattern a smaller feature size.
  • the radiation source cells in the membrane are under computer control, so that this type of MDI membrane combines the functions of reticle or mask and a light or radiation source for fabricating ICs.
  • the radiation source cells of this MDI circuit membrane are positioned (aligned) over an area of the substrate to be patterned and at a uniform distance from or in contact with the substrate. Each cell then illuminates (exposes) various portions of the substrate directly beneath it as , required.
  • the MDI circuit membrane functioning in this manner is called herein a Source-Integrated Light Valve (SLV) and can generally be categorized as a Direct Write (maskless) Lithography Tool.
  • SLV Source-Integrated Light Valve
  • the array of Radiation Source Cells that make up the patterning structure of the SLV, emit a coliimated source of radiation.
  • the exposure feature size of this coliimated radiation source is dimensionally much smaller than the area the RSC occupies on the surface of the SLV.
  • the emitted coliimated radiation source is referred to as the Radiation Exposure Aperture (REA).
  • REA Radiation Exposure Aperture
  • the SLV is moved in a scanning X-Y manner over the . substrate to be patterned. The dimensions of the scanning motions cause each REA of an RSC to pass over a portion of the substrate that typically is equal in area to the size of the RSC.
  • the RSCs are operated in parallel, and the patterned areas on the substrate beneath each RSC adjoin each other and collectively form a much larger overall pattern on the substrate. This pattern can be as large as the underlying substrate.
  • the scanning motion of the RSCs is generated by well known computer controlled mechanical motor driven stages or piezoelectric driven stages.
  • the SLV or the substrate can be attached to the motion stage. Due to the short X-Y motions in the use of the SLV, and the desire to scan the RSCs with REAs of dimensions much less than 1 ⁇ m and in some cases with dimensions of less than 50 nm, piezoelectric motion stage drive is the preferred embodiment.
  • REAs of the SLV circuit membrane are scanned over the substrate, they are turned on or off by computer controlled logic associated with each RSC to effect the desired exposure pattern to be made on the surface of the substrate.
  • An example would be a RSC with an area of 25 ⁇ m by 25 ⁇ m and a REA of .1 ⁇ m in diameter.
  • a scanning motion of 25 ⁇ m by 0.1 ⁇ m would be made 250 times in the X-axis direction while translating 0.1 ⁇ m in the Y-axis direction after each scan.
  • Figure 24 shows a overhead (plan) view of a prototypical SLV
  • the SLV array 420 of RSCs has associated control logic 424 for loading the pattern data to each RSC.
  • the SLV 420 (including the control logic 424) is a MDI circuit membrane of nominally 8 ⁇ m to 50 ⁇ m in thickness made by established semiconductor processes and held in a rigid frame 426 made from the original substrate on which the SLV 420 was fabricated or a frame bonded to the SLV prior to the selective etch removal of the substrate on which the SLV (MDI circuit membrane) was fabricated.
  • Electromagnetic coupling alignment structures 430 (described below) are shown also.
  • Figure 25 shows a cross-section of two RSCs 434-1, 434-2 in a SLV 440.
  • a SLV 440 in the preferred embodiment has rows and columns of RSCs 434-1, 434-2 where each row and each column can include more than 1,000 RSCs resulting in a total count of RSCs in a SLV in excess of several million.
  • Figure 25 shows a MDI circuit membrane 440 which is 8 to 50 ⁇ m thick, data bus interconnect metallization 442-1, 442-2, control logic 424-1, 424-2, X-ray sources 446-1, 446-2, and REAs 434-1 a, 434-2a.
  • Figures 26 and 27 are cross-sections of two different potential implementations of X-ray RSCs 434.
  • Figure 26 uses a metal cathode 450 with a highly textured surface 452 in the shape of adjacent cubes; each corner of the extended portion of each cube is a cold electron point emitter which emits electrons into the electric field 456 created by the high voltage x-ray emitting target 458 beneath it.
  • the size of the RSC 434 is approximately 25 ⁇ m x 25 ⁇ m.
  • the thickness (height) of the RSC 434 is approximately 8 to 50 ⁇ m.
  • the materials used to fabricate the SLV (and RSCs) are those employed to fabricate a MDI circuit membrane as described above - metal 459, low stress dielectric 460 and a single crystalline semiconductor membrane substrate 472.
  • the processing steps can vary widely, but are those used in conventional semiconductor and micro-machinery fabrication.
  • the textured cathode 450 will typically be in the shape of a ⁇ square array of rows and columns of metal cubes, with each cube having dimensions much smaller than the overall dimensions of the square cathode layer. As an example, if the cathode 450 is 4 ⁇ m 2 in area, the dimension of each cube would be .1 to .5 ⁇ m on a side.
  • the textured cathode cubes are made by established lithography techniques (E-Beam or DUV optical lithography) and anisotropic RIE processing. This cathode 450 configuration is a novel part of the SLV because of high density of cold electron emitters, and therefore, high electron fluence onto the anode 458.
  • the cathode 450 emits electrons which are accelerated by the electric field 456 created by the voltage potential of the target or anode 458. When electrons reach the target 458, X-rays are emitted from the target 458.
  • X-ray absorber materials 466 such as tungsten or gold are deposited as layers as part of the fabricated structure of the SLV membrane to provide a means to form the REA 470 and in back scatter layer 461 to prevent back scattered X-rays from reaching control logic devices 472 with interconnect 473 to other RSCs in the SLV.
  • This RSC is related to the well known X-ray vacuum tube design.
  • the space 474 separating the cathode and target is in partial vacuum.
  • FIG. 27 shows an alternative RSC 434 that uses a laser diode 480 to irradiate onto a target 458 which in turn emits X-rays.
  • the laser diode 480 and the target 458 are separated by a distance "d" of 1 or more microns in a cavity 482 that is optionally a partial vacuum.
  • the RSCs 434 shown in Figures 26 and 27 are functionally the same.
  • RSCs that employ gases such as Cd-Hg or Xe-Hg as in the case of DUV radiation sources, the structure of the electrodes in the cavity of the RSC would change and X-ray absorber layers would not be necessary.
  • RSCs that emit free electrons for resist patterning would require that the REA 470 be an opening or that it be closed by a material thin enough to allow the accelerated beam of electrons to pass through it. If the REA 470 is an opening from the electrode cavity 482 of the RSC, then the SLV would have to be operated in vacuum, just as is the case with E-Beam lithography tools.
  • the Hampshire Corporation (Marlborough, MA) presently manufactures an X-ray lithography tool which uses a laser diode stimulated X-ray radiation source.
  • laser diodes that emit radiation with a wavelength less than approximately 6,OO ⁇ A do not presently exist, development of shorter wavelength laser diodes is on-going and contemplated as a radiation generator for the SLV. There is significant demand for diodes with shorter wavelengths for use in consumer and computer peripheral products like compact discs. Such devices in the not too distant future may come into existence and such laser diodes could possibly be integrated into the SLV as a radiation source generator of a RSC. The use of laser diodes is therefore contemplated.
  • An additional application of the SLV is radiation-induced CVD (chemical vapor deposition).
  • the use of an SLV in this manner eliminates the need for mask and etch processing steps.
  • the material of interest to be deposited be it metal or dielectric, is deposited in a patterned form. This provides for a maskless, resistless, etchless process and it has significant cost and particulate contamination advantages.
  • the SLV operating in this manner supplies radiation at the surface of a substrate where a mixture of gaseous compounds are present. This process step is mechanically the same as exposing a resist layer on the substrate as discussed above.
  • the radiation from a RSC causes the compounds to react at the surface of the substrate leaving a deposition of material selectively on the irradiated portions of the surface of the substrate.
  • This method of radiation-induced selective CVD has been demonstrated with the use of excimer lasers. Laser diodes that can emit radiation in the excimer frequency band of 75 to 250 nm do not presently exist.
  • the MDI process technology can be used to fabricate a circuit membrane with an nxm cell array of individually controlled electro-static or electromagnetic valves or shutters. These valves can be used to control the passage of charged particles through the circuit membrane to create an exposure pattern in a film of appropriately sensitive resist.
  • the array of valves on the MDI circuit membrane is for practical pu ⁇ oses the same structure as the SLV structure shown in Figure 24. The primary difference is the use of particle valve cells for patterning an external particle source which illuminates one side of the SPV circuit- membrane, instead of a cell with an integrated patterning source as in the case of the SLV lithography mask.
  • the array of valve cells of this MDI circuit membrane is placed between a coliimated ion particle source and at a uniform distance from or in contact with a substrate coated with a thin film of resist.
  • the array is positioned (aligned) over an area of the substrate to be patterned and the array of valves, under individual computer control, allow ion (charged) particles to expose or not expose an area of resist coated substrate directly under beneath it.
  • SPV Source-External Particle Valve
  • the coliimated particle beam passed by a particle valve has a fixed exposure feature size called the Particle Exposure Aperture (PEA).
  • PPA Particle Exposure Aperture
  • the SPV is moved in a scanning X-Y manner over the substrate to be patterned.
  • the dimensions of the scanning motions cause each PEA of a particle valve to pass over a portion of the substrate that typically is equal in area to the size of the valve.
  • the valves are operated in parallel (simultaneously), the patterned areas on the substrate beneath each valve adjoin each other and collectively form a much larger overall pattern on the substrate.
  • the scanning motion of the valves is generated by well known computer controlled mechanical motor driven stages or piezoelectric driven stages.
  • the SPV or the substrate can be attached to the motion stage.
  • piezoelectric motion stage drive is the preferred embodiment.
  • the valves of the circuit membrane are scanned over the substrate, they are turned on or off by computer controlled logic associate with each valve to effect the desired exposure pattern to be made on the surface of the substrate.
  • An example would be a valve with an area of 25 ⁇ m by 25 ⁇ m and a PEA of 0.1 ⁇ m in diameter.
  • a scanning motion of 25 ⁇ m by O.I ⁇ m would be made 250 times in the X-axis while translating 0.1 ⁇ m in the Y- axis after each scan.
  • Figure 24 shows an overhead (plan) view of a prototypical SPV 420 with an array of 4,096 by 4,096 ion or charged particle valves, and an overall size of approximately 5 inches by 5 inches.
  • the SPV array 420 of valves has associated control logic 424 for loading the pattern data to each valve.
  • the SPV 420 (including control logic 424) is a MDI circuit membrane of nominally 4 ⁇ m to 8 ⁇ m in thickness made by established semiconductor processes and held in a rigid frame 426 made of the original substrate on which the SPV 420 was fabricated.
  • Electromagnetic coupling alignment structures 430 (described below) are shown also.
  • Figure 29a shows a cross-section of two valves 502, 504 in a SPV 506.
  • a SPV in the preferred embodiment has rows and columns of valves 502, 504 where each row and each column can include more than 1,000 valves resulting in a total count of valves in a SPV in excess of several million.
  • Figure 29a shows a MDI circuit membrane 508 which is 4 ⁇ m to 8 ⁇ m thick, data bus 510a, 510b, control logic 512a, 512b and PEA (aperture) 514a, 514b for passage of ion particles.
  • Figure 29b shows a plan view of the valves 502, 504 of Figure 29a.
  • the valves of the SPV prevent the passage of ions or charged particles by using an electric or magnetic field of the same polarity to deflect approaching particles from the PEA.
  • the PEA 514a, 514b is typically a square opening in the SPV circuit membrane 508.
  • the PEA 514a, 514b is circumscribed by a metal film 520a, 520b which creates a local electro-static field over the PEA by applying a voltage potential, or by a metal wire 540 (coil) (shown in Figure 29e) which creates a local electromagnetic donut shaped field.
  • the particles that fall upon the PEA 514a, 514b will pass through the SPV 506 and continue onto the resist layer (not shown) to be patterned directly beneath the SPV 506. If a electro-static field or electro-magnetic field of sufficient strength and of the same polarity as the ionic particle is present, the ionic particle will deflect away from the PEA and strike some other portion of the SPV surface.
  • the PEA is small in area relative to the total generated electric field volume, therefore, only a small deflection of the approaching charged particle is required for it to miss the PEA and strike the surface of the SPV.
  • the SPV 506 is typically operated in an enclosure (not shown) under vacuum.
  • the charged ions or particles can be of any material that can be appropriately accelerated or caused to uniformly flood the surface of the SPV.
  • Some examples of charged particles that have been used as sources for patterning resist films are electrons (negative), protons (positive) and gallium+ (positive).
  • the SPV can be in close proximity or contact with the substrate to be patterned, or it can be positioned before imaging lens elements of the lithography equipment that could be used to enhance the focus of the particles beams formed by passing through the SPV circuit membrane or demagnify (reduce) the image generated by the SPV.
  • Figures 29c and 29d are cross-sections that show different methods for implementing an electro-static shutter or valve of the SPV.
  • Figure 29c shows a PEA 514a formed by an anisotropic etch of the monocrystalline semiconductor membrane 524; ⁇ 100> monocrystalline semiconductor wet etches with a wall angle of approximately 54 * or dry etching (RIE) methods can also be used to etch a round or square hole to form the PEA 514a in either the low stress dielectric 526a, 526b or semiconductor layer 524 of the SPV circuit membrane.
  • RIE dry etching
  • the metal film 528 circumscribes the PEA 514a and has a diameter typically of less than 4 ⁇ m, and the PEA typically has a diameter d of less than 500 nm.
  • Figure 29d shows a PEA 530 formed by etching a via in a flat metal film 532 that was deposited on the semiconductor membrane 534.
  • the metal film 532 forming the PEA in this example is typically less than 2,OO ⁇ A thick and has a diameter of approximately 4 ⁇ m.
  • low stress dielectric layers 536a, 536b are also shown.
  • Figures 29e and 29f show a method for implementing an electromagnetic shutter or valve of the SPV.
  • Figure 29e is a plan view of the structure of Figure 29f. Shown are semiconductor membrane layer 542 and layer 544 low stress dielectric.
  • a metal coil 540 is formed on MDI circuit membrane 508 so a current loop can be created around the PEA 514a.
  • the PEA 514a is formed by wet or dry anisotropic etching in either the dielectric or semiconductor portions of the MDI circuit membrane 508.
  • the metal line 540 is typically less than 2 ⁇ m wide, less than 1 ⁇ m thick and circumscribes a area "a" typically less than 4 ⁇ m in diameter.
  • the PEA 514a is smaller than the inner diameter "a" of the loop of the metal line 540 and typically less than 500 nm.
  • Control logic is associated with each valve of a SPV, supplying voltage or current as necessary to the metal structure circumscribing the PEAs.
  • the valve control logic applies a voltage potential to the metal film 528, 532 respectively circumscribing the PEA. If the applied voltage potential is of the same polarity as the charge particles striking the surface of the SPV, the particles will be deflected from passing through the PEA. This is the valve closed condition. If the applied voltage potential is of the opposite polarity or zero, particles will pass through the PEA.
  • the valve control logic applies a current through the metal wire 540 circumscribing the PEA 514a.
  • a magnetic field with a polarity is generated. If the field polarity is the same as the approaching charged particle it will be deflected, and if the field polarity is the opposite or zero particles will pass through the PEA.
  • Figures 29g through 29k show portions of a direct write litho- graphy tool which uses repeated micro-machined mechanical electro ⁇ static shutter cell 550-k for the patterning of photonic or particle exposure source.
  • the overall structure and function of this lithography tool is similar to the above described SLV and SPViools. It is composed of rows and columns of pattern forming elements called shutter cells 550-k that are each approximately 25 ⁇ m by 25 ⁇ m.
  • Figure 29g is a plan view of several such cells 550-1, 550-2 550-k, .... 550-n.
  • Figure 24 represents a general plan view of the whole lithographic tool, which looks the same in plan as the SLV and SPV tools.
  • An array of shutter cells 550-k made on a MDI circuit membrane is placed between a coliimated photonic or ion particle source and a substrate to be patterned, and can be used in projection or contact lithography methods to pattern such a substrate coated with a thin film of resist.
  • the array is positioned (aligned) over an area of the substrate to be patterned and the array of shutter cells, each under individual computer control regulating the shutter opening or REA (Radiation Exposure Aperture) through the circuit membrane, exposes an area of the substrate directly beneath or corresponding to it.
  • the MDI circuit membrane functioning in this manner is called herein a Mechanical Light Valve (MLV).
  • the size of the REA coliimated exposure image passed by a shutter cell 550-k is variable. Further, the REA does not need to be a physical opening through the MDI circuit membrane for photonic sources, but only transparent to the incident photonic radiation.
  • the MLV is moved in a scanning X-Y manner (shown by X-Y axis 554) over the substrate to be patterned.
  • the dimensions of the scanning motions cause each REA of a shutter cell to pass over a portion of the substrate that typically is equal in area to the size of the shutter cell 550-k.
  • the shutter cells 550-k are operated in parallel (simultaneous) manner; the patterned areas on the substrate beneath each shutter cell adjoin each other and collectively form a much larger overall pattern on the substrate.
  • the scanning motion of the shutter cell is generated by well known computer controlled mechanical motor driven stages or piezoelectric driven stages.
  • the MLV or the substrate can be attached to the motion stage. Due to the short X-Y motions in the use of the MLV, and the desire to scan the shutter cells with REAs of dimensions much less than 1 ⁇ m in diameter and in some cases less than 50 nm, piezoelectric motion stage drive is the preferred embodiment.
  • the shutter cells of the circuit membrane are opened or closed by computer controlled logic 556-k associated with each shutter cell 550-h to effect the desired exposure pattern to be made on the surface of the substrate.
  • An example would be a shutter cell with an area of 25 ⁇ m by 25 ⁇ m and a REA setting of 0.1 ⁇ m in diameter.
  • a scanning motion of 25 ⁇ m by 0.1 ⁇ m would be made 250 times in the X-axis while translating 0.1 ⁇ m in the Y-axis after each scan.
  • the size setting of the REA is typically fixed for a given scan of the substrate, and vector motion of the REA can be used to improve exposure performance when there are areas of the substrate common to all shutter cells that do not require exposure such as is the case with via pattern layers.
  • the operation of the shutter cells regulates the opened/closed status of an opening that allows a fluence of the exposure source (photons or particles) to pass, and in the same operation dynamically determines the exposure CD for the lithography tool.
  • the ability to change the minimum exposure CD or REA of the MLV is unique to this tool, versus the SLV and the SPV which have fixed exposure apertures.
  • the ability to dynamically change the size of the REA allows the pattern or geometry fracture database of the IC to be partitioned into CD specific geometry sets per pattern layer of an IC.
  • This provides the capability to optimize the performance of the lithography tool by patterning those portions of an exposure image with the smallest CD (processing rate is due to the size of the REA, therefore, the smaller the REA the greater the number of REA exposures), separately from other portions of the exposure image composed of larger CDs.
  • Figures 29h and 29i show plan views of two different shutter arm structures of a shutter cell 550-k.
  • Figure 29i shows a spring suspension structure of the shutter arm 560, 566.
  • the shutter arm 560, 566 is formed of metal or a combination of metal and low stress dielectric and is suspended over the surface of the substrate from two electrical contacts 562, 564 on either side of the shutter 566.
  • the shutter arm 560, 566 can move (in the direction 570-Y indicated) by the switched application of electro-static potentials.
  • the REA 572 of the shutter cell is formed by the intersection of a square opening 574 through the non- transmissive material of the shutter arm and a similar opening through a metal electrode film directly below the central area of the shutter 566 and fixed to the surface of the substrate.
  • This opening 574 is typically less than 2 ⁇ m in diameter, and is positioned with a 90° rotation relative to the long axis of the shutter arm 560.
  • Figure 29h shows in dotted outline 578 as an alternate position of the shutter arm 560, 566 produced by the application of electro-static potentials.
  • the size of the REA is determined by the projected intersection of the opening in the central area 566 of the shutter and the opening in the fixed metal film beneath it.
  • the REA of the shutter 572 is closed by moving the central area of the shutter arm 566 a distance greater than the diagonal length of the square opening 574.
  • the shutter arm 560, 566 is positioned or moved by electro-static potentials.
  • the shutter arm 560, 566 is provided with a voltage potential.
  • Electrodes 580a, 580b positioned at either end of the maximum travel displacement of the central area of the shutter arm 566 are selectively set at opposite potentials sufficient to attract or repel the shutter arm a desired displacement.
  • the shutter arm is held in physical contact with the electrode film beneath it by applying an opposite potential to the lower substrate electrode (not shown).
  • Figure 29j is a cross section of part of the shutter cell through line j-j of Figure 29h.
  • Figure 29k is a cross section along line k-k of Figure 29j.
  • the shutter cell is fabricated with established semiconductor processing methods.
  • the array and shutter cell control logic are fabricated on a MDI circuit membrane 604.
  • a trench 592 is formed down to a lower dielectric layer 590 of the circuit membrane sufficient in size to accommodate the motion of the central area 566 of the shutter arm.
  • the electrode 594 under the central area 566 of the shutter arm is formed, and a conformal sacrificial layer (not shown) of a-Si (amorphous Silicon) is deposited over the area of the shutter array.
  • a-Si amorphous Silicon
  • the thickness of the a-Si layer determines the separation distance that the shutter arm is suspended above the circuit membrane.
  • openings 562, 564 ( Figures h and i) are patterned to the electrode contacts of the shutter arm 560 and to the electrode contacts of the shutter arm positioning electrodes 580a, 580b.
  • a metal layer 600 optionally combined with a dielectric layer 602 is deposited and patterned to form the shutter arm 560, 566 and the positioning electrodes 580a, 580b.
  • the opening 574 that is used to form the REA is also patterned and etched via RIE processes.
  • This opening 574 as a minimum passes through the shutter arm and the electrode 594 below the central area of the shutter arm that is used in forming the cross- sectioned area that is the REA 572.
  • the opening 574 may be completely through the MDI circuit membrane 590, or stop on the dielectric layer depending on the transmission requirements of the exposure source.
  • the a-Si is then selectively removed which leaves the shutter arm 560 free standing and connected to the circuit membrane at only two electrode contact sites 562, 564 ( Figures h and i).
  • the shutter arm 560, 566 is free to move in two directions 570-Y, 570-Z based on the voltage potentials applied to the shutter arm 560, 566 positioning electrodes 580a, 580b, and the substrate electrode 594 beneath the central portion of the shutter arm.
  • the MDI process can be used to form free standing membranes used as lithographic masks with fixed patterns.
  • the MDI process can be- used to form optical, X-ray and stencil masks (ion or charged particle masks).
  • the mask substrate is made from a low stress dielectric and optionally semiconductor material.
  • masks are made from oxide and nitride low stress dielectric made on the Novellus equipment and consistent with the formulation presented above or as variations of such low stress membranes formed on other oxide and nitride fabrication equipment.
  • the patterning material is a semiconductor such as silicon, another dielectric material or a metal which is non-transmissive to a photonic exposure source. If the exposure source is an ion or charged particle beam, then the patterning is accomplished with voids (openings through the membrane) or a lack of material, or stencil.
  • Figures 291 and 29m show in cross-section the formation of a fixed photonic mask.
  • a membrane substrate 620 initially formed of dielectric layers 622, 624 and silicon 626 (patterning material shown with pattern) is formed as described above.
  • the thickness of the dielectric layers 622, 624 of the membrane is typically 2 to 3 ⁇ m thick, and the silicon 626 may vary in thickness depending upon the desired sidewall angle of the silicon or the CD aspect ratio (ratio of layer thickness to the CD opening of the pattern).
  • the silicon layer 626 can be patterned directly with established resist spin-on films, pattern generation lithography tools such as E-beam and selective silicon etch processing.
  • Figure 291 shows in cross-section a patterned silicon layer 626 formed by first patterning an overlay of metal 630 such as tungsten, and then selectively etching the silicon layer 626 done to the dielectric layer 622.
  • a metal pattern could also be formed by removing the silicon layer altogether and depositing a metal film, then subsequently patterning it, or by selectively undercutting the patterned silicon layer of Figure 291 to employ a lift-off process with a noble metal such as gold.
  • Figure 29m shows in cross-section the structure of Figure 291 after the deposition of a low stress dielectric membrane layer 632 over the pattern and the removal of the dielectric layers 622, 624 below the pattern. The deposition of low stress dielectric membrane layer 632 over the pattern forms a structural membrane layer so that the original lower dielectric structural layers 622, 624 could be removed.
  • X-ray masks gold is often used as the patterning film because it is a good X-ray absorber.
  • Gold and the noble metals in general can be patterned only with wet processing techniques and or in combination with electro-plating techniques.
  • the silicon pattern 626 of Figure 291 can be dry etched (RIE) to achieve significant aspect ratios. If the silicon layer 626 is heavily gold doped prior to RIE processing, this method of mask formation can be used as an X-ray mask without CD feature size or aspect ratio limitations of wet etch processing.
  • Figure 29n and 29p show a stencil mask formed by patterning the dielectric layer 640 of a MDI silicon 642 and dielectric 640 membrane with a RIE process.
  • the silicon layer 640 is then selectively wet etch removed to leave a stencil pattern as shown by the openings in the dielectric membrane 6441, 644b, 644c in Figure 29p.
  • This sequence of processing is novel because it allows the sidewall passivation on the dielectric 640 which forms as a by-product of the RIE processing to be removed before the fragile stencil pattern is formed.
  • the sidewall passivation cleaning requires vigorous agitation that would destroy a free standing stencil pattern.
  • the remaining silicon layer 642 can be removed by gentle silicon selective wet etch. Stepper Contact Printer fSCP ⁇
  • MDI pattern generation tools made from MDI circuit membranes can be used to pattern an appropriately sensitive resist film deposited on a substrate.
  • MDI pattern generation tools refer to MDI circuit membrane applications such as the SLV, SPV and MLV lithographic tools, and the more conventional fixed pattern masks made on a low stress dielectric membrane with appropriate optical transmission characteristics (see above).
  • a MDI fixed pattern mask is a single layer metallization pattern formed on a MDI dielectric membrane with one of the MDI fabrication methods presented above. A method of alignment to an existing image on a substrate through electrical inductive coupling is presented below; it is also incorporated into the MDI circuit membrane fixed pattern generation tool. Contact printing methods are inexpensive and can provide nearly unlimited lithographic feature size imaging capability.
  • FIG. 30 shows a cross-section of a stepping contact lithographic exposure equipment that combines the well known contact or proximity lithography methods with a stepper mechanical motion and the pattern generation tools and alignment means of MDI circuit membranes presented herein.
  • the substrate (workpiece) 662 is held by a conventional vacuum chuck (not shown) and is positioned by conventional mechanical and piezoelectric motion control mechanisms (not shown).
  • the MDI pattern generation tool 660 is held over the substrate 662 a distance "d" of less than 25 ⁇ m and rough alignment over a portion of the substrate 662 is made by conventional optical means.
  • the center of the MDI pattern generation tool 660 is then extended by applying a small fluid pressure P of less than 100g per square cm to lower the circuit membrane into a desired proximity distance position shown by dotted line 668 or conformal contact with the substrate 662.
  • Final precision alignment of the pattern generation tool 660 to the substrate is accomplished by the inductive coupling (electro ⁇ magnetic) means disclosed below.
  • the low mass and elastic nature of the MDI circuit membrane allows the pattern generation tool to be rapidly brought in and out of contact with the substrate. Once an exposure is complete, the pattern generation tool is brought out of contact with the substrate and stepped (moved) under computer control to the next area on the substrate to be exposed. Also shown are circuit membrane frame 672 and a lithography equipment fixture 676 for holding the pattern generation tool 660, 672.
  • the lithographic pattern generation tools disclosed herein as the SLV, SPV, MLV, and fixed masks are capable of pattern generation with Critical Dimensions (CDs) or minimum pattern feature sizes of less than 50 nm.
  • a fixed pattern generation tool commonly referred to as a mask, can be made with the MDI circuit membrane process (as disclosed above) with the capability of pattern generation CDs directly proportional to the wavelength of the exposure source.
  • Potential exposure sources are UV, DUW, E-Beam and particle beam.
  • Fixed masks made with the MDI process are circuit membranes of typically less than 4 ⁇ m thickness and with a single layer of patterned material to be used as in conventional lithographic masks.
  • the MDI circuit membrane can be a stencil pattern, where the pattern to be generated is represented in the circuit membrane as trenches that go completely through the membrane.
  • Fixed pattern stencil membranes are required for E-Beam or particle beam lithographic process, where the exposure source must physically pass through the mask to be imaged (patterned).
  • Prototype particle beam stencil masks have been developed by Ion Microfabrication Systems.)
  • the utility of the CD generation capability of a pattern generation tool for the manufacture of ICs is dependent on the ability to align or register multiple overlaying patterns. Accepted pattern alignment tolerances used presently in the semiconductor industry are typically ⁇ 25% of the CD value for a set of overlaying patterns.
  • Alignment for pattern generation with CDs of approximately 1 ⁇ m or greater can be done with optical microscopes by overlaying or matching alignment patterns on the substrate with corresponding patterns on the surface of the pattern generation tool.
  • the microscope can view through the pattern generation tool, since it is typically made from transparent dielectric materials.
  • the preferred embodiments of the SLV, SPV, and MLV are to provide the capability to generate patterns that have critical dimensions of less than 100 nm. Such patterns require alignment methods capable of achieving pattern registration of less than ⁇ 25 nm. Optical alignment methods presently available cannot achieve such critical dimensions.
  • the MDI pattern generation tools achieve alignment for critical dimensions of less than 100 nm through the use of electro-magnetic proximity sensing.
  • Figure 28a shows an example of a PGT alignment coil 494.
  • This metal coil 494 is fabricated by patterning a thin metal film (typically less than 1 ⁇ m in thickness) on the surface of the substrate being patterned (i.e. on the wafer). The placement of the coil patterns 494 on the substrate is typically along two adjoining sides of the area to be exposed or patterned.
  • Coil patterns can also be placed within the area of the substrate to be patterned; they are not restricted to the edge or sides of the pattern area.
  • the coil patterns are typically less than 800 ⁇ m by 100 ⁇ m.
  • the electrode contact pads 496, 498 of the coil area 494 are typically 50 ⁇ m by 50 ⁇ m in area.
  • a similar pattern 494 corresponding to structure 430 in Figure 24 is on the surface of the pattern generation tool membrane (not shown) plus two electrode probe points that extend down from the surface of the circuit membrane of the pattern generation tool. These pattern generation tool probe points make contact with the electrode pads associated with the substrate coil 494, and electrical signals are generated in the substrate coil 494. It should be apparent, though less convenient, that signals can be supplied to the substrate by connections from the edge of the substrate and not directly from the pattern generation tool.
  • the signals from the substrate coil are sensed by the corresponding alignment coil in the pattern generation tool.
  • the pattern generation tool or the substrate are then moved in an X-Y and angular manner until predefined electrical parameter settings are achieved via the signals sensed from the substrate coil. This is possible due to the close proximity of the substrate and the pattern generation tool, and the integrated control logic electronics of the pattern generation tool. Alignment sensing accuracies smaller than 10 nm can be achieved in this manner.
  • the electrode pads of the substrate coil typically have dimensions of less than 2 mils on a side, and the probe point electrodes that extend from the pattern generation tool to make contact with the substrate coil pads are typically less than 12 ⁇ m in diameter and height.
  • a fluid pressure applied to the back side of the pattern generation tool may be used to bring the surface of the pattern generation tool in near contact (proximity) or full contact with the surface of the substrate during the alignment process.
  • Figure 28b shows an alignment coil 495 that can be placed on the substrate for alignment sensing by the pattern generation tool.
  • a signal is induced in one side 495a of the coil by a corresponding coil in the pattern generation tool. This signal is then sensed at the other end 495b of the coil by a second coil in the pattern generation tool. Alignment is achieved in the same manner as discussed above.
  • Inexpensive piezoelectric motion control devices are commercially available from Burleigh Instruments, Inc. (Fisher, New York) that demonstrate motion control capability of less than one Angstrom; such piezoelectric precision motion has been demonstrated in the AFM (Atomic Force Microscope) equipment where motion control of less than one Angstrom is required.
  • AFM Anatomic Force Microscope
  • MDI Circuit Membrane Flat Panel Display Much of the cost of manufacturing a fiat panel display (without consideration for yield loss) is the cost of the substrate on which it is fabricated.
  • the substrate must meet requirements of flatness imposed by lithography tools and high temperatures imposed by various fabrication steps.
  • An MDI circuit membrane.flat panel display is formed on a rigid optically flat reusable substrate such as fused silica or fused quartz. Other substrates can be used to meet the requirements imposed by the fabrication processing steps.
  • a release agent such as KBr or KBO2 is deposited onto the substrate and then a dielectric layer or layers are deposited to seal the release agent deposited film (as described above).
  • the release agent is required to have a working temperature higher than the highest temperature of the various fabrication process steps employed and be readily soluble in a solvent that is not detrimental to the finished display device.
  • KBr has a melting point of 734' C and is readily soluble in DI water.
  • the flat panel display is conventionally composed of rows and columns of pixel elements which generate the gray shades or the RGB (Red, Green, Blue) colors of the display.
  • the operation of the pixels results in the generation of the image on the display.
  • the pixels of the display can be made with conventional active matrix LCD technology.
  • the preferred embodiment of the MDI circuit membrane display uses redundant circuit devices at each pixel and the above referenced fine grain testing technology to correct for circuit fabrication defects.
  • the MDI circuit membrane display makes use of electro luminescent phosphors, similar to the phosphors used in conventional TV and industrial monitors. The phosphors are applied after the completion of the fabrication of the circuitry of the display.
  • the display circuitry is then used in the final manufacturing process steps to cause the selective deposition of the RGB phosphors to their respective RGB electrodes.
  • the multiple chip module interconnect circuit membrane technology disclosed above also is employed to bond ICs at the edges of the display panel and at any desired location on the back of the panel.
  • the ability to attach ICs is of significant importance in lessening the complexity of the design and manufacturing of the display. ICs bonded to the back of the display do not interfere with or obscure the visual operation of the phosphor based display, because the display is not back lit as is the case with LCD displays, but generates its own luminescence.
  • Figure 31a shows the cross-section of a MDI circuit membrane display 700 while still attached to a reusable quartz fabrication substrate 702 with intervening release agent 703.
  • the control logic circuit 704-1, 704-2, 704-3 for each RGB pixel has been fabricated from a-Si or polysilicon thin film transistors (TFTs), and electro-phoretic plating electrodes 708-1, 708-2, 708-3 (pads) have been formed as a final metallization process step over each RGB pixel logic circuit 704.
  • the plating electrodes 708-1, 708-2, 708-3, one for each RGB phosphor of a pixel, can be selectively addressed and a specific plating potential applied.
  • the ICs provide control and memory logic for turning individual pixels on or off, therefore generating a display image.
  • control and/or memory logic 712, 713 could also be fabricated as part of the MDI circuit membrane 700 just as the individual pixel control circuits 704-1, 704-2, 704-3 have been. This is a design/manufacturing option, and would replace most or all of the bonded die. All fabrication processing steps of the MDI circuit membrane are established techniques.
  • Figure 31b shows in cross section the MDI circuit membrane display 700 attached to a support frame 718 and released from the reusable fabrication substrate.
  • the support frame 718 is bonded to the MDI circuit membrane 700 by an anodic method as one technique, and then the MDI circuit membrane 700 is scribed along the side of the fabrication substrate 702. This exposes the release agent 703 of Figure 31 a.
  • the display assembly is then placed in -a solvent that activates the release agent 703, causing the display to be freed from the reusable fabrication substrate 702.
  • control and memory logic die 713 are attached to the display backside. These IC 713 connect to pixels along row or column interconnect metallization.
  • Figure 31c shows the display after electro-phoretic plating of the individual RGB phosphors 708-1, 708-2, 708-3.
  • Each RGB phosphor is plated separately by immersion of the display in a plating solution of a specific phosphor, and then using the control and pixel logic 704-1 , 704-2, 704-3 of the display to select appropriate pixel elements (either Red or Green or Blue) and apply the desired plating electrical potential.
  • the substrate used to fabricate the flat screen display could also be a MDI membrane with a semiconductor device layer.
  • Using a semiconductor based MDI membrane as the substrate to fabricate the flat screen display will not require any substantial difference in processing steps, however, due to the limited size of available silicon wafers (presently 8 inches) and the circular shape, the use of a semiconductor wafer as the starting substrate greatly limits the maximum size of the display.
  • Three dimensional (3D) IC structures can be formed from MDI circuit membranes. This is a novel capability of the MDI IC membrane.
  • the low stress dielectrics of silicon dioxide or silicon nitride can be formed to withstand working temperatures in excess of 400 * C. This high working temperature capability allows the use of anodic or thermal (quartz to quartz or silicon to quartz) bonding procedures that are typically high temperature processes.
  • the dielectric circuit membranes are optically transparent and thin, allowing the circuit membranes to be aligned very accurately prior to bonding.
  • the semiconductor devices 730-1 , 730-2, 730-3 that are embedded in a first MDI circuit membrane 732 can have interconnect metallization 736-1, 736-2, 736-3 applied to both sides of the membrane 732 completing all intra-membrane interconnections. Also shown are opposed semiconductor device gate electrodes 742-1, 742-2, 742-3. Figure 32a shows the two MDI circuit membranes or ICs 732, 746 prior to bonding.
  • circuit membranes to be coated as necessary for the forming of the anodic or thermal membrane-to-membrane bond 752 of circuit membrane 732 to the second membrane 746 which includes similarly semiconductor devices 748-1, 748-2, 748-3, and interconnect metallization 750-1, 750-2, 750-3.
  • the second membrane 746 which includes similarly semiconductor devices 748-1, 748-2, 748-3, and interconnect metallization 750-1, 750-2, 750-3.
  • vertical interconnect metallization 754-1, 754-2 can be employed to route signals from lower membrane layer 746.
  • MDI circuit membranes 732, 746 are aligned using established optical alignment mark techniques and anodically or thermally bonded 752 to each other.
  • circuit membranes 732, 746 that are anodically or thermally bonded are complete of all necessary semiconductor device processing steps, and only require the completion of vertical interconnect metallization 754-1, 754-2.
  • the final interconnect metallization 754-1, 754-2 is completed by etching vias 756-1, 756-2 through the last circuit membrane 732 to be bonded to electrical contacts on the circuit membrane 746 onto which it was bonded.
  • Well known metal deposition and patterning process steps are applied. If additional circuit membrane ICs are to be bonded to a 3D IC structure, a dielectric coating is applied to the 3D structure to isolate any metallization as a necessary requirement to a subsequent bonding step.
  • Anodic bonding 752 is a glass-to-glass process.
  • the MDI circuit membranes 732, 746 are each provided with a 1 ⁇ m thick or greater final deposition of silicon dioxide to form the bond 752 prior to the anodic bonding process step.
  • Anodic processing is well known and there are numerous such techniques used in conventional glass plate manufacturing. Thermal (fusion) bonding of silicon to quartz or glass substrates is an established technique. It can be used instead of anodic bonding methods to bond MDI circuit membranes.
  • optical data transmission as an interconnect means (instead of metallization interconnect) between MDI circuit membrane layers 732, 746 is a direct consequence of the method of fabricating the 3D IC structure.
  • Wave guides (not shown) between optical transceiver components can be formed from vias by bonding vias (openings) corresponding to the various optical transceiver devices on circuit membranes.
  • the normally high transmissive nature of the circuit membranes and the short layer-to-layer distances between the circuit membranes allow integrated optical semiconductor devices to provide the communication function through vias or directly through certain dielectric materials.
  • Integrated circuits formed on a MDI circuit membrane can be cut from the circuit membrane in much the same manner as ICs or die are presently cut from a rigid wafer substrate in order to be packaged. This is possible due to the net low stress of the circuit membrane.
  • Figures 32c and d show die cut from a circuit membrane and bonded onto a rigid substrate such as a silicon wafer, quartz, glass, metal, etc.
  • dielectric and interconnect layers may be added to provide a better bonding surface for the membrane IC or to provide interconnection from bond pads on the IC to bond out pads at the edge of the metal substrate.
  • the use of a metal substrate to attach the membrane IC provides clear advantages, if not an optimal means, - for thermal cooling of the IC.
  • a pick and place bonding tool can pick up the die with slight vacuum pressure, align it over the substrate onto which it is to be bonded and bond it to the substrate.
  • Figures 32c and d each show stocked membrane die 764-a, 764-b, 764,c bonded to a rigid substrate.
  • the membrane die 764-a, 764-b, 764-c can be bonded with compressive, anodic or fusion (thermal) techniques to a circuit membrane (not shown), such as a MCM interconnect circuit membrane.
  • Figure 32c shows a 3D circuit structure of membrane dice (ICs) 764-a, 764-b, 764-c bonded by compression technique to a rigid substrate 770. This is accomplished by aligning metal pads 772-1, 1,772-2, .... 772-k, .... 772-y on the rigid substrate 770 and metal pads 776-1, 776-2, .... 776-w on the membrane die 764-a, .... 764-c and then applying temperature and pressure (as explained previously). Also shown are bonding-out pads 778-1, 778-2. The surfaces are bonded together by the metal pads which also serve as circuit interconnect and thermal relief paths.
  • Figure 32d shows a 3D circuit structure of membrane dice 764-a,

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
  • Power Engineering (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Condensed Matter Physics & Semiconductors (AREA)
  • Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • Geometry (AREA)
  • Internal Circuitry In Semiconductor Integrated Circuit Devices (AREA)
  • Element Separation (AREA)
  • Metal-Oxide And Bipolar Metal-Oxide Semiconductor Integrated Circuits (AREA)
  • Thin Film Transistor (AREA)
  • Bipolar Transistors (AREA)
  • Insulated Gate Type Field-Effect Transistor (AREA)
  • Electrodes Of Semiconductors (AREA)
  • Pressure Sensors (AREA)
  • Electron Beam Exposure (AREA)
  • Exposure Of Semiconductors, Excluding Electron Or Ion Beam Exposure (AREA)
  • Exposure And Positioning Against Photoresist Photosensitive Materials (AREA)
  • X-Ray Techniques (AREA)
  • Weting (AREA)
  • Formation Of Insulating Films (AREA)

Abstract

General purpose methods for the fabrication of integrated circuits (24, 26, 28,... 30) from flexible membranes (20, 36) formed of very thin low stress dielectric materials, such as silicon dioxide or silicon nitride, and semiconductor layers. Semiconductor devices (24, 26, 38,... 30) are formed in a semiconductor layer of the membrane (36). The semiconductor membrane layer (36) is initially formed from a substrate (18) of standard thickness, and all but a thin surface layer of the substrate is then etched or polished away. In another version, the flexible membrane is used as support and electrical interconnect for conventional integrated circuit die bonded thereto, with the interconnect formed in multiple layers in the membrane. Multiple die can be connected to one such membrane, which is then packaged as a multichip module. Other applications are based on (circuit) membrane processing for bipolar and MOSFET transistor fabrication, low impedance conductor interconnecting fabrication, flat panel displays, maskless (direct write) lithography, and 3D IC fabrication.

Description

MEMBRANE DIELECTRIC ISOLATION IC FABRICATION
%
M
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION Field of the Invention
This invention relates to methods for fabricating integrated circuits on and in flexible membranes, and to structures fabricated using such methods.
10
Description of Related Art
Mechanically and thermally durable free standing dielectric and semiconductor membranes have been disclosed with thicknesses of less than 2 μm. (See commonly invented U.S. Patent No. 4,924,589,
15 and U.S. patent application Serial No. 07/482,135, filed February 16, 1990, now U.S. Patent No. 5,103,557, both incorporated herein by reference). This disclosure combines the novel use of these technologies and other integrated circuit (IC) processing techniques to form ICs as membranes typically less than 8 μm thick. This approach to
20 IC fabrication falls under the generic industry-established title known as Dielectric Isolation (DI), and is inclusive of subject areas such as Silicon- on-lnsulator (SOI) and Silicon-on-Sapphire (SOS). ICs formed from dielectric and semiconductor membranes can reduce significantly the number and complexity of processing steps presently used to provide
25 complete IC device isolation; dielectric isolation techniques that provide dielectric isolation on all surfaces of the individual circuit devices comprising the complete IC are not as yet widely used in volume IC Mt fabrication. Integrated Circuits are defined as commonly understood
* today when referring to SSI, MSI, LSI, VLSI, ULSI, etc. levels of circuit rø 30 complexity.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
This invention is directed to a general method for the fabrication of integrated circuits and interconnect metallization structures from membranes of dielectric and semiconductor materials. The fabrication technology in accordance with this invention is referred to herein as
Membrane Dielectric Isolation (MDI), and the circuits made from it as circuit membranes. The novel use of materials and processing techniques provides for the fabrication of high temperature, mechanically durable, large area free standing membranes (greater than 1 square cm in area) from low stress dielectric and/or semiconductor films. These membranes permit the application (continued use) of most of the established integrated processing methods for the fabrication of circuit devices and interconnect metallization. —
In accordance with the invention, an integrated circuit is formed on a tensile low stress dielectric membrane comprised of one layer or a partial layer of semiconductor material in which are formed circuit devices and several layers of dielectric and interconnect metallization. Also, a structure in accordance with the invention is a tensile membrane of semiconductor material in which are formed circuit devices with multiple layers of tensile low stress dielectric and metallization interconnect on either side of the semiconductor membrane. The membrane structure is a processing or manufacturing structure for enabling the manufacture of novel and more cost effective integrated circuits. This is in addition to an objective to manufacture an integrated circuit, or portion thereof, in a membrane or thin film form.
The general categories of circuit membranes that can be made by this invention arei
1. Large scale dielectric isolated integrated circuits formed on or from semiconductor or non-semiconductor substrates.
2. Multi-layer interconnect metallization circuits formed on or from semiconductor or non-semiconductor substrates. The primary objectives of the MDI fabrication technology disclosed herein are the cost effective manufacture of high performance, high density integrated circuits and integrated circuit interconnect with the elimination or reduction of detrimental electrical effects on the operation of individual circuit devices (e.g. diodes, transistors, etc.) by completely isolating with a dielectric material each such circuit device from the common substrate upon which they are initially fabricated, and i therefore, from each other, and to provide a more versatile and efficient physical form factor for the application of integrate circuits. Some of the 5 benefits of the MDI IC fabrication process are the elimination or reduction of substrate current leakage, capacitive coupling and parasitic transistor effects between adjoining circuit devices. The MDI IC fabrication process benefits extend to several other categories of IC fabrication such as lower IC processing costs due to fewer IC isolation
10 processing steps, greater IC transistor densities through the capability to use established IC processing techniques to fabricate interconnect metallization on both sides of a MDI IC circuit membrane, and greater IC performance through novel transistor structures.
The strength of the MDI processes is primarily drawn from two
15 areas:
(1) The ability to make a large area flexible thin film free standing dielectric membrane, typically framed or suspended or constrained at its edges by a substrate frame or ring, or bonded frame or ring. This membrane is able to withstand a wide range of IC processing
20 techniques and processing temperatures (of at least 400'C) without noticeable deficiency in performance. The present dielectric materials that meet these requirements are silicon dioxide and silicon nitride films when prepared with specific low stress film deposition recipes for instance on equipment supplied by Novellus Systems, Inc. Dielectric
25 free standing films created by CVD process methods such as silicon carbide, boron nitride, boron carbon nitride aluminum oxide, aluminum nitride, tantalum pentoxide, germanium nitride, calcium fluoride, and diamond have been produced, and can potentially be used as one of
» the dielectric materials in a MDI circuit membrane when deposited at an 1( 30 appropriate level of surface stress. Advances in the technology for making low stress dielectric films will likely produce additional free standing films that can be used as described herein.
(2) The ability to form a uniform thin film single crystal semiconductor substrate either as the primary substrate of semiconductor devices or as a carrier substrate upon which semiconductor devices could be grown epitaxially. Several methods toward this end are disclosed herein, and other techniques which are
Figure imgf000006_0001
modifications thereof exist. Further, in certain applications polycrystalline semiconductor membranes such as polysilicon can be used in substitution for monocrystalline material.
It is the combination of the use of low stress free standing dielectric films with the appropriate processing qualities and membrane or thin film single crystalline (monocrystalline), polycrystalline or amoφhous semiconductor substrate formation that provides much of the advantage of the MDI ΪC fabrication process. The following methods are encompassed within the present disclosure:
1. Methods for the fabrication of low stress free standing (thin film) dielectric membranes that encapsulate each semiconductor device that comprises an IC.
2. Methods for the formation of uniform thickness semiconductor membrane (thin film) substrates for use in combination with low stress dielectric materials.
3. Methods for the fabrication of semiconductor devices within and on a dielectric membrane that comprises a circuit membrane.
4. Methods for the formation of interconnect metallization structures within and on a dielectric membrane that comprises a circuit membrane. . The MDI circuit fabrication process in one embodiment starts with a semiconductor wafer substrate, and results in an IC in the form of a circuit membrane where each transistor or semiconductor device (SD) in the IC has complete dielectric isolation from every other such semiconductor device in the IC. Only interconnect at the specific electrode contact sites of the semiconductor devices provides electrical continuity between the semiconductor devices. The primary feature of the MDI process is complete electrical isolation of all semiconductor devices of an IC from all of the intervening semiconductor substrate on which or in which they were initially formed and to do so at lower cost and process complexity than existing bulk IC processing methods. Other features of the MDI process are vertical electrode contact (backside
'i interconnect metallization), confined lateral selective epitaxial growth, non-symmetric dopant profiles, and the use of a MDI circuit membrane 5 to serve as a conformal or projection mask for lithography processing. Even if the initial substrate with which MDI processing begins with is the most commonly used semiconductor silicon, the resulting IC need not be composed of silicon-based devices, but could be of any semiconductor device material such as GaAs, InP, HgCdTe, InSb or a
10 combination of technologies such as silicon and GaAs grown on a silicon substrate through epitaxial means. Silicon is an inexpensive and well understood semiconductor substrate material with superior mechanical handling properties relative to most other presently established semiconductor materials. The MDI process is not limited to
15 starting with a silicon substrate and the process definition of MDI is not dependent on use of silicon; however, there are presently clear advantages to using silicon as a starting semiconductor substrate, and the chief embodiment disclosed herein of MDI uses a starting semiconductor substrate material of silicon.
20 The benefits to fabricating an IC with the MDI process are significant over prior art methods, some of these benefits being:
1. Complete electrical isolation of semiconductor devices.
2. Vertical semiconductor device structures.
3. Lower processing costs through lower processing
25 complexity or fewer device isolation processing steps.
4. Conformal mask lithography through the membrane substrate.
„ 5. Control of depth of focus during lithography exposure due
M to control of substrate thickness. 30 6. Application of interconnect metallization to both sides of the IC. 7. Through-membrane (substrate) interconnect metallization routing. 8. Three dimensional IC structures through the bonding of circuit membrane IC layers.
9. Efficient conductive or radiant cooling of IC components of circuit membrane. 10. Direct optical (laser) based communication between parallel positioned membrane ICs.
11. Higher performance ICs.
12. Vertical semiconductor device structure formation.
13. Novel selective epitaxial device formation. In some semiconductor technologies it is not necessary to have complete isolation between each transistor or semiconductor device, such as certain applications using polycrystalline or amorphous TFTs (thin film transistors). This is not a limitation on the MDI process, because semiconductor device side wall isolation is an option in the MDI process. What is novel is that the MDI process provides general methods by which thin films or membranes of dielectric and semiconductor materials can be formed into a free standing IC or circuit membrane.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES
Figures 1a to 1j show a dielectric and semiconductor membrane substrate in cross-section.
Figure 2 shows an etched silicon substrate membrane in cross- section. Figures 3a, 3b show dielectric membranes with semiconductor devices.
Figure 4 shows an alignment mark of a circuit membrane in cross-section.
Figure 5 shows support structures for a membrane structure isolation structure.
Figure 6a to 6i show a circuit membrane Air Tunnel structure. Figure 7 shows stacked circuit membranes with optical input/output.
Figure 8 shows a three dimensional circuit membrane. Figures 9a to 9j show fabrication of a MOSFET in a membrane.
Figures 10a to 10d show fabrication of a transistor by lateral epitaxial growth on a membrane.
Figures 11a to 11f show vertical MOSFET and bipolar transistors formed on a membrane.
Figure 12a to 12g show transistor fabrication on a membrane using confined laterally doped epitaxy.
Figures 12h to 12j show cross-sections of selective epitaxial growth on a membrane. Figures 13a to 13d show cross-sectipns of multi-chip modules.
Figure 14 shows a cross-section of a membrane formed on a reusable substrate.
Figure 15 shows a cross-section of the membrane of Figure 14 with a support frame attached. Figures 16a, 16b show multi-chip modules in packages.
Figures 17a to 17c show soldering of bond pads of a circuit membrane to a die.
Figure 18 shows bond pads on a die.
Figures 19a, 19b show bonding and de-bonding of a die to a circuit membrane.
Figures 20, 21 show two sides of a circuit membrane.
Figures 22a to 22c show formation of a metal trace in a circuit membrane by a lift-off process.
Figures 23a, 23b show use of a buried etch stop layer to form a circuit membrane having a thinner inner portion.
Figures 24, 25 show a source-integrated light valve for direct write lithography.
Figures 26, 27 are cross-sections of X-ray sources for the device of Figures 24, 25. Figures 28a to 28b show a coil for the device of Figure 24.
Figures 29a to 29k show portions of a source-external radiation valve for direct write lithography device.
Figures 29I to 29p show use of fixed freestanding membrane lithography masks. Figure 30 shows a cross-section of a lithographic tool.
Figures 31a to 31c show cross-sections of a display formed on a membrane.
Figures 32a to 32d show three-dimensional IC structures.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
The MDI process is the formation of an IC or interconnect metallization circuit as a free standing dielectric and/or semiconductor circuit membrane. Each semiconductor device comprising an IC circuit membrane is a semiconductor device optionally isolated from adjoining semiconductor devices, and where each semiconductor device is formed on or in a membrane of semiconductor material typically less than 8 μm in thickness. The overall thickness of a circuit membrane is - typically less than 50 μm and preferably less than 8 μm. The dielectric membrane is compatible with most higher temperature IC processing techniques.
MDI Fabrication Process
Several process variations can be used to form the thin film or membrane of semiconductor material for use in the MDI process.
Additional related methods for forming semiconductor membranes may exist or come into existence and are included in the MDI technology.
Examples of some of the methods that can be used for forming silicon single crystal thin films are: 1. Heavily boron doped (typically greater than 1018 atoms/cm3) etch stop layer (formed by diffusion, implant or epitaxy) with optional epitaxial SiGe (less than 20% Ge) anti-autodoping overlayer layer and optional epitaxial layer.
2. O (oxide) and N2 (Nitride) implant etch stop barrier layer. Implant concentrations are typically between 10 to 100 times less for formation of an etch stop barrier layer than that required to form a buried oxide or nitride dielectric isolation layer as presently done with a standard thickness silicon substrate. 3. Buried oxide etch stop barrier layer formed from a porous silicon layer.
4. High precision double sided polished substrate and masked timed chemical etch back of back-side.
5 5. Electro-chemical etch stop.
6. Buried etch stop layer formation through anodic or thermal wafer bonding in combination with precision substrate polishing and chemical etching.
There are many established methods for forming thin
10 semiconductor substrates or membranes. The MDI process requires that the semiconductor membrane forming process (thinning process) produce a highly uniform membrane typically less than 2 μm thick and that the surface tension of the semiconductor membrane be in low tensile stress. If the membrane is not in tensile stress, but in
15 compressive stress, surface flatness and membrane structural integrity will in many cases be inadequate for subsequent device fabrication steps or the ability to form a sufficiently durable free standing membrane.
The use of highly doped layers on the surface or near the surface
20 of the substrate formed by diffusion, implant or epitaxial means is an ~~ established method for forming a barrier etch stop layer. A heavily doped boron layer will etch 10 to 100 times slower than the rest of the substrate. However, if it is to form an effective uniform membrane surface, autodoping to the lower substrate and to the upper device layer
25 must be prevented or minimized. This is accomplished in one method by epitaxially growing a SiGe layer of less than 4,OOθA (1A = 10"10m) and less than 25% Ge on either side of the barrier etch stop. The SiGe
A layers and the barrier etch stop layers are subsequently removed after formation of the membrane in order to complete device dielectric
30 isolation.
The MDI process for forming a dielectric membrane requires that the dielectric material be deposited in net surface tensile stress and that the tensile surface stress level be 2 to 100 times less than the fracture strength of the dielectric. Consideration is also given to matching the coefficient of thermal expansion of the semiconductor material and the various dielectric materials being used in order to minimize the extrinsic net surface stress of the membrane. Thermally formed silicon dioxide forms as a strongly compressive film and most deposited dielectrics currently in use form typically with compressive surface stress. High temperature silicon dioxide and silicon nitride dielectric deposited films with tensile surface stress levels 100 times less than their fracture strength have been demonstrated as large area free standing membranes consistent with the requirements of the MDI process. It is not a requirement of the MDI process that if a semiconductor material is used in the fabrication of a circuit membrane, that the semiconductor material be capable of forming a free standing membrane. The dielectric materials that are optionally used to isolate any semiconductor devices in the circuit membrane can provide the primary structural means of the resulting circuit membrane as implied by the general fabrication methods presented below.
The ability to form large durable temperature tolerant low tensile stress films of both semiconductor and dielectric materials as - components or layers of a substrate for the fabrication of integrated circuits and interconnect structures is unique to the MDI process. The large free standing semiconductor and dielectric membrane substrates of the MDI process provide unique structural advantages to lower the cost and complexity of circuit fabrication and enhance the performance of circuit operation. The MDI process can be broadly described as two methods, depending on which method of forming the semiconductor substrate thin film is selected. The sequence of steps of the two process methods presented below may be utilized in a different order depending on processing efficiencies. Formation of polysilicon or a-Si (amorphous silicon) circuit devices on a dielectric membrane without the starting use of a semiconductor substrate is disclosed below, but is not categorized as a method. Method #1
1. Implant, diffuse, or epitaxially grow an etch barrier layer in over the silicon substrate.
2. Optionally grow the desired epitaxial device layers. 3. Optionally trench isolate the semiconductor device areas.
4. Complete all desired IC processing steps including deposition of a low stress dielectric membrane.
5. Form a dielectric and semiconductor substrate membrane by selectively etching the back side of the substrate to a barrier layer or to a controlled .substrate residual.
6. Complete the IC processing steps on the back side of the substrate and remaining top side of the substrate, and optionally trench isolate the semiconductor devices if not done in step 3. Method #1 fabricates the desired semiconductor devices of an IC on a standard thickness semiconductor substrate 10 prior to the deposition of the low stress dielectric membrane and release of membrane structure 14 by etching the back side of the substrate. (Figure 1a shows in cross-sections the substrate 10 after back side etching.) These semiconductor devices will typically be trench isolated (see below) through or below the active area layer of each semiconductor device.
The semiconductor devices will typically be fabricated from vapor phase epitaxial depositions. Well known epitaxial fabrication methods such as SEG (Selective Epitaxial Growth), ELO (Epitaxial Lateral Overgrowth), MOCVD (Metal-Organic Chemical Vapor Deposition) or MBE (Molecular Beam Epitaxy) may be employed.
In the embodiment of Figure 1a an etch stop barrier layer 12 is implanted just beneath the surface of the silicon substrate 10. This is shown in Figure 1b, which is an expanded view of a portion of substrate 10 prior to the backside etching step. Portion 11 of substrate 10 is to be removed. This barrier etch stop layer 12 may be an oxide layer produced in a manner similar to the well known SIMOX technique or an implanted silicon nitride layer; however, the thickness of the buried oxide or nitride layer required for MDI processing is significantly less than that required to achieve device dielectric isolation for a silicon substrate which is the general application for such implant technology. (The term SIMOX (Separation by IMplanted OXygen) is a general reference for the dielectric isolation process of forming a buried layer of Siθ2 in a bulk silicon substrate by oxygen implant.) The purpose of layer 12 is to induce minimum damage to the crystalline surface of the substrate 10 which would degrade subsequent semiconductor device processing, while providing a uniform substrate (silicon) preferential back side etch stop just beneath the surface of the substrate. The barrier etch stop layer 12 can be made at a well controlled thickness and acts as an end point when the silicon substrate 10 is selectively etched from the back side 14 (see Figure 1a) as part of the processing in forming the low stress dielectric and (optionally) semiconductor circuit membrane. The barrier etch stop 1 as shown in Figure 1 b does not extend to the edge of the substrate. It is not restricted from extending to the edge of the substrate (wafer), but it must extend beyond that portion 11 of the substrate 10 that will be removed during the formation of the membrane structure. The original substrate upon which the MDI circuit membrane is formed serves as retaining frame (or ring) 18 for the MDI circuit membrane after the backside of the substrate is etched. The backside etch of the substrate leaves the frame 18 of the substrate to hold the resulting circuit membrane. The width of frame 18 is sufficient to prevent the surface forces of the circuit membrane from causing the frame to crack. A width typically of less than 400 mils (1 cm) is sufficient. This is done by growing thermal oxide and or depositing a film typically of silicon nitride (about 5,OOθA to 7.500A thick) on the backside 14 of the substrate and then etching a window or opening in dielectric layer the size and shape of the desired circuit membrane. The substrate is then etched through dielectric window or dielectric mask. The shape of the backside window opening (or dielectric mask) is typically rectangular, although it can vary in shape. The barrier etch stop layer 12 is then selectively etched to leave only the original surface 10 layer of the silicon substrate. A barrier etch stop layer could also be formed on the surface of the silicon substrate if the layer preserves sufficient crystalline structure required for subsequent epitaxial processing, surface stress (typically less than 108 dynes/cm2 tensile) and there is a selective etch procedure for the silicon substrate versus the barrier etch stop layer, and if need be, the applied barrier etch stop layer can subsequently be removed. The backside 14 is etched away by TMAH (tetra-methyl ammonia hydroxide) or other appropriate selective silicon etchant (see below). Figure 1c shows formation of the semiconductor devices 24, 26, 28 in the semiconductor substrate after backside substrate etch to a buried etch stop layer, dielectric deposition, and selective removal of the barrier etch stop. Trenches 25, 27, 29 are cut into the substrate 10 prior to deposition of the low stress dielectric membrane 20, which also serves as an isolation dielectric between adjacent semiconductor devices 24, 26, 28.
An alternative technique to trench isolation as suggested by either steps 3 or 6 of Method #1 in order to laterally isolate transistor devices of the circuit membrane is to use the well known LOCOS (LOCal Oxidation of Silicon) isolation method. LOCOS could be applied as part of the processing of step 6 (process steps 4 or 5 in Method #2 below) as shown in Figures 1d and 1e. Figure 1d shows in cross-section several transistors 11a, 11b, 11c of a circuit membrane 20 with semiconductor layer 20b, interconnect metallization 20c, low stress dielectric membrane 20d, and with completed topside device processing and a backside deposited low stress silicon nitride mask 13 patterned with openings 15a, 15b between transistors. Subsequent thermal oxidation 17a, 17b of the thin silicon device substrate layer underneath the openings in the nitride mask 13, as shown in Figure 1e, laterally isolates the transistors 11a, 11b, 11c and results in complete dielectric isolation of the circuit membrane transistors 11a, 11b, 11c.
The thermal oxide isolation created by the LOCOS method may change the net tensile surface stress of the semiconductor (substrate) membrane layer. The deposition of low stress dielectric films on either side of the semiconductor layer prior to LOCOS processing will offset most compressive effects of the oxide formation. Device isolation by the LOCOS process when applied to a MDI circuit membrane is more effective than current bulk processing because of the shallow depth of the semiconductor substrate layer. This also allows near optimum density of the circuit devices with respect to minimum device isolation separation. The easy incoφoration of LOCOS into the MDI processing methods also is an indication of the general compatibility of the MDI process with existing IC fabrication techniques. The remaining substrate 10 (see Figure 1f) is then (optionally) bonded at its edges to a bonding frame or ring 19 (which is typically of glass, quartz or metal and about 25 to 100 mills thick) by conventional anodic, fusion (thermal) or epoxy bonding techniques. In this case the substrate frame 18 may be removed (see Figure 1g). The bonding frame or ring 19 is not required for processing MDI; the original substrate 10 (which is backside etched) performs this function initially. An alternative to forming a barrier etch stop layer is to polish the silicon wafer 10 on both sides to a thickness uniformity specification such that when the substrate is selectively time etched from the back side, the etch can be stopped prior to reaching the dielectric membrane 20 and will leave an acceptably uniform thickness for the active device substrate. This method is mechanically difficult in that it requires the wafer to be exactingly polished on both sides to achieve the uniform thickness. The dielectric membrane 20, 36 is formed as part of the interconnect metallization dielectric and as a layer over the two-sided interconnect metallization 35 as shown in Figures 3a and 3b. (Figure 3b is an enlarged view of the portion of Figure 3a referenced as "3b".) The thickness of the dielectric membrane 20, 36 may vary from less than 2 μm to over 15 μm per layer of interconnect metallization layer 35. All blanket dielectric material covering the substrate has a low stress surface tension and is preferably in tensile stress.
Two sided interconnect metallization 35, with low stress dielectric material 36 (see Figure 3b) used as the interconnect dielectric can be applied, or the back side of the circuit membrane can be passivated with low stress dielectric for a conventional one-side interconnect structure. The circuit membrane can withstand processing temperatures in excess of 400'C. which is required for further deposition of various low stress dielectric layers such as S1O2 and SixNx and to achieve reliable low resistance junctions between semiconductor device electrode contacts and interconnect metallization. Depending on the specified composition and thickness of the dielectric and substrate membrane material, higher temperature processing steps can be performed such as may be required by implant activation annealing or-epitaxial processing. The alignment of lithography tools on the back side of the substrate is performed through the transparent dielectric material as shown in Figure 4. The semiconductor substrate material 10a near the alignment mark 40 (which is nearly transparent in the visible portion of the spectrum at thicknesses less than 2 μm) can be etched away from the dielectric membrane 20 so that the lithography alignment marks 40 are more readily visible. Infrared alignment mechanisms are also available for back side alignment; silicon is transparent at infrared wavelengths. Lithography marks 40 for infrared alignment cannot be as small as those used in the visible spectrum due to the longer wavelengths of the infrared, typically greater than 6,OOθA.
Method #2
1. Form a free standing low stress semiconductor substrate membrane.
2. Optionally grow the desired epitaxial device layers.
3. Complete all desired top side IC processing steps including deposition of a low stress dielectric membrane.
4. Optionally trench isolate the semiconductor device areas from the back side.
5. Complete IC processing steps on the back side of substrate and remaining top side of substrate.
IC processing steps used on the top side and backside of the semiconductor membrane substrate are well known and not unique in application to the semiconductor substrate membrane; nearly any semiconductor process technique can be applied.
Method #2 fabricates a thin low stress semiconductor substrate membrane 20, such as the one shown in Figure 2, prior to deposition of the low stress dielectric membrane and fabrication of semiconductor devices. This substrate membrane as shown in Figure 2 can be formed through established selective electro-chemical etching techniques or by combination of wafer bonding, grinding and selective substrate etching techniques. The membrane preferably has a tensile stress of approximately 108 dynes/cm2. (This can be achieved in one manner by forming a layer with n-type dopant concentrations of 1016 to 1019 - atoms cm3 and applying electrochemical etch techniques.) After the semiconductor substrate membrane 20 is fabricated (see Figure 3a), semiconductor devices 24, 26, 28, .... 30 are fabricated and interconnected on the substrate 20 with the use of low stress dielectric material. The low stress dielectric membrane formed on the semiconductor substrate (along with interconnect metallization) becomes the only structural circuit membrane component after the semiconductor substrate portion of the membrane is etched or trenched into independent semiconductor devices. An additional layer (not shown) of low stress dielectric over the interconnect metallization may be applied for passivation and to increase the thickness of the resulting membrane 20 to achieve a specific desired level of durability. The back side etch of the semiconductor substrate 14 (see Figure 2) permits the under side of the semiconductor devices 24 30 to be accessed and additional processing of the semiconductor devices performed. The processing options on the under side of the semiconductor devices 24, .... 30 are the same as those for Method #1; however, trench isolation (see Figure 1c) of the semiconductor devices has not as yet been performed. Trench isolation is the etching of a separation space 25, 27, 29 (typically less than 2 μm wide) between semiconductor devices 24, 26, 28 on all sides of the semiconductor devices and is an established IC process technique. The space or trench 25, 27, 29 is then filled with dielectric. Trench isolation is novel as applied here, because the technique is being applied to a semiconductor membrane supported by a dielectric membrane. If trench isolation is desired, established masking and etching techniques can be applied to form trenches. The uniformity of the semiconductor substrate thickness is important to the uniformity of the operating characteristics of the semiconductor devices of an IC, and to lithography processing steps. The above-described embodiments use etch stop techniques when selectively etching the semiconductor substrate material to form the desired substrate membrane thickness.
The interconnect circuit membrane can also be formed on a glass or quartz substrate 23 (typically less than 50 mils thick). In this case a tensile film 25 of polysilicon (as taught by LE. Trimble and G.E. Celler in_ "Evaluation of polycrystalline silicon membranes on fused silica" J. Vac. Sci. Technology B7(6), Nov/Dec 1989) is deposited on both sides of the substrate 23, as shown in Figure 1h. A MDI interconnect circuit membrane 27 is then formed on the polysilicon membrane 25, as shown in Figure 1i. An opening 29 in the polysilicon 25 on the backside of the substrate 23 is made and the back of the substrate 23 is selectively etched leaving a free standing tensile polysilicon membrane 27 held in the frame 23b of the remaining substrate, as shown in Figure 1j. The polysilicon 25 directly beneath the circuit membrane 27 can optionally be removed as also shown in Figure 1j. A metal film (not shown) or other protective layer is deposited over the circuit membrane prior to etching the backside of the substrate to protect the circuit membrane from the substrate etchant. Considerations for using a non- semiconductor substrate in the fabrication of MDI interconnect circuit membrane are substrate material cost or application requirements. Examples of applications for this approach to membrane fabrication are masks for high resolution conformal contact lithographic printing and MCM (Multi-Chip Module) interconnect circuits. Low Stress Silicon Dioxide and Silicon Nitride Deposition Recipes
Low stress dielectric membranes have been manufactured consistent with MDI requirements for low stress high temperature dielectric films. These membranes were produced on Novellus Systems, Inc. (San Jose, CA) Concept One dielectric deposition . equipment, but are not limited to such equipment. Low stress is defined relative to the silicon dioxide and silicon nitride deposition made with the Novellus equipment as being less than 8x108 dynes/cm2 (preferably 1x107 dynes/cm2) in tension. Acceptable surface stress levels of different dielectrics made on various equipment may vary widely.
The following are two typical recipes used to produce the dielectric membranes of silicon dioxide or silicon nitride required by the MDI process. Variations of these recipes can be used to emphasize specific characteristics of the deposited dielectric membrane; these recipes are not the only recipes to achieve the requirements of the MDI process on the Novellus equipment and are not limitations on the MDI process. Small variations in the parameters of the recipes can produce changes in the material structure, etch rate, refractive index, surface stress, or other characteristics of the deposited dielectric material.
Figure imgf000020_0001
Structurally Enhanced Low Stress Dielectric Circuit Membranes
Figure 5 shows a structurally enhanced MDI circuit membrane structure. Structural enhancement of the MDI circuit membrane may prove necessary for various applications where stress is applied to the membrane as part of normal operation, such as in pressure sensing or in making contact test measurements as in IC wafer sort testing. A portion 44 of the dielectric membrane is deposited over the SD layer 24a with a thickness greater than 1 μm, and typically 10 to 25 μm. This thicker deposited layer 44 of the dielectric membrane is patterned with a mask and dry etched to achieve a honeycomb-like pattern of recesses 46a, 46b, 46c. The depth of these recesses 46a, 46b, 46c is approximately 75% of the thickness of the low stress dielectric 44 in which they are etched. Optional electrical contact 47 is provided and shown as an example of a circuit electrode. The dimensions of the opening of the recesses 46a, 46b, 46c are typically two or three times the depth dimension. A deposition of 1,OOθA of low stress CVD silicon nitride may optionally be applied to form a passivating seal.
MDI Air Tunnel Interconnect Structure
The impedance of metal conductors (traces) that make up the interconnect metallization between semiconductor devices and passive circuit elements such as capacitors or resistors must be given careful design consideration at operational frequencies in excess of 100 MHz. The dielectric constant of a dielectric (insulating) material is a primary determining factor when consideration is given to the use of the material. Polyimide materials conventionally used in the construction of interconnect structures have dielectric constants typically ranging between 2 and 3.5. The dielectric constants of CVD silicon dioxide and silicon nitride typically range upward from 3.5. The ideal dielectric is vacuum, gaseous or air with a dielectric constant of approximately unity. The fabrication of an interconnect structure that isolates the majority of a conductor's surface area with vacuum or gaseous dielectric results in a near optimum condition for high speed operation of that structure. Trace or conductor structures called "Air Bridges" are fabricated on the surface of an IC contacting the surface of the IC only periodically. This periodic contact provides mechanical support and or electrical contact with a low net dielectric constant of isolation. Air Bridges are conventionally used in the fabrication of microwave circuits; such circuits have operational frequencies in the GHz range.
Figures 6a, 6b and 6c show cross-sectional views of a conductor structure 50 internal to dielectric layer 52, 52a, but which has a gaseous primary surface dielectric contact with only periodic mechanical contact 50-a, 50-b, 50-c, like the conventional Air Bridge. The conductor 50 is held suspended in the gaseous dielectric without contacting the surrounding or enclosing solid material structures. Figure 6d is a top view of a portion of a conductor or trace showing column supports (and or via contacts) 50-a, 50-b, 50-c and dielectric support columns 52- a, 52-b. This interconnect structure is herein called an "Air Tunnel", and its method of fabrication is a direct extension of the methods used in the above-described fabrication of the MDI circuit membranes (dielectric and semiconductor membranes). Also shown in Figures 6a, 6b and 6c are dielectric membrane 56, semiconductor membrane 58, dielectric support column 52a, ground plane metallization 60, cavity 54 formed by etch removal of a-Si (amorphous silicon), and opening 62 for etch removal of all the a-Si. Figure 6b is an end-on view of an alternate structure to Figure 6a. Figure 6b shows dielectric plug contact 68 to support (suspend) conductor 50. Figure 6c shows an extension of the structure of Figure 6a with a second layer of dielectric 70 and traces 72. The Air Tunnel structure can be fabricated on any semiconductor substrate in addition to an MDI circuit membrane. The structural dielectric materials used are selected from the same group of low stress dielectrics used in the fabrication of the MDI circuit membranes discussed above. The fabrication method for the Air Tunnel provided here can also be extended to the gaseous dielectric isolation of semiconductor devices and passive circuit elements in a circuit membrane. The Air Tunnel structure in one embodiment is fabricated with CVD processing techniques; alternatively, ECR (Electron-Cyclotron- Resonance) plasma CVD processing may soon provide an alternative deposition method. The gaseous dielectric separation of a conductor or a semiconductor device is accomplished by forming a sacrificial CVD film of a-Si, polysilicon or alternate material (typically dielectric material) that can be deposited by CVD means and selectively etched versus the other MDI circuit membrane material layers. Anticipating the use of Air Tunnel interconnect structures in the fabrication of a circuit membrane, semiconductor devices are isolated (passivated) by trench isolation of each device, and depositing a thin layer of oxide or nitride (typically less than 2.000A thick) over exposed device surfaces, and then depositing a film of a-Si. The thickness of the a-Si film and the width of the isolation trench are chosen such that the trench is plugged or filled evenly leaving the surface over the plug relatively planar. This plug technique is facilitated by CVD process technology which deposits films conformally on all interacting surfaces. Subsequent Air Tunnel interconnect structures are completed and the a-Si layers are removed by a silicon selective etchant; the etchant accesses the a-Si through the etch-vias as explained below.
The fabrication method of Air Tunnel interconnection is independent of the underlying substrate. The underlying substrate could be a MDI circuit membrane as shown in Figure 6d (fabrication of which is disclosed above), a conventional IC substrate of semiconductor devices, a MCM circuit substrate, MDI tester surface membrane, etc.
The Air Tunnel fabrication process begins (see Figure 6f) with the deposition of an a-Si film 76 onto a substrate 56 with electrodes to be interconnected. The a-Si film 76 is patterned with trenches and contact vias. A CVD processed metal film 50, typically tungsten (W), is deposited over the a-Si. The dimensions of the a-Si trenches and vias in the a-Si layer are consistent with forming planar plugs. The trenches in the a-Si 76, once plugged with the metal film 50, become the support columns 50-a, 50-b, 50-c of the conductor, see Figures 6a and 6d. The conductors deposited in the vias provide mechanical (column) support and electrical contact. The metal film 50 is patterned and a second CVD processed a-Si film 78 deposited over the metal film 50; a thin layer (not shown in Figure 6a) of highly conductive metal like Au or Cu may be sputter deposited over the CVD metal (prior to the patterning of the metal film 50) to enhance conductivity of the conductor. The a-Si film 78 is patterned as shown in Figure 6f, removing the a-Si film 78 from over the metal conductor 50 and forming a trench 80 along the edge of the conductor 50. This trench is plugged by a 3rd CVD layer 82 of a-Si, as shown in Figure 6g. The patterning of the second a-Si layer 78 over the metal conductor 50 does not require a critical alignment; an alignment tolerance of +50% of the thickness of the second a-Si layer 78 is sufficient.
The resulting three films 76, 78, 82 of a-Si are relatively planar with minor surface features along the edges where conductors 50 are directly beneath. These surface features can be reduced by shallow thermal oxidation of the a-Si surface and subsequent stripping of the oxide (not shown).
An alternative method that can be used to planarize the a-Si and metal films is to spin coat a thick polymer over substrate 75, low stress dielectric 77, first a-Si layer 79, and second a-Si layer 81 after the application of the second a-Si film 81. (This a-Si film 81 is deposited in thickness equal to the combination of the former second and third a-Si films.) The polymer 85 used is selected to have a RIE rate nearly identical to the that of the a-Si film. The polymer 85 is completely removed and the etch of the a-Si is continued as desired, see Figures 6h and 6i.
The a-Si film stack is then patterned to form trenches that will become the supporting columns 50-a, 50-b, 50-c of an over layer of low stress dielectric. These support columns are typically placed in a non- continuous manner along conductors 50 (as shown in Figure 6d), and periodically placed across open areas 51 where there are not conductors. The periodic and overlapping placement of the support columns (etch-vias) increase the ability of a-Si selective etchant to remove all deposited a-Si material. The thin metal film 60 (see Figure 6a) of typically less than 5.000A thickness may optionally be deposited over the patterned a-Si prior to the deposition of the low stress dielectric film to act as a ground plane and EM (Electro-Magnetic) shield for the conductor 50. (This metal film remains in contact with the overlying low stress dielectric film after the a-Si has been removed.) A low stress dielectric film 52, 52a is deposited of typically 1-2 μm thickness over the patterned a-Si films. This low stress dielectric layer 52, 52a is patterned with trench openings 62 to the a-Si films. These trench openings are called etch-vias and provide access for a a-Si selective etchant like TMAH or ethylene diamine to remove all of the internal layers of a-Si films from each layer of interconnect without regard to the number of layers.
The etch-vias 62 in the dielectric are placed near dielectric support columns as shown in Figures 6c and 6d. The etch-vias 62 are placed on every interconnect layer and with sufficient frequency per layer to allow etchant to reach all lower layers of the Air Tunnel interconnect structure. After the etch-vias 62 are formed an additional interconnect layer 72, 80 (see Figure 6c) can be formed by repeating the sequence of process steps as outlined below. When the Air Tunnel interconnect structure is used on a semiconductor membrane to form a circuit membrane (MDI process), it should be clear that the application of the Air Tunnel to both sides of the semiconductor membrane is a natural extension and not a special case application requiring a different processing sequence. The etch-vias 62 serve as access ports for gaseous material
(such as N2 or air) which allow the effective circuit dielectrics to enter the circuit membrane. The etch-vias 62 also serve to maintain equalized pressure between the internal interconnect structure and the external environment of the surface of the circuit. The following sequence of processing steps for fabricating an Air
Tunnel assumes that the substrate being processed has an existing layer of low stress dielectric film on which to start: 1. Pattern dielectric for metal contact plug vias and etch-vias.
2. Deposit a film of a-Si; the thickness of this film will determine the lower separation distance of the tunnel conductor from the underlying low stress dielectric. 3. Pattern a-Si film for conductor support columns (vias to underlying dielectric). 4. Deposit metal conductor film. 5a. Pattern metal conductor film.
5b. Optionally deposit high conductivity metal film before patterning conductive film.
6a. Deposit a-Si film approximately the thickness of the metal film. 7a. Pattern a-Si film to expose conductor surfaces and trench etch along sides conductors. 8a. Deposit a-Si film to planarize the surface and separate the conductor from the overlying dielectric film.
9. Pattern a-Si film for dielectric support columns (vias to dielectric).
10. Optionally deposit ground/shield metal film. 11. Deposit low stress dielectric film.
12. Pattern dielectric with etch-vias or repeat from first step above. Steps 6 through 8 from above can be replaced with the following alternative steps for forming a planarized conductor layer: 6b. Deposit a-Si film with a thickness equal to the thickness of the conductor and the desired separation over the conductor.
7b. Deposit planarizing polymer with a etch rate that is very similar to that of the a-Si film, as shown by Figure 6h.
8b. RIE until all polymer material has been removed, as shown by Figure 6i.
The principle attributes of the Air Tunnel are:
1. Low average dielectric constant (approaching unity).
2. Self planarization fabrication method.
3. Integral ground or EM shielding plane. 4. Application to one or both sides of a circuit membrane.
5. Application to MDI circuit membranes or standard wafer substrates.
A MOSFET device connected by Air Tunnels is shown in cross- section as an example in Figure 6e. The transistor of Figure 6e is formed from a semiconductor membrane and held suspended by the metal contacts to its electrodes with a gaseous dielectric separation on all remaining device surfaces. Shown in Figure 6e are the active portion 84 (MOSFET) and the unused portion 86 of the semiconductor membrane, a thin nitride isolation film 88, mechanical conductor support 94, conductor trace 92, and additional air tunnel interconnect structures 92, 94, 96.
MDI Circuit Membrane Advantages The fabrication of circuit membranes provides the capability to fabricate and use integrated circuits in novel ways such as:
1. Back side interconnect metallization, backside SD electrode contact, and through-the-dielectric membrane interconnect metallization signal routing. (See Figure 3b). 2. The use of optical communication (see Figure 7) in a vertically arrayed stack of MDI circuit membranes 150a, 150b, 150c with optical transmit and receive semiconductor devices on either side of the circuit membranes. Busing of data through a stack of several MDI circuit membranes 150a, 150b, 150c from any point on the surface of an IC rather than forming connections at the edge of ICs (which is currently the practice) simplifies the structure of the circuit. An external communication optical transceiver 152 is provided. MDI circuit membrane 150b includes a transparent window 154 through which optical transmissions from transmitters (laser diode arrays) 156 pass to optical receiver SDs 158. The stack of MDI circuit membranes is held together by support 160. The ability to use optical means rather than metal conductors to transmit information between ICs shortens the length of the communication path, increases the speed and bandwidth of the communication path, and lowers the power consumed compared to present metal connection methods.
The optical receiver of the MDI circuit membrane is typically less than 5.000A in thickness. A receiver of this thickness will absorb only a portion of the optical signal fiuence striking it, the remainder of the fluence will pass through and out the opposite side of the receiver. This permits a second or third receiver to be positioned in the path of the optical transmitter to receive the same signal. The limiting conditions that determine the number of receivers that can be associated with one transmitter are the output fluence of the optical transmitter and the thickness of the transceiver substrate. This ability to optically transmit to several receivers simultaneously has the benefits of reducing circuit complexity (versus a transceiver structure at every circuit membrane interface) and performance (no transceiver (repeater) propagation delay).
3. The vertical bonding of two or more circuit membranes to form a three dimensional circuit structure, as shown in Figure 8. Interconnection between the circuit membranes 160a, 160b, 160c including SDs 162, 164, 166 is by compression bonding of circuit membrane surface electrodes 168a, 168b, 168c, 168d (pads). Bonding 170 between MDI circuit membranes is achieved by aligning bond pads 168c, 168d (typically between 4 μm and 25 μm in diameter) on the surface of two MDI circuit membranes 160b, 160c and using a mechanical or gas pressure source to press the bond pads 168c, 168d together. If the pads 168c, 168d are solder, they can be heated to the melting point of the solder (typically less than 350°C) causing the pads to weld to each other. If the pads are indium, tin, or alloys of such metals, a bond 170 will form between the metal pads 168c, 168d with the application of approximately 100 p.s.i. pressure and an application temperature between 50°C and 400°C, depending on the metal or alloy selected.
4. MDI Nanometer width gate MOSFET device fabrication methods. The ability to fabricate a MOSFET device with a gate region length of less than 0.5 μm (500 nm) presently requires lithograph tools with greater resolution capability than the current high volume optical stepper tools. Several methods are presented here for the fabrication of MOSFET with gate lengths of less than 500 nm and capable of gate lengths less than 25 nm. These methods take advantage of the MDI process to form transistor gate regions of less than 500 nm (.5 μm) without lithographic means are described hereinafter.
5. Sensor diaphragms formed with integrated circuits fabricated on conventional rigid substrates.
6. Fabrication of electrically isolated semiconductor devices on both sides of the semiconductor layer of a circuit membrane.
V-Groove Transistor Region Gate Formation Method
Figures 9a to 9e show a sequence of steps for forming a p- channel or n-channel (npn) transistor with an opposed gate electrode and a gate width of less than 25 nm (250A). The process steps (see Figure 9a) assume a starting substrate of an MDI circuit membrane with approximately 0.5 to 1.5 μm wide isolated metal gate electrode 174 fabricated on the backside (opposed) of the transistor. This MDI circuit membrane consists of a lightly doped <100> crystalline silicon membrane layer 176 of thickness typically less than 2 μm and a 1 to 2 μm layer of low stress dielectric 178.
The sequence of process steps for one embodiment is:
1. Form lightly doped p and n wells. Figure 9b shows one such well 180. This is done by depositing a nitride layer 182 over the silicon layer 176 of the MDI circuit membrane, patterning the well 180 and implanting the desired dopant.
2. Deposit dielectric 184 (see Figure 9c) and pattern an opening 0.75 to 1.25 μm wide over the opposed gate area, but a known width. 3. Anisotropically etch along the <111> crystalline planes of the silicon to form a V-groove 186 of known depth and side angle of 54.7 degrees. This is done with a time rated etch. 4. Deposit by CVD equipment a metal layer 190 such as tungsten of 0.5 to 1.5 μm, but of known thickness, just closing the V-groove 186.
5. Etch back the metal layer 190 until a known thickness of metal plug remains in the V-groove 186. The width of the resulting transistor gate length is determined by the dimension of the remaining metal in the V-groove.
6. Strip the dielectric mask 184 in Figure 9c.
7. Etch the silicon 180 surface to just expose the metal plug 190 opposed to the gate 174. ..
8. Deposit a dielectric layer and pattern for heavy implant doping 192 of transistor source and drain regions. This is done with n and p doping separately leaving a lightly doped gate channel region 194. 9. Strip the dielectric mask in Figure 9e and etch the silicon 180 surface until it is below the level of the metal plug 190, causing its removal. (This step is optional, the metal plug can be selectively etch removed.)
10. Form trench 196 to isolate transistors to under the layer of low stress dielectric 178.
11. Anneal the active transistor implants 192.
12. Form source and drain contacts 198.
13. Anneal the source and drain contacts 198.
It should be clear that the opposed gate electrode which is much wider that the actual length of the gate width could have been fabricated on top of the transistor with the source and drain contacts, or after the gate region of the transistor was formed.
The reliable fabrication of the gate region 194 at a known length is dependent on etch rate control. Present etch rate techniques support the capability to form a gate region 194 length of less than 25 nm. A CVD dielectric could also be used as the gate implant mask instead of a metal plug 90. This gate fabrication method can also be done in bulk silicon and is not limited to the MDI process. It is important to note that the sub-micron resolution of the gate region was achieved without lithographic means capable of sub-micron resolution.
Figures 9f, g, h, i & j show the process sequence for substrate- imaged nonlithographic MOS transistor gate region or Bipolar emitter region formation. This process takes advantage of the novel ability of the MDI structure to accommodate process steps on either side of the membrane substrate. This process can form a minimum feature size of less than 100 nm and does so by the use of anisotropic etching epitaxial processes. Figure 9f shows a MDI substrate of semiconductor 189 and low stress dielectric 191 formed by one of the methods presented above. The dielectric layer 191 on one side has been patterned and the semiconductor layer 189 anisotropically etched through to the dielectric layer 193 on the opposite side. The thickness of the semiconductor layer 189 is selected to be less than 2 μm, and the dielectric layers 191, 193 are less than 1 μm thick each, though these dimensions can be scaled to achieve any transistor dimensions. The size of the patterned opening 195 in the dielectric is chosen such that the etched opening 197 onto the underlying surface of the dielectric is a desired width, less than 100 nm. Widths of any dimension can be created, however, widths of less than 100 nm are the primary objective of this process which cannot be achieved by optical means. The patterned dielectric 191 has a 1,000-2,OOθA layer 199 of low stress silicon nitride to provide high selectivity versus the opposed dielectric layer during a subsequent RIE process step.
Figure 9g shows an opening 197 formed through the dielectric layer 193 opposite the patterned layer 191. The anisotropically etched semiconductor layer 189 with its opening 197 onto the under side of the opposite side dielectric was used as a substrate-imaging mask, and the dielectric layer 193 was etched by RIE (dry) processing. This substrate- imaged opening 197 can be less than 100 nm in diameter and will become the gate region of a MOS transistor or the emitter region of a bipolar transistor. Figure 9h shows the substrate-imaged region 197 closed by selective epitaxial growth 201; the epitaxial growth 201 can be formed with a graded dopant structure to lessen short channel effects. Figure 9i shows the formation of a gate oxide 203 and electrode 205 after a planarization step of the self-imaged opening 197, CVD or thermal formed gate oxide and formation of gate electrode. It is important to note that the dielectric layer 193 in which the gate electrode 205 is formed is self-aligned to the gate region.
Figure 9j shows the finished MOS transistor. The side opposite the gate electrode 205 is stripped of dielectric, planarized and etched to a thickness of less than 2,50θA. It was then trenched 207 for source/drain isolation, a layer of low stress dielectric 209 deposited and source/drain electrodes 211, 213 formed. "
It should be clear to some skilled in the art that a bipolar transistor can be formed with somewhat similar fabrication steps.
MDI Lateral Epitaxial Grown
Transistor Gate Region Fabrication
Figures 10a, b, c, & d show a method for forming a MOSFET transistor with transistor gate region lengths of sub-micron dimensions, without the requirement for lithography tools with sub-micron CD' resolution capability. This method is an extension of the above- described MDI process technology.
In Figure 10a, the starting substrate structure is a combination silicon and dielectric 204 film forming a membrane 202. This membrane 202 is formed by one of the methods disclosed above. Subsequently, membrane 202 is patterned for the doping of the n+ and p+ transistor channels. Figure 10a shows a cross-section of a MOS transistor channel (source 210, gate 208 and drain 206 regions) with a nitride mask 212 through which an anisotropically formed gate 208 trench is etched to the underlying dielectric membrane 204 in the location where the gate region of the transistor will be constructed. The exposed silicon sidewall 214 may be polished by a thin thermal oxidation and etch stripping or chemical techniques. Figure 10b shows a top view of the structure of Figure 10a, with the transistor channel 210, 208, 206 isolated from surrounding transistor devices by dielectrically filled trenches 216. These trenches 216 are fabricated prior to etching the gate region trench 208. The gate region trench 208 is then filled (see Figure 10c) from both silicon sidewalis by lateral selective epitaxial growth of silicon 220 and with the same or similar doping concentration as the adjacent regions 210, 206; source and drain implant doping can also be used as a doping means prior to epitaxially growing the gate region. (In the case of CMOS devices, the n+ and p+ transistor channels are processed in two separate sequences of processing steps.) The epitaxial growth process in the gate region trench 208 is stopped when the remaining separation distance "d" between the approaching silicon sidewalis 220 is equal to the desired gate region length. The doping concentration is changed for forming the actual gate region 222, and the epitaxial growth is continued until the gate region trench is closed, as shown in Figures 10c and 10d.
The width of the initial gate region trench 208 and the epitaxial growth rate can be controlled with an error of less than 5 nm. This allows the length d of the gate region to be determined by the precision with which the gate region trench 208 can be formed, the deposition rate control of the lateral epitaxial growth 220 and the capability to create the desired doping transitions. The result of this approach means that a gate region length d of 25 nm or less can be formed. This is far beyond the current optical lithographic methods which are presently expected to reach production capability of 120 nm by the end of the decade. Figure 10d shows the completion of the transistor with source and drain electrodes 226, 224, and an opposed gate electrode 230. The surface of the epitaxially grown gate region 222 is not smooth, but the backside of the gate region 222 is smooth, due to its formation against the underlying low stress dielectric membrane 204. The gate electrode 230 is more easily and reliably formed by patterning the underlying dielectric membrane 204 from its backside, thereby forming the opposed gate electrode 230. The backside of the gate region 222 is etched free of dielectric with an opening significantly larger than the length d of the epitaxially grown gate region 222; portions of the source 210 and drain 206 regions are also exposed with the gate region due to lithographic tool limitations. Gate oxide isolation 232 is thermally grown or deposited to the required thickness, and a metal or suicide electrode is formed 230. The overlap of the gate electrode 230 over the source 210 and drain 206 regions of the transistor channel results undesirably in performance limiting capacitance. The reduction of the capacitance from the overlapping gate electrode structure can be achieved by either epitaxial graded doping of the source and drain regions at the interface to the gate region growth over the gate region, to form an extended gate region, or by offset of the gate electrode so that the source side edge of the electrode aligns approximately with the source/gate interface of the transistor channel. These methods are disclosed below. The above- described MOSFET transistor structure can be converted to a bipolar transistor structure as shown in Figure 12g, also described below. The MDI circuit membrane structure provides the capability to position electrode contacts of semiconductor devices at their backside (or opposed side). This provides significant savings in reduced processing steps to achieve device isolation and new transistor structures.
Figure 11a shows a MDI circuit membrane (dielectric 240 and semiconductor 242 films) in cross-section on which additional semiconductor layers were formed epitaxially to achieve either an npn or pnp transistor structure 244. The epitaxial layer 244-a that corresponds to the gate region can be formed with a thickness of less than 25 nm. Figure 11b shows the dielectric 240 and semiconductor 247, 244, 245 membrane after subsequent well known semiconductor processing steps which form a transistor channel 244 isolated on the dielectric membrane 240 with source 246, drain 248 and gate electrodes 250-a, 250-b attached. Also shown are source region 245 and drain region 247. The gate oxide isolation 251 is thermally grown or deposited, and gate contacts 250-a, 250-b can be formed on one or all sides of the transistor channel. Alternatively, a separate contact 250-b can be formed opposite the gate electrode 250-a, and used as a transistor bias contact. The opposed drain contact 248 is formed by etching a via in the dielectric membrane 240 underlying the transistor drain region 247.
Figure 11c shows a bipolar transistor formed by a well known method but on a low stress dielectric membrane 254, and without the requirement to form a lateral conductive path (typically referred to as a buried layer). Formed in semiconductor film 256 are emitter 258, base 260, and collector 262 regions. The collector contact 264 is instead formed directly under the emitter 258. It should also be apparent that there are non-silicon semiconductor transistor structures that can be restructured with a backside contact as depicted in Figure 11c, such as a GaAs Heterojunction Bipolar Transistor (HBT) or Ballistic Transistor.
The extension of the gate electrode 250-a beyond the gate region in the fabrication of the MOSFET transistor structure of Figure 11b increases the parasitic capacitance of the transistor, and therefore, adversely affect its performance. This capacitance can be reduced by the separate or combined use of several methods referred to as Graded Gate Doping (GGD), Epitaxially Extended Gate (EEG) and Gate Electrode Offset (GEO). The Graded Gate Doping is shown in Figure 11b. This method varies the doping levels of the source 245 and drain regions 247 at their respective interfaces to the gate region. This directly decreases the effective dielectric constant of the semiconductor under the dielectric isolation 251 separating the gate electrode from the source 245 and drain 247 regions it overlaps.
The Epitaxially Extended Gate 244-b (see Figure 11 d) is formed by selective epitaxial growth of the gate region 244-b over the surface of the transistor upon which the gate oxide 251 and gate electrode 250-a will be fabricated. This method, more directly than the GGD method of Figure 11b, lowers the capacitance of the semiconductor region directly under the gate electrode 250-a where it overlaps the source 245 and drain 247 regions. The transistor capacitive charging effect contributed by the gate electrode 250-a from source 245 and drain region 247 overlap is decreased by these methods, because of the dopant type and dopant concentration relative to the polarity of the applied potential on the gate electrode 250-a. The thickness of the epitaxial layer of the EEG method is determined based upon the desired operating characteristics of the transistor, but typically is less than the dimension of the gate region length.
The extended gate region 244-b of Figure 11d formed by the Epitaxial Extended Gate method can also be a graded doping region. If the extended gate region 244-b is graded, the dopant concentration decreases going away form the gate region (or towards the gate electrode 250-a).
The Gate Electrode Offset (GEO) structure is shown in Figure 11f. Shown are source region 269, gate region 271, drain region 273, semiconductor layer 275, low stress dielectric layer 277, gate oxide 279, and offset gate electrode 281. The drain side edge of the gate electrode 281 is aligned to the drain/gate 273-271 interface of the transistor channel. The alignment could alternately be made to the source/gate 269-271 interface, and would be a preferred structure under certain device design requirements. The accuracy of the placement of the electrode 281 edge is limited by the capability of the lithography tool used. A gap between the drain region 273 and gate electrode 281 may result leaving a portion of the gate region 271 not covered by the gate electrode 281 due to lithography alignment deficiencies. This can be corrected by extending the drain region 273 through implant doping of the exposed gate region. The size of this gap during manufacturing can reliably be expected to be no greater than the magnitude of the alignment registration error of the lithography tool being used.
The transistor structure of Figure 11e used as a bipolar transistor is of interest in order to achieve well controlled fabrication of thin base regions. The contact 270 to the base region 272 of a bipolar transistor in Figure 11e is achieved by epitaxially extending 272-a the base region. This method like the EEG method is the selective epitaxial growth of an exposed region of the transistor that includes the base region 272. Other elements of Figure 11e are collector region 274, collector contact 275, dielectric membrane 276, emitter region 277, and emitter contact 278.
MDI Transistor Fabrication Based on Confined Laterally Doped Epitaxy
Selective growth of high quality epitaxial films in a confined volume was reported in a paper ("Confined Lateral Selective Epitaxial Growth of Silicon for Device Fabrication," Peter J. Schubert, Gerold W. Neudeck, IEEE Electron Device Letters. Vol. 11, No. 5, May 1990, page 181-183). This "CLSEG" (Confined Lateral Selective Epitaxial Growth) method was developed to achieve dielectric isolation of crystalline silicon.
Figures 12a, b and c show the use of a MDI circuit membrane to produce a confinement cavity for the epitaxial growth of crystalline silicon. The original objective of CLSEG, to fabricate a dielectric isolated semiconductor substrate, is not an objective here because the MDI process is itself a dielectric isolation process. What is taught here is the application of the capability for growing epitaxial films in a confinement cavity within the context of the MDI process, and a processing method for using confined lateral epitaxial growth to fabricate MOSFET transistors with arbitrarily narrow gate region lengths without the use of lithographic means.
MDI confined lateral doped epitaxial closely controls transistor geometry in all three dimensions: height (as deposited semiconductor film thickness), width (placement of isolation trenches) and source, gate, drain regions (epitaxial deposition thickness). This makes the device operational characteristics more predictable with lower manufacturing complexity.
The MDI Confined Lateral Epitaxy method begins with a membrane of two films, one film 280 of semiconductor (silicon) and one film 282 of low stress dielectric. This membrane 280, 282 is made by one of the methods disclosed above. Dielectric filled isolation trenches 284 (see Figure 12b, a top view of the structure of Figure 12a) are fabricated to form what will become the sides of the transistor channel in the semiconductor film. Then a low stress dielectric layer 290 typically of 1 μm or less thickness is deposited, and a window 286 is anisotropically etched through the semiconductor film 280 stopping on the dielectric layer 282 and positioned between the isolation trenches 284, as shown in Figures 12a and 12b. In the preferred embodiment the orientation of the window 286 is approximately aligned with the crystallographic orientation of the semiconductor film 280 in order to produce a seed crystal walls 292-a, 292-b of Figure 12c that is at a right angle to the isolation trench walls 284, 290, 282 in the confinement cavity, as explained below. The transistor depth (thickness) is well controlled by the thickness of the semiconductor membrane 280 which in turn can be precisely determined by epitaxial and/or etching means.
The exposed semiconductor film 280 is then anisotropically etched back in two directions under the dielectric over layer 290 and along the isolation trenches 284 as shown in Figure 12c. This forms a very smooth walled confinement cavity 292 with a smooth seed crystal 292-a, 292-b at the end of the cavity 292. The etch is stopped at a lateral depth consistent with the design requirement for the number of transistors to be formed in the confinement cavity. The depth "c" of the confinement cavity 292 may vary from about 2 μm to over 15 μm.
A smooth contamination free seed crystal wall 292-a, 292-b is required for the subsequent epitaxial growth. The crystal seed wall 292- a, 292-b will form at an angle dependent upon the crystallographic orientation of the semiconductor film. A <100> silicon film will form a seed wall angle of approximately 54.74" as measured from the horizonal, and a <110> silicon film will form a seed wall 292-a, 292-b with an angle 90* (as shown in Figure 12c). GaAs and InP have similar crystallographic properties and can be used as the semiconductor film instead of silicon. The selective epitaxial growth of crystalline semiconductor proceeds from the seed crystal wall 292-a, 292-b. The npn or pnp regions of silicon MOSFET transistors are epitaxially grown (see Figure 12d) with in situ doping to whatever design thicknesses desired. This allows the length of the base or gate region of the transistor to be determined by the epitaxial growth process instead of a lithographic process as presently done. This also allows the length of the base or gate region of the transistor to be arbitrarily narrow, which cannot be done with current lithography methods. Figure 12d shows the confinement cavity 292 filled with a CMOS transistor pair of npn and pnp structures 294, 296. Each region of the transistor can be uniquely tailored to length and doping concentration level, in addition, because the transistor channel is formed by epitaxial means, doping of the transistor 294, 296 regions, can be extended to graded segments as discussed above. Further, non-symmetric doping of source and drain regions can easily be implemented by time based selection of dopant during epitaxial growth; this is not easily accomplished in bulk wafer processing due lithography limitations in resolving the gate region.
Figure 12d shows two pairs 294, 296 of CMOS transistors formed as mirror images of each other in two confinement cavities; this was a design choice because a single confinement cavity could have been formed by additional trench dielectric isolation of the initial confinement window opening. Depending on the method of epitaxial growth, gate region lengths "g" of less than 25 nm can be fabricated. In contrast, prior art MOSFET transistor gate regions are predominately formed by optical lithographic means and are presently limited to minimum gate region lengths of approximately .5 μm (500 nm).
Figure 12e shows the CMOS transistor pairs 294,296 with electrode contacts 294-a, 294-b, 294-c, 296-a, 296-b, 296-c. The isolated gate electrodes 300, 302, 304, 306 each span the narrower gate region length of the transistor. The gate electrode is formed by standard lithographic processes, and may be many times of greater length than the gate region length of the transistor. For example, a lithographically defined gate electrode of .5 μm and a transistor gate region length of 25 nm are possible. Gate electrode capacitance attributed to the gate electrode overlap of the source or drain regions can be reduced as described above with the GGD, EEG, and GEO methods. Figure 12f shows embodiments of all of these methods; the electrode 312 opposed to the gate electrode 308 is presented optionally as a substrate bias. Also shown in Figure 12f are source region 294-1, optionally graded doped gate region 294-2, epitaxially extended gate regions 294-4, offset gate electrode 308, gate isolation 310, and optionally epitaxially extended substrate 312-a. The MDI Confined Lateral Epitaxy method is not limited to
MOSFET transistors or silicon as a semiconductor material. The MDI Confined Lateral Epitaxy method can be used to fabricate silicon bipolar transistors, or applied to other semiconductors such GaAs or InP which can be epitaxially formed. An example of a bipolar transistor is shown in Figure 12g when emitter region 314, base region 316, epi-extended base and electrode 318, collector 315, and.optionally epi-extended base and electrode 319.
The semiconductor layer of a MDI circuit membrane provides various methods to pack circuit devices densely, mix semiconductor types or simplify the fabrication steps. Figures 12h, i & j show examples of such methods. Figure 12h shows a silicon membrane 289 upon which an epitaxial dielectric 291 and a subsequent layer of epitaxial semiconductor 293 has been formed; the total thickness of this membrane structure is typically less than 4 μm. The dielectric layer 291 should closely match the crystal lattice dimension and structure of the silicon 289; an example of such a dielectric with a similar crystal lattice is sapphire or undoped silicon under certain device design parameters. This MDI semiconductor layer structure allows semiconductor devices to be formed on either side of the semiconductor layer 289 and remain electrically isolated. An obvious application for this semiconductor or membrane structure is CMOS integrated circuits with p-type device formed on one side and n-type devices formed on the opposite side. Low stress dielectric would be used to trench isolate individual semiconductor devices and complete the MDI process suggested by Method #2. Further, the second epitaxially grown semiconductor layer 293 can be a material other than silicon such as GaAs or InP.
Figure 12i shows a MDI circuit membrane composed of a silicon layer 295 and a low stress dielectric layer 297. The dielectric layer 297 has been patterned to form open areas 299 into which semiconductor material was deposited by selective epitaxial growth. The selectively deposited semiconductor 299 can be an semiconductor other than silicon, or silicon. Semiconductor devices can be fabricated in the epitaxial islands 299 on the backside of the MDI semiconductor layer. Figure 12j shows a MDI circuit membrane composed of a silicon layer 295 and a low stress dielectric layer 297. The dielectric layer 297 has been patterned and silicon islands 299 formed through selective epitaxial growth in the same manner as described for Figure 12i. The silicon layer 295 was subsequently patterned removing portions of the silicon layer opposite each island 299 that was epitaxially grown in the dielectric layer, and then filling with low stress dielectric. Circuit devices formed in the semiconductor islands 299 are dielectrically isolated. This membrane structure has similar applications as those suggested for Figure 12h. The structures Figures 12h, i & j show that a two level device structure can be formed that permits more compact interconnection of the circuit devices by the use of vertical interconnections. These structures also simplify the fabrication of mixed device technologies such as BiCMOS by allowing the Bipolar and MOSFET devices to be fabricated on either side of the semiconductor membrane without an increase of interconnect complexity. The use of these MDI structures typically doubles the total surface area are available for interconnect metallization routing. The obvious potential processing benefits can be a reduction in the number interconnect metallization layers per side and or relaxation of the interconnect metallization pitch used, both of these benefits normally lead to an increase in circuit yield.
Dielectric Membranes as Sensor on Rioid Substrates
The mechanical (physical) and thermal properties of the nitride and oxide free standing membranes made with the Novellus equipment are similar to silicon membranes presently being used in the making of ICs with integrated sensors. Examples of such silicon membrane or diaphragm based sensors are those made for sensing acceleration, pressure or temperature, but not limited to these areas. The availability of such oxide and nitride dielectrics for general application is novel with this disclosure.
The use of such free standing dielectrics membranes significantly reduces the complexity of producing a membrane with non-conducting properties in a silicon or semiconductor fabrication environment. The low stress dielectric membranes have selective etchants that allow the dielectrics to be processed independently in the presents of silicon. The known passivating capability and inert chemical nature of silicon nitride, and the relatively similar coefficient of thermal expansion of silicon, silicon dioxide and silicon nitride increases the operating environmental range of sensors versus organic dielectrics.
Sensor diaphragms of low stress dielectric membranes produced on rigid substrates (typically semiconductor) can in most cases directly replace silicon membranes or be used in conjunction with a silicon membrane formed on a rigid (conventional) semiconductor substrate. No new fabrication methods are required to integrate the low tress MDI process dielectrics info such sensor ICs.
APPLICATIONS OF MDI CIRCUIT MEMBRANES The following discloses additional applications of the MDI process, and of forms of MDI circuit membranes and extensions of the MDI IC process. For example, a MDI circuit membrane with few or without active circuit devices is called more specifically an interconnect circuit membrane. When the interconnect circuit membrane is used to interconnect conventional ICs in die form, the interconnect circuit membrane becomes a multiple chip module (MCM) interconnect circuit membrane as discussed immediately below. This does not limit the application of a MDI circuit membrane with active and passive circuit devices from being used in the fabrication of a MCM.
MDI Multi-Chip Module Interconnect Circuit Membrane
A MDI circuit membrane composed primarily of interconnect metallization of one or several internal interconnect levels can be fabricated on a substrate to provide electrical interconnections between the bond (signal) pads of various Individual dice (ICs) as in the well established packaging technique called multiple chip module (MCM). A MDI circuit membrane made for this type of application is called multi¬ chip module Interconnect Circuit Membrane (ICM). The multi-chip module interconnect circuit membrane is formed using the MDI process and conventional semiconductor processing techniques. The interconnect circuit membrane may have several thousands of die metal bond pad contacts or bonding points. The position of these metal contact or bonding points on the surface of the interconnect circuit membrane can be arbitrarily placed.
The multi-chip module interconnect circuit membrane can be formed on any substrate material that can meet the requirements for flatness specification, withstand the processing temperatures of the applied low stress dielectric(s), and can be selectively etched with respect to the low stress dielectric(s) to form the circuit membrane. Figure 13a shows an embodiment of an multi-chip module interconnect circuit membrane made as described above by the MDI methods. Figure 13a includes the interconnect circuit membrane 320 with several internal metallization trace layers (not shown), ICs (dice) 322a, 322b, 322c, interconnect circuit membrane substrate frame 324, and IC bonding contacts 326. Figure 13b shows a related structure which is a cross-section of a functional tester for testing ICs with probe points 330 formed on attached ICs 336a, 336b.
The interconnect circuit membrane can also be formed (see Figure 14) using the MDI method on a quartz substrate 340 that has been coated with a release agent 342 such as KBr; this assumes that a single-crystal type membrane or substrate 340 is not required for the fabrication of various types of active circuit devices (SDs) in the interconnect circuit membrane 320. Thus this structure is made as described above, but without mono-crystalline SDs, as in a MCM that as a minimum requires only an interconnect circuit membrane or passive circuit devices and transistors made from polycrystalline or amorphous semiconductor. Figure 15 shows the multiple chip module interconnect circuit membrane 320 of Figure 13a made with the release agent method of Figure 14 and held by a separately formed frame 350 that was bonded to the interconnect circuit membrane 320 just prior to activating the release agent by scribing at the shoulder of the quartz substrate, thereby cutting through the interconnect circuit membrane 320 and applying the appropriate solvent for the release agent. The array of die (ICs) 322a, 322b, 322c can then be directly bonded (as described below) to the interconnect circuit membrane 320, or the interconnect circuit membrane 320 can be aligned and mechanically held against the pads of the surfaces of the array of die (ICs) 322a, 322b, 322c to achieve electrical contact. Alternately, the circuit membrane made with the method utilizing polysilicon as disclosed above and shown in Figure 1j can also be used as an interconnect circuit membrane to achieve a similar result as that shown in Figures 13a, 13b and 15. The interconnect metallization traces in the circuit membrane form electrical connections from one or more of the contact pads of an IC to one or more contact pads of the other ICs. The diameter of these pads can vary from less than 0.5 mil (.001" or 25 μm) to several mils. The limiting factors of the size of the IC contact pads is the lithography method used in fabrication and the assembly method; the cost of such methods increase as pad diameters less than 3 mils are employed.
A die can be bonded to a circuit membrane with any of several techniques. Techniques such as compressive metal to metal bonding with such metals as Indium or gold (or their respective alloys), infrared thermal bonding, laser bonding, and vertically conductive adhesive films such as ZAF from 3M Corporation are examples. Figure 16a shows the packaging for a version of the structure shown in Figure 13a, including IC carrier lid 352, compressible material (such as silicone) 354 attached thereto, carrier substrate 355 of the MCM package, contacts 356 to the carrier signal pins 357. An alternative package is shown in Figure 16b, with gastight gasket 358 enclosing pressurized volume 359.
If the interconnect circuit membrane 360 (see Figure 17a) is made from optically transparent dielectrics such as low stress silicon dioxide and or silicon nitride, this permits the conventional die (IC) 362 to be visually aligned on the interconnect circuit membrane 360 from the backside or from the side of the interconnect circuit membrane 360 opposite that of the die 362. A locally directed infrared or other heat source (not shown) can then be applied from the backside of the interconnect circuit membrane 360. On the opposite side (top side) is formed MDI pad 365 which is surrounded by solder wells 364, and solder weld bonds can be formed between the interconnect circuit membrane pads 365 and the die bond pads 366 on which is formed solder bump 367 which typically is about 5 to 25 μm thick. The die 362 is attached face down against the interconnect circuit membrane 360. . Solder weld bonds are formed by using a heat source (not shown) such as a high intensity lamp, laser or metal instrument that can heat the solder to its melting point. The heat source melts the solder 367 (see Figure 17b) directly under the die pad 360 by heating through the interconnect circuit membrane 360 while the die is in contact with the interconnect circuit membrane. The high temperature tolerance of the dielectric material, its innate elasticity and thin structure allow heat from the heating source to quickly reach and melt the solder 367 to form a bond of 3 to 10 μm thickness. The melted solder 367 wets both the die pad 366 and the interconnect circuit membrane pad 365, and when it cools the solder 367 contracts holding the die pad 366 firmly against the interconnect circuit membrane pad 365. The solder bond is formed with no more pressure than what would be exerted when the die 362 is brought in contact with the interconnect circuit membrane 360, pressing into the interconnect circuit membrane and deflecting it by less than 25 μm. When the solder 367 is melted, the interconnect circuit membrane 360 assumes a uniform planar contact against the surface of the die 362. This also removes the requirement that the solder on each pad be formed to an exacting equivalent height. The solder 367 (see Figure 17c) alternatively is originally electroplated onto the interconnect circuit membrane bond pad 365. The solder 367 is electroplated to a height between 5 and 25 μm. The original height of the solder bump 367 is greater than the depth of the solder well 364 of the interconnect circuit membrane 360 in which the pad 365 of the interconnect circuit membrane 360 is positioned. Figure 17b shows the structure of Figure 17c after soldering or bond formation. If a die is removed some excess solder 367 will remain on the pad 365 of the interconnect circuit membrane 360. When a replacement die is bonded to the same interconnect circuit membrane pad, any excess solder will flow or be pressed into the solder well 364 and not prevent the surface of the die 362 and interconnect circuit membrane 360 surface from achieving uniform firm contact with each other. A hermetic seal can be formed between the surface of the die 362 and the interconnect circuit membrane 360. This is done by forming a metal bond along all edges of the die (not shown): This bond can be soldered, and is formed as described below.
An advantage of the high temperature tolerance of the interconnect circuit membrane which allows die solder bonding to be done without the application of any significant contact pressure between the interconnect circuit membrane and die, is the ability (see Figure 18 showing a top view of bond pads on a die) to place die bond pads 370- 1 , 370-2, .... 370-k, .... 370-n directly over the circuit structures of the die (not shown). This allows the placement of semiconductor devices directly under a bond pad 370-k without concern that the semiconductor devices will be damaged, which is the case when mechanical wire bonding equipment is used to wire bond a die to its carrier. Damage- free bonding is not presently possible with current die wire bonding techniques, because such bonds are compressively formed with a mechanical arm which presses, rubbing through the die bond pad into the substrate of the die to be placed anywhere on the surface of the die. The MDI method makes the design of the IC easier, removes the need for reserved pad area on the die (which saves 5 to 10% of the surface area of the die) does not restrict the placement location of the pad, and allows the pads to be larger since area under the pads is no longer reserved exclusively for them.
A hermetic seal bond pad 372 extends continuously along the perimeter of the surface of the die. A hermetic seal of the surface of the die with the surface of the circuit membrane can be accomplished by the formation of an enclosing solder bond (comprising a solder well as described above for forming pad bonds) along the edge of the die. The hermetic seal is typically also a ground contact for the die.
The infrared solder bonding of die to the multiple chip module interconnect circuit membrane is a simple process which also allows the dies to be easily removed and replaced without damage to the interconnect circuit membrane. As shown in Figure 19a, the IC 372 is held by a vacuum tool 373 and aligned in close proximity to the MCM interconnect circuit membrane 374. Once aligned, the interconnect circuit membrane 374 is gently urged forward by a fluid pressure 376 a distance of several mils and the die 372 is urged toward the interconnect circuit membrane 374 until contact is established. The infrared heat source 377 is applied to achieve localized heating of the solder pads (not shown) on the IC die 372 until they melt and wet to the interconnect circuit membrane 374.
The die 372 can be removed (see Figure 19b) by using the same vacuum tool 373 to gently pull on the IC 372 while localized heating from heat source 377 of the IC is applied until the solder bonds melt and the IC 372 can be pulled from the interconnect circuit membrane 374; no fluid pressure is applied to the interconnect circuit membrane 374. The multi-chip module interconnect circuit membrane can be enhanced to include passive devices such as resistors, capacitors, and polysilicon or a-Si (amorphous-Silicon) TFTs (Thin Film Transistors). Such circuit elements can be fabricated into or onto the membranes due to the ability of the dielectric membranes to tolerate processing temperatures in excess of 400'C. These circuit elements can be fabricated internally to the interconnect circuit membrane structure as part of various specific layers or collectively on either external side of the interconnect circuit membrane. After the interconnect circuit membrane is freed from the substrate on which it is initially formed, it is strong enough to withstand continued semiconductor processing steps.
The multi-chip module interconnect circuit membrane can further be enhanced to include any degree of active single crystal semiconductor devices. This is consistent with the earlier discussion of the capability of bonding two or more MDI membranes to form a three dimensional IC, except in this case conventional dice (ICs) are bonded at the bond pads of the circuitry internal to a MDI circuit membrane which is also serving the purpose of interconnect circuit membrane. The multi-chip module interconnect circuit membrane provides novel circuit cooling advantages due to its low mass structure. The thermal energy generation of an IC is from the face side of the IC. ICs attached face down against the circuit membrane allows the thermal energy of an IC to be radiated and conducted through the circuit membrane to a liquid or solid heat sink means on the opposite side of the circuit membrane. The circuit membrane provides a very short thermal path from the IC to the heat sinking means. The ability directly to cool ICs in this manner is a unique feature of the MDI interconnect circuit membrane structure. The cooling efficiency that can be achieved by an IC that is fabricated with the MDI process as a circuit membrane is significantly improved versus standard thickness substrates by the obvious reduction in the thermal mass resistance of the semiconductor substrate.
Figure 13d shows in cross-section a portion of a MCM MDI interconnect circuit membrane 329 including low stress dielectric and interconnect layer 329a and semiconductor layer 329b where two die 331, 333 are bonded face down at their signal pads 335a, 335b, 335c, 335d. The MDI circuit membrane 329 incorporates the pad drivers 337a, 337b, 337c, 337d that normally would be incoφorated onto the die (IC). The primary advantages of integrating the IC pad drivers into the MCM are circuit performance, simplified use of mixed device technologies (Bipolar & CMOS), cooling and die size (IC real estate). IC pad drivers are typically designed to meet a broad range of circuit design conditions which often results in a trade-off of performance. The designer of the MCM pad driver has a better understanding of the operational requirements of the pad driver, and therefore, can typically optimize the pad driver design for higher performance. Pad drivers in the MCM can be formed from Bipolar transistors while the IC can be CMOS. This achieves many of the benefits of BiCMOS without the fabrication complexity. The pad drivers of an IC typically generate more than half of the thermal energy of the IC especially at high operating speeds. Placing the pad drivers in the MCM provides a means to bring the primary thermal components of an IC into direct contact with heat sinking means. IC pad drivers are typically the largest transistor structures making up the IC. Moving the pad drivers of the IC into the MCM can result in a potential 5-10% reduction in the size of the overall IC.
The incorporation of low complexity ICs into a MCM MDI circuit membrane can reduce overall MCM assembly and parts costs. Such often' used circuits as bus drivers or combinatorial logic can be incorporated into a MCM reducing parts and assembly costs without a corresponding increase in the cost to fabricate the MCM. (Once the decision has been made to include such circuits in a MCM MDI circuit membrane, there is no significant cost difference between the inclusion of 1,000 transistors or 10,000.) Yield of circuits in a MCM circuit membrane can be addressed through redundant fabrication of the desired circuit devices; the circuit devices of the MCM circuit membrane comprise only a small amount of the total surface area, typically less than 10%. The circuit devices of the MCM circuit membrane can be tested for defects. A MDI functional tester membrane disclosed herein, can be used to perform this testing and, in the same step if so desired, to blow anti-fuses to enable the defect free circuits or fuses to disable the defective circuits. The multi-chip module interconnect circuit membrane, like prior art PCBs (printed circuit boards), can provide access to the contact pads of the IC from the opposite side on which the IC is attached. This access permits in-circuit testing of the bonded IC to be performed by a separate interconnect circuit membrane fabricated to do such a functional test, and also permits electrical continuity testing of the traces fabricated in the multi-chip module interconnect circuit membrane, again performed by an interconnect circuit membrane test surface fabricated for that purpose. Figure 20 is a top side view of an interconnect module showing an interconnect circuit membrane surface bond pad 380 and interconnect circuit membrane feed-through contacts 382 from the bond pads of the dice 386-1, 386-2, 386-3 mounted by compression or solder bonding (see Figure 21) on the backside of the interconnect module of Figure 20. Also shown in Figure 21 are the backside 388 of the etched silicon substrate and the interconnect circuit membrane surface 190 with the traces 392-1, 392-2, 392-3 interconnecting the dice 386-1, 386-2, 386-3.
The multi-chip module interconnect circuit membrane method could also be used to construct a functional IC tester surface with a high number of probe points (in excess of several thousand) for testing ICs while in wafer or die form (i.e., wafer or die ≤ort testing), and also to wafer sort subsections of ICs such as an ALU (Arithmetic Logic Unit), FPU (Floating Point Unit), cache segment, etc.
A functional circuit membrane tester surface made with the MDI process offers advantages not presently available from present on-wafer IC membranes testers constructed from polymers such as continuous high temperature operation (greater than 100'C) without deleterious effects due excessive material expansion or at-speed IC testing without EM interconnect trace coupling. High numbers (in excess of 1000) of pads or traces of an IC or IC subsection can be contacted. The contact sites of the IC (die) can be arbitrary in position and all sites can be contacted at one time. The contact sites (pads or traces) can be less than 50 μm (2 mils) or even less than 2 μm in diameter^The probe points of the functional tester surface can be less than 50 μm or even less than 1 μm in diameter, and can be placed on center to center distances of less than twice the diameter of the probe points. (Functional probe points can be formed to be 12 μm in diameter and spaced on center to center distances of less than 24 μm.) The ability to form and contact high numbers of pads or traces with dimensions smaller than presently available in the industry is due to the ability of the MDI IC process to form multiple layers of interconnect with established semiconductor fabrication means resulting in a flexible and elastic membrane structure. The multiple layers of interconnect provide for denser contact test sites, the thin membrane structure provides for contact conformation with little required force (typically less than 10 psi), and the compatibility of the dielectric material with standard IC fabrication techniques allows contact of contact site dimensions less than 2 μm. A MDI circuit membrane 332 used as an IC functional tester surface extends under fluid pressure "P" to make contact with the surface of a wafer or single die 339 to be tested as shown in Figure 13c. The MDI circuit membrane 332 can be formed with diameters of approximately the size of the substrate on which it is formed and to be extended more than 40 mils (0.1 cm) depending on the diameter of the membrane. Probe points 330 on the tester surface are not restricted in size, and can range in size from greater than 4 mils (0.01 cm) to less than 2 μm in diameter. The number of probe points 330 can vary from less than 100 to several thousand without restriction and the placement of the probe points can be arbitrary. These capabilities of the functional tester surface are primarily due to the structural formulation of the materials used and the fabrication methods of the MDI process. The MDI functional tester surface can rub through the native aluminum oxide layer of the bonding pads of the die 339 being tested by laterally moving the wafer or die 339 holding mechanism several microns (typically less than 10 μm) in a back and forth motion. This is uniquely facilitated by the durability of the circuit membrane, the surface flatness of the membrane, the uniformity of probe point height and the low pressure required to extend the membrane surface so that all probe points are in contact with the substrate.
In the case of sub-section testing of a die, the detection of a defective sub-section before packaging permits the option of pinning-out the IC as one of several alternative product configurations, and thereby, making useable an otherwise scrapped IC. In Figure 13b the multi-chip module interconnect circuit membrane has signal pad probe points 330 formed on the side opposite of the attachment of dice 336a, 336b. The dice 336a, 336b of the multiple chip module provide functional test signals to the probe points 330. The testing performed by the multiple chip module can be functional testing of a whole die or a subsection of the IC. The probe points 330 are aligned over a die (not shown) to be tested on a wafer, and the interconnect circuit membrane 332 is extended several mils (nominally 15-30 mils) by a fluid pressure as shown in Figure 13c. The wafer is raised to make.contact with the probe points 330, the functional test performed, the wafer is lowered, positioned to the next IC (die location on the wafer) and the functional test repeated until all the ICs on the wafer have been tested. Testing die in this manner can also be done on die that has already been cut from a wafer. This is done by aligning and holding the individual die in contact with the probe points and the functional test performed. Piezoelectric horizontal vibration applied to the interconnect circuit membrane 332 or the wafer or individual die while the functional testing is being performed can be used to rub through native metal oxide on the die pads. Alternately the native metal oxide (approximately 3θA thick) on the pads of a die can be rubbed through by the probe points of the functional tester surface by repeatedly moving the wafer or die several microns in a lateral manner when the tester surface is first brought into contact with the IC to be tested. The mechanical control presently available with most wafer or die handling equipment is sufficient to effect this rubbing action.
The interconnect circuit membrane can range in thickness from less than 2 μm to over 25 μm. A typical thickness per layer of interconnect (dielectric and metal traces) is 1 to 4 μm. Dielectric layer of several microns thickness may be used as a planarizing technique to lessen metal trace step height differentials that can develop when more than two interconnect layers are used. Planarization of metal traces can also be achieved by depositing the dielectric to a thickness inclusive of the metal trace. A channel that is at least as deep as the desired thickness of the metal trace is patterned in the dielectric. Then established lift-off techniques are used to fill the channel with metal.
Figures 22a to 22c show this process. In Figure 22a, a portion of the interconnect circuit membrane dielectric 400 is shown with patterned resist layer 402 overlying. Recess 406 is then formed in dielectric 400 by isotropic etching to form undercut portions 404 equal nearly to the depth of etched recess 406. In Figure 22b metal layer 408 is deposited. In Figure 22c lift off stripping of resist 202 is performed leaving only metal trace 408, and the next dielectric layer 410 is deposited. Planarization of the interconnect structure can be achieved by applying a thick layer of a planarizing polymer over the MDI dielectric film. The polymer must have an etch rate similar to that of the MDI dielectric film. The polymer is then removed completely by dry etch means and in the same process removing any dielectric surface features that extended into the polymer layer. This planarization process is identical to the optional planarization process disclosed in the process steps for the Air Tunnel. The only differences being the material being planarized is a MDI dielectric and not a-Si.
The ability of the interconnect circuit membrane to achieve reliable contact on the bond pads of a die (see Figure 13b) is strongly influenced by the thickness of the interconnect circuit membrane 332 which contains the probe points 330 for contacting the die to be tested. An interconnect circuit membrane 332 may be 25 μm thick or more as required for example by transmission line design considerations of interconnect traces. Interconnect circuit membrane thickness at the probe points is preferably less than 8 μm. The structure of Figure 13b can be fabricated as shown in Figures 23a and 23b.
In Figure 23a an etch stop layer 412 (typically metal) is deposited at a certain thickness of the interconnect circuit membrane 332 as the interconnect circuit membrane 332 is fabricated from repeated applications of dielectric and metallization layers to a thickness of 8 to over 25 μm. After the fabrications of the interconnect layers of the interconnect circuit membrane 332 is completed, an area over the probe points 330 is masked and etched to the etch stop layer 412 (see Figure 23b). The etch stop layer 412 is then etch removed. Alternatively, the area 414 over the probe points 330 can be etched free of overlying interconnect layers as each layer is itself patterned as part of the fabrication of the interconnect metallization. Then dice 336a, 336b are attached to the interconnect circuit membrane 332. MD1 Source-lnteorated Light Valve fSLV) Direct Write Lithography Tool
The MDI process technology can be used to fabricate a circuit membrane with an nxm cell array of active radiation sources of X-ray, DUV (Deep Ultra Violet) or E-Beam sources that can be used to form lithographic patterns in a film of appropriately sensitive resist. The preferred embodiment in this disclosure uses a X-ray source. Variations of the electrodes, gas contents and structure of the radiation source cell can be made within the overall structure of this source integrated light valve embodiment. The preference for the X-ray source embodiment is its capability to pattern a smaller feature size.
The radiation source cells in the membrane are under computer control, so that this type of MDI membrane combines the functions of reticle or mask and a light or radiation source for fabricating ICs. The radiation source cells of this MDI circuit membrane are positioned (aligned) over an area of the substrate to be patterned and at a uniform distance from or in contact with the substrate. Each cell then illuminates (exposes) various portions of the substrate directly beneath it as , required. The MDI circuit membrane functioning in this manner is called herein a Source-Integrated Light Valve (SLV) and can generally be categorized as a Direct Write (maskless) Lithography Tool.
The array of Radiation Source Cells (RSC) that make up the patterning structure of the SLV, emit a coliimated source of radiation. The exposure feature size of this coliimated radiation source is dimensionally much smaller than the area the RSC occupies on the surface of the SLV. The emitted coliimated radiation source is referred to as the Radiation Exposure Aperture (REA). The SLV is moved in a scanning X-Y manner over the .substrate to be patterned. The dimensions of the scanning motions cause each REA of an RSC to pass over a portion of the substrate that typically is equal in area to the size of the RSC. The RSCs are operated in parallel, and the patterned areas on the substrate beneath each RSC adjoin each other and collectively form a much larger overall pattern on the substrate. This pattern can be as large as the underlying substrate. The scanning motion of the RSCs is generated by well known computer controlled mechanical motor driven stages or piezoelectric driven stages. The SLV or the substrate can be attached to the motion stage. Due to the short X-Y motions in the use of the SLV, and the desire to scan the RSCs with REAs of dimensions much less than 1 μm and in some cases with dimensions of less than 50 nm, piezoelectric motion stage drive is the preferred embodiment. As the REAs of the SLV circuit membrane are scanned over the substrate, they are turned on or off by computer controlled logic associated with each RSC to effect the desired exposure pattern to be made on the surface of the substrate. An example would be a RSC with an area of 25 μm by 25 μm and a REA of .1 μm in diameter. In order for the REA to expose an area the size of the RSC, a scanning motion of 25 μm by 0.1 μm would be made 250 times in the X-axis direction while translating 0.1 μm in the Y-axis direction after each scan. Figure 24 shows a overhead (plan) view of a prototypical SLV
420 with an array size of 4,096 by 4,096 RSCs, and an overall size of approximately 5 inches by 5 inches. The SLV array 420 of RSCs has associated control logic 424 for loading the pattern data to each RSC. The SLV 420 (including the control logic 424) is a MDI circuit membrane of nominally 8 μm to 50 μm in thickness made by established semiconductor processes and held in a rigid frame 426 made from the original substrate on which the SLV 420 was fabricated or a frame bonded to the SLV prior to the selective etch removal of the substrate on which the SLV (MDI circuit membrane) was fabricated. Electromagnetic coupling alignment structures 430 (described below) are shown also. Figure 25 shows a cross-section of two RSCs 434-1, 434-2 in a SLV 440. A SLV 440 in the preferred embodiment has rows and columns of RSCs 434-1, 434-2 where each row and each column can include more than 1,000 RSCs resulting in a total count of RSCs in a SLV in excess of several million. Figure 25 shows a MDI circuit membrane 440 which is 8 to 50 μm thick, data bus interconnect metallization 442-1, 442-2, control logic 424-1, 424-2, X-ray sources 446-1, 446-2, and REAs 434-1 a, 434-2a. Figures 26 and 27 are cross-sections of two different potential implementations of X-ray RSCs 434. Figure 26 uses a metal cathode 450 with a highly textured surface 452 in the shape of adjacent cubes; each corner of the extended portion of each cube is a cold electron point emitter which emits electrons into the electric field 456 created by the high voltage x-ray emitting target 458 beneath it. The size of the RSC 434 is approximately 25 μm x 25 μm. The thickness (height) of the RSC 434 is approximately 8 to 50 μm. The materials used to fabricate the SLV (and RSCs) are those employed to fabricate a MDI circuit membrane as described above - metal 459, low stress dielectric 460 and a single crystalline semiconductor membrane substrate 472. The processing steps can vary widely, but are those used in conventional semiconductor and micro-machinery fabrication.
The textured cathode 450 will typically be in the shape of a ~ square array of rows and columns of metal cubes, with each cube having dimensions much smaller than the overall dimensions of the square cathode layer. As an example, if the cathode 450 is 4 μm2 in area, the dimension of each cube would be .1 to .5 μm on a side. The textured cathode cubes are made by established lithography techniques (E-Beam or DUV optical lithography) and anisotropic RIE processing. This cathode 450 configuration is a novel part of the SLV because of high density of cold electron emitters, and therefore, high electron fluence onto the anode 458. The cathode 450 emits electrons which are accelerated by the electric field 456 created by the voltage potential of the target or anode 458. When electrons reach the target 458, X-rays are emitted from the target 458. X-ray absorber materials 466 such as tungsten or gold are deposited as layers as part of the fabricated structure of the SLV membrane to provide a means to form the REA 470 and in back scatter layer 461 to prevent back scattered X-rays from reaching control logic devices 472 with interconnect 473 to other RSCs in the SLV. This RSC is related to the well known X-ray vacuum tube design. The space 474 separating the cathode and target is in partial vacuum. This separation distance can vary from less than 1 μm to 40 μm. Figure 27 shows an alternative RSC 434 that uses a laser diode 480 to irradiate onto a target 458 which in turn emits X-rays. The laser diode 480 and the target 458 are separated by a distance "d" of 1 or more microns in a cavity 482 that is optionally a partial vacuum. Except for the technique of inducing the emission of X-rays from the target 458 material, the RSCs 434 shown in Figures 26 and 27 are functionally the same. RSCs that employ gases such as Cd-Hg or Xe-Hg as in the case of DUV radiation sources, the structure of the electrodes in the cavity of the RSC would change and X-ray absorber layers would not be necessary. RSCs that emit free electrons for resist patterning would require that the REA 470 be an opening or that it be closed by a material thin enough to allow the accelerated beam of electrons to pass through it. If the REA 470 is an opening from the electrode cavity 482 of the RSC, then the SLV would have to be operated in vacuum, just as is the case with E-Beam lithography tools. The Hampshire Corporation (Marlborough, MA) presently manufactures an X-ray lithography tool which uses a laser diode stimulated X-ray radiation source.
Although laser diodes that emit radiation with a wavelength less than approximately 6,OOθA do not presently exist, development of shorter wavelength laser diodes is on-going and contemplated as a radiation generator for the SLV. There is significant demand for diodes with shorter wavelengths for use in consumer and computer peripheral products like compact discs. Such devices in the not too distant future may come into existence and such laser diodes could possibly be integrated into the SLV as a radiation source generator of a RSC. The use of laser diodes is therefore contemplated.
An additional application of the SLV (with a RSC of appropriate radiation capability) is radiation-induced CVD (chemical vapor deposition). The use of an SLV in this manner eliminates the need for mask and etch processing steps. The material of interest to be deposited, be it metal or dielectric, is deposited in a patterned form. This provides for a maskless, resistless, etchless process and it has significant cost and particulate contamination advantages. The SLV operating in this manner supplies radiation at the surface of a substrate where a mixture of gaseous compounds are present. This process step is mechanically the same as exposing a resist layer on the substrate as discussed above. The radiation from a RSC causes the compounds to react at the surface of the substrate leaving a deposition of material selectively on the irradiated portions of the surface of the substrate. This method of radiation-induced selective CVD has been demonstrated with the use of excimer lasers. Laser diodes that can emit radiation in the excimer frequency band of 75 to 250 nm do not presently exist.
MDI Source-External Particle Valve fSPV Direct Write Lithography Tool
The MDI process technology can be used to fabricate a circuit membrane with an nxm cell array of individually controlled electro-static or electromagnetic valves or shutters. These valves can be used to control the passage of charged particles through the circuit membrane to create an exposure pattern in a film of appropriately sensitive resist. The array of valves on the MDI circuit membrane is for practical puφoses the same structure as the SLV structure shown in Figure 24. The primary difference is the use of particle valve cells for patterning an external particle source which illuminates one side of the SPV circuit- membrane, instead of a cell with an integrated patterning source as in the case of the SLV lithography mask.
The array of valve cells of this MDI circuit membrane is placed between a coliimated ion particle source and at a uniform distance from or in contact with a substrate coated with a thin film of resist. The array is positioned (aligned) over an area of the substrate to be patterned and the array of valves, under individual computer control, allow ion (charged) particles to expose or not expose an area of resist coated substrate directly under beneath it. The MDI circuit membrane functioning in this manner is called herein a Source-External Particle Valve (SPV).
The coliimated particle beam passed by a particle valve has a fixed exposure feature size called the Particle Exposure Aperture (PEA). The SPV is moved in a scanning X-Y manner over the substrate to be patterned. The dimensions of the scanning motions cause each PEA of a particle valve to pass over a portion of the substrate that typically is equal in area to the size of the valve. The valves are operated in parallel (simultaneously), the patterned areas on the substrate beneath each valve adjoin each other and collectively form a much larger overall pattern on the substrate. The scanning motion of the valves is generated by well known computer controlled mechanical motor driven stages or piezoelectric driven stages. The SPV or the substrate can be attached to the motion stage. Due to the short X-Y motions in the use of the SPV, and the desire to scan the valves with PEAs of dimensions much less than 1 μm in diameter and in some cases less than 50 nm, piezoelectric motion stage drive is the preferred embodiment. As the valves of the circuit membrane are scanned over the substrate, they are turned on or off by computer controlled logic associate with each valve to effect the desired exposure pattern to be made on the surface of the substrate. An example would be a valve with an area of 25 μm by 25 μm and a PEA of 0.1 μm in diameter. In order for the valve to expose an area the size of the valve, a scanning motion of 25 μm by O.I μm would be made 250 times in the X-axis while translating 0.1 μm in the Y- axis after each scan.
Figure 24 (also a plan view for the SLV) shows an overhead (plan) view of a prototypical SPV 420 with an array of 4,096 by 4,096 ion or charged particle valves, and an overall size of approximately 5 inches by 5 inches. The SPV array 420 of valves has associated control logic 424 for loading the pattern data to each valve. The SPV 420 (including control logic 424) is a MDI circuit membrane of nominally 4 μm to 8 μm in thickness made by established semiconductor processes and held in a rigid frame 426 made of the original substrate on which the SPV 420 was fabricated. Electromagnetic coupling alignment structures 430 (described below) are shown also.
Figure 29a shows a cross-section of two valves 502, 504 in a SPV 506. A SPV in the preferred embodiment has rows and columns of valves 502, 504 where each row and each column can include more than 1,000 valves resulting in a total count of valves in a SPV in excess of several million. Figure 29a shows a MDI circuit membrane 508 which is 4 μm to 8 μm thick, data bus 510a, 510b, control logic 512a, 512b and PEA (aperture) 514a, 514b for passage of ion particles. Figure 29b shows a plan view of the valves 502, 504 of Figure 29a. The valves of the SPV prevent the passage of ions or charged particles by using an electric or magnetic field of the same polarity to deflect approaching particles from the PEA. The PEA 514a, 514b is typically a square opening in the SPV circuit membrane 508. The PEA 514a, 514b is circumscribed by a metal film 520a, 520b which creates a local electro-static field over the PEA by applying a voltage potential, or by a metal wire 540 (coil) (shown in Figure 29e) which creates a local electromagnetic donut shaped field. When the SPV is flooded with a coliimated source of charged particles, the particles that fall upon the PEA 514a, 514b will pass through the SPV 506 and continue onto the resist layer (not shown) to be patterned directly beneath the SPV 506. If a electro-static field or electro-magnetic field of sufficient strength and of the same polarity as the ionic particle is present, the ionic particle will deflect away from the PEA and strike some other portion of the SPV surface. The PEA is small in area relative to the total generated electric field volume, therefore, only a small deflection of the approaching charged particle is required for it to miss the PEA and strike the surface of the SPV.
The SPV 506 is typically operated in an enclosure (not shown) under vacuum. The charged ions or particles can be of any material that can be appropriately accelerated or caused to uniformly flood the surface of the SPV. Some examples of charged particles that have been used as sources for patterning resist films are electrons (negative), protons (positive) and gallium+ (positive). The SPV can be in close proximity or contact with the substrate to be patterned, or it can be positioned before imaging lens elements of the lithography equipment that could be used to enhance the focus of the particles beams formed by passing through the SPV circuit membrane or demagnify (reduce) the image generated by the SPV. Figures 29c and 29d are cross-sections that show different methods for implementing an electro-static shutter or valve of the SPV. Figure 29c shows a PEA 514a formed by an anisotropic etch of the monocrystalline semiconductor membrane 524; <100> monocrystalline semiconductor wet etches with a wall angle of approximately 54* or dry etching (RIE) methods can also be used to etch a round or square hole to form the PEA 514a in either the low stress dielectric 526a, 526b or semiconductor layer 524 of the SPV circuit membrane. The via in the low stress dielectric membrane 526b on the backside of the semiconductor membrane was formed after the wet etch of the PEA 514a-. A thin metal film 528 of typically less than 2.000A is deposited by sputtering or CVD means. The metal film 528 circumscribes the PEA 514a and has a diameter typically of less than 4 μm, and the PEA typically has a diameter d of less than 500 nm. Figure 29d shows a PEA 530 formed by etching a via in a flat metal film 532 that was deposited on the semiconductor membrane 534. The metal film 532 forming the PEA in this example is typically less than 2,OOθA thick and has a diameter of approximately 4 μm. Also shown are low stress dielectric layers 536a, 536b. Figures 29e and 29f show a method for implementing an electromagnetic shutter or valve of the SPV. Figure 29e is a plan view of the structure of Figure 29f. Shown are semiconductor membrane layer 542 and layer 544 low stress dielectric. A metal coil 540 is formed on MDI circuit membrane 508 so a current loop can be created around the PEA 514a. The PEA 514a is formed by wet or dry anisotropic etching in either the dielectric or semiconductor portions of the MDI circuit membrane 508. The metal line 540 is typically less than 2 μm wide, less than 1 μm thick and circumscribes a area "a" typically less than 4 μm in diameter. The PEA 514a is smaller than the inner diameter "a" of the loop of the metal line 540 and typically less than 500 nm.
Control logic is associated with each valve of a SPV, supplying voltage or current as necessary to the metal structure circumscribing the PEAs. In Figures 29c and 29d the valve control logic applies a voltage potential to the metal film 528, 532 respectively circumscribing the PEA. If the applied voltage potential is of the same polarity as the charge particles striking the surface of the SPV, the particles will be deflected from passing through the PEA. This is the valve closed condition. If the applied voltage potential is of the opposite polarity or zero, particles will pass through the PEA. In Figure 29e and 29f the valve control logic applies a current through the metal wire 540 circumscribing the PEA 514a. Depending on the direction of the current in the wire 540 (clockwise or counter-clockwise about the PEA) a magnetic field with a polarity is generated. If the field polarity is the same as the approaching charged particle it will be deflected, and if the field polarity is the opposite or zero particles will pass through the PEA.
The design of electro-static or electromagnetic valves for achieving the desired functions of the SPV can vary widely. The examples presented here are not intended to limit the scope of the design structure of such valves for use in a SPV.
MDI Mechanical Light Valve fMLV) Direct Write Lithography Tool
Figures 29g through 29k show portions of a direct write litho- graphy tool which uses repeated micro-machined mechanical electro¬ static shutter cell 550-k for the patterning of photonic or particle exposure source. The overall structure and function of this lithography tool is similar to the above described SLV and SPViools. It is composed of rows and columns of pattern forming elements called shutter cells 550-k that are each approximately 25 μm by 25 μm. Figure 29g is a plan view of several such cells 550-1, 550-2 550-k, .... 550-n.
Figure 24 represents a general plan view of the whole lithographic tool, which looks the same in plan as the SLV and SPV tools.
An array of shutter cells 550-k made on a MDI circuit membrane is placed between a coliimated photonic or ion particle source and a substrate to be patterned, and can be used in projection or contact lithography methods to pattern such a substrate coated with a thin film of resist. The array is positioned (aligned) over an area of the substrate to be patterned and the array of shutter cells, each under individual computer control regulating the shutter opening or REA (Radiation Exposure Aperture) through the circuit membrane, exposes an area of the substrate directly beneath or corresponding to it. The MDI circuit membrane functioning in this manner is called herein a Mechanical Light Valve (MLV).
The size of the REA coliimated exposure image passed by a shutter cell 550-k is variable. Further, the REA does not need to be a physical opening through the MDI circuit membrane for photonic sources, but only transparent to the incident photonic radiation. The MLV is moved in a scanning X-Y manner (shown by X-Y axis 554) over the substrate to be patterned. The dimensions of the scanning motions cause each REA of a shutter cell to pass over a portion of the substrate that typically is equal in area to the size of the shutter cell 550-k. The shutter cells 550-k are operated in parallel (simultaneous) manner; the patterned areas on the substrate beneath each shutter cell adjoin each other and collectively form a much larger overall pattern on the substrate. The scanning motion of the shutter cell is generated by well known computer controlled mechanical motor driven stages or piezoelectric driven stages. The MLV or the substrate can be attached to the motion stage. Due to the short X-Y motions in the use of the MLV, and the desire to scan the shutter cells with REAs of dimensions much less than 1 μm in diameter and in some cases less than 50 nm, piezoelectric motion stage drive is the preferred embodiment.
As the shutter cells of the circuit membrane are scanned over the substrate, they are opened or closed by computer controlled logic 556-k associated with each shutter cell 550-h to effect the desired exposure pattern to be made on the surface of the substrate. An example would be a shutter cell with an area of 25 μm by 25 μm and a REA setting of 0.1 μm in diameter. In order for the REA to expose an area the size of the shutter cell, a scanning motion of 25 μm by 0.1 μm would be made 250 times in the X-axis while translating 0.1 μm in the Y-axis after each scan. The size setting of the REA is typically fixed for a given scan of the substrate, and vector motion of the REA can be used to improve exposure performance when there are areas of the substrate common to all shutter cells that do not require exposure such as is the case with via pattern layers.
The operation of the shutter cells regulates the opened/closed status of an opening that allows a fluence of the exposure source (photons or particles) to pass, and in the same operation dynamically determines the exposure CD for the lithography tool. The ability to change the minimum exposure CD or REA of the MLV is unique to this tool, versus the SLV and the SPV which have fixed exposure apertures. The ability to dynamically change the size of the REA allows the pattern or geometry fracture database of the IC to be partitioned into CD specific geometry sets per pattern layer of an IC. This provides the capability to optimize the performance of the lithography tool by patterning those portions of an exposure image with the smallest CD (processing rate is due to the size of the REA, therefore, the smaller the REA the greater the number of REA exposures), separately from other portions of the exposure image composed of larger CDs.
Figures 29h and 29i show plan views of two different shutter arm structures of a shutter cell 550-k. Figure 29i shows a spring suspension structure of the shutter arm 560, 566. The shutter arm 560, 566 is formed of metal or a combination of metal and low stress dielectric and is suspended over the surface of the substrate from two electrical contacts 562, 564 on either side of the shutter 566. The shutter arm 560, 566 can move (in the direction 570-Y indicated) by the switched application of electro-static potentials. The REA 572 of the shutter cell is formed by the intersection of a square opening 574 through the non- transmissive material of the shutter arm and a similar opening through a metal electrode film directly below the central area of the shutter 566 and fixed to the surface of the substrate. This opening 574 is typically less than 2 μm in diameter, and is positioned with a 90° rotation relative to the long axis of the shutter arm 560. Figure 29h shows in dotted outline 578 as an alternate position of the shutter arm 560, 566 produced by the application of electro-static potentials. The size of the REA is determined by the projected intersection of the opening in the central area 566 of the shutter and the opening in the fixed metal film beneath it. The REA of the shutter 572 is closed by moving the central area of the shutter arm 566 a distance greater than the diagonal length of the square opening 574.
The shutter arm 560, 566 is positioned or moved by electro-static potentials. The shutter arm 560, 566 is provided with a voltage potential. Electrodes 580a, 580b positioned at either end of the maximum travel displacement of the central area of the shutter arm 566 are selectively set at opposite potentials sufficient to attract or repel the shutter arm a desired displacement. The shutter arm is held in physical contact with the electrode film beneath it by applying an opposite potential to the lower substrate electrode (not shown).
Figure 29j is a cross section of part of the shutter cell through line j-j of Figure 29h. Figure 29k is a cross section along line k-k of Figure 29j. As shown in Figure 29j, the shutter cell is fabricated with established semiconductor processing methods. The array and shutter cell control logic are fabricated on a MDI circuit membrane 604. A trench 592 is formed down to a lower dielectric layer 590 of the circuit membrane sufficient in size to accommodate the motion of the central area 566 of the shutter arm. The electrode 594 under the central area 566 of the shutter arm is formed, and a conformal sacrificial layer (not shown) of a-Si (amorphous Silicon) is deposited over the area of the shutter array. The thickness of the a-Si layer determines the separation distance that the shutter arm is suspended above the circuit membrane. Into the a-Si layer via openings 562, 564 (Figures h and i) are patterned to the electrode contacts of the shutter arm 560 and to the electrode contacts of the shutter arm positioning electrodes 580a, 580b. A metal layer 600 optionally combined with a dielectric layer 602 is deposited and patterned to form the shutter arm 560, 566 and the positioning electrodes 580a, 580b. The opening 574 that is used to form the REA is also patterned and etched via RIE processes. This opening 574 as a minimum passes through the shutter arm and the electrode 594 below the central area of the shutter arm that is used in forming the cross- sectioned area that is the REA 572. The opening 574 may be completely through the MDI circuit membrane 590, or stop on the dielectric layer depending on the transmission requirements of the exposure source. The a-Si is then selectively removed which leaves the shutter arm 560 free standing and connected to the circuit membrane at only two electrode contact sites 562, 564 (Figures h and i). The shutter arm 560, 566 is free to move in two directions 570-Y, 570-Z based on the voltage potentials applied to the shutter arm 560, 566 positioning electrodes 580a, 580b, and the substrate electrode 594 beneath the central portion of the shutter arm.
Fixed Free Standing Membrane Lithography Masks
The MDI process can be used to form free standing membranes used as lithographic masks with fixed patterns. The MDI process can be- used to form optical, X-ray and stencil masks (ion or charged particle masks). The mask substrate is made from a low stress dielectric and optionally semiconductor material. In the preferred embodiment masks are made from oxide and nitride low stress dielectric made on the Novellus equipment and consistent with the formulation presented above or as variations of such low stress membranes formed on other oxide and nitride fabrication equipment. The patterning material is a semiconductor such as silicon, another dielectric material or a metal which is non-transmissive to a photonic exposure source. If the exposure source is an ion or charged particle beam, then the patterning is accomplished with voids (openings through the membrane) or a lack of material, or stencil.
Figures 291 and 29m show in cross-section the formation of a fixed photonic mask. A membrane substrate 620 initially formed of dielectric layers 622, 624 and silicon 626 (patterning material shown with pattern) is formed as described above. The thickness of the dielectric layers 622, 624 of the membrane is typically 2 to 3 μm thick, and the silicon 626 may vary in thickness depending upon the desired sidewall angle of the silicon or the CD aspect ratio (ratio of layer thickness to the CD opening of the pattern). The silicon layer 626 can be patterned directly with established resist spin-on films, pattern generation lithography tools such as E-beam and selective silicon etch processing.
Figure 291 shows in cross-section a patterned silicon layer 626 formed by first patterning an overlay of metal 630 such as tungsten, and then selectively etching the silicon layer 626 done to the dielectric layer 622. A metal pattern could also be formed by removing the silicon layer altogether and depositing a metal film, then subsequently patterning it, or by selectively undercutting the patterned silicon layer of Figure 291 to employ a lift-off process with a noble metal such as gold. Figure 29m shows in cross-section the structure of Figure 291 after the deposition of a low stress dielectric membrane layer 632 over the pattern and the removal of the dielectric layers 622, 624 below the pattern. The deposition of low stress dielectric membrane layer 632 over the pattern forms a structural membrane layer so that the original lower dielectric structural layers 622, 624 could be removed.
In the case of X-ray masks gold is often used as the patterning film because it is a good X-ray absorber. Gold and the noble metals in general can be patterned only with wet processing techniques and or in combination with electro-plating techniques. The silicon pattern 626 of Figure 291 can be dry etched (RIE) to achieve significant aspect ratios. If the silicon layer 626 is heavily gold doped prior to RIE processing, this method of mask formation can be used as an X-ray mask without CD feature size or aspect ratio limitations of wet etch processing.
Figure 29n and 29p show a stencil mask formed by patterning the dielectric layer 640 of a MDI silicon 642 and dielectric 640 membrane with a RIE process. The silicon layer 640 is then selectively wet etch removed to leave a stencil pattern as shown by the openings in the dielectric membrane 6441, 644b, 644c in Figure 29p. This sequence of processing is novel because it allows the sidewall passivation on the dielectric 640 which forms as a by-product of the RIE processing to be removed before the fragile stencil pattern is formed. The sidewall passivation cleaning requires vigorous agitation that would destroy a free standing stencil pattern. The remaining silicon layer 642 can be removed by gentle silicon selective wet etch. Stepper Contact Printer fSCP^
Pattern generation tools made from MDI circuit membranes can be used to pattern an appropriately sensitive resist film deposited on a substrate. MDI pattern generation tools refer to MDI circuit membrane applications such as the SLV, SPV and MLV lithographic tools, and the more conventional fixed pattern masks made on a low stress dielectric membrane with appropriate optical transmission characteristics (see above). A MDI fixed pattern mask is a single layer metallization pattern formed on a MDI dielectric membrane with one of the MDI fabrication methods presented above. A method of alignment to an existing image on a substrate through electrical inductive coupling is presented below; it is also incorporated into the MDI circuit membrane fixed pattern generation tool. Contact printing methods are inexpensive and can provide nearly unlimited lithographic feature size imaging capability. However, the use of thick mask plates for image transfer to the resist on the substrate must come in contact with the resist to achieve the best image results. This contact is brought about by the application of strong vacuum forces that bend the rigid mask plate into conformal contact with the substrate. The result of applying such strong vacuum forces often causes small particles of the resist to adhere to the rigid mask which in turn requires the mask to' be cleaned or, if undetected, prevents correct image transfer by nonconformal contact to the substrate or an imaging defect during subsequent exposures. Proximity printing is similar to contact printing except the mask is not brought into contact but is held several micrometers over the substrate called the proximity gap. The effectiveness of proximity printing to produce small feature size images is directly proportional to the size of the proximity gap. Further, contact printing has been limited to printing a complete substrate in one exposure instead of smaller portions of the substrate as is the case with conventional stepper projection lithography equipment. The time to pull vacuum during the contact printing process is lengthy, and therefore, making several contact print exposures on a single substrate would be prohibitive in time without consideration to the compounded mask cleanliness challenge and the mechanical complexity of vacuum application to uneven or overlapping ridge mask and substrate plate during contact. Figure 30 shows a cross-section of a stepping contact lithographic exposure equipment that combines the well known contact or proximity lithography methods with a stepper mechanical motion and the pattern generation tools and alignment means of MDI circuit membranes presented herein. The substrate (workpiece) 662 is held by a conventional vacuum chuck (not shown) and is positioned by conventional mechanical and piezoelectric motion control mechanisms (not shown). The MDI pattern generation tool 660 is held over the substrate 662 a distance "d" of less than 25 μm and rough alignment over a portion of the substrate 662 is made by conventional optical means. The center of the MDI pattern generation tool 660 is then extended by applying a small fluid pressure P of less than 100g per square cm to lower the circuit membrane into a desired proximity distance position shown by dotted line 668 or conformal contact with the substrate 662. Final precision alignment of the pattern generation tool 660 to the substrate is accomplished by the inductive coupling (electro¬ magnetic) means disclosed below. The low mass and elastic nature of the MDI circuit membrane allows the pattern generation tool to be rapidly brought in and out of contact with the substrate. Once an exposure is complete, the pattern generation tool is brought out of contact with the substrate and stepped (moved) under computer control to the next area on the substrate to be exposed. Also shown are circuit membrane frame 672 and a lithography equipment fixture 676 for holding the pattern generation tool 660, 672.
Electro-Maonetic Lithographic Alignment Method
The lithographic pattern generation tools disclosed herein as the SLV, SPV, MLV, and fixed masks are capable of pattern generation with Critical Dimensions (CDs) or minimum pattern feature sizes of less than 50 nm. A fixed pattern generation tool, commonly referred to as a mask, can be made with the MDI circuit membrane process (as disclosed above) with the capability of pattern generation CDs directly proportional to the wavelength of the exposure source. Potential exposure sources are UV, DUW, E-Beam and particle beam. (Fixed masks made with the MDI process are circuit membranes of typically less than 4 μm thickness and with a single layer of patterned material to be used as in conventional lithographic masks. Alternately, the MDI circuit membrane can be a stencil pattern, where the pattern to be generated is represented in the circuit membrane as trenches that go completely through the membrane. Fixed pattern stencil membranes are required for E-Beam or particle beam lithographic process, where the exposure source must physically pass through the mask to be imaged (patterned). Prototype particle beam stencil masks have been developed by Ion Microfabrication Systems.) The utility of the CD generation capability of a pattern generation tool for the manufacture of ICs, however, is dependent on the ability to align or register multiple overlaying patterns. Accepted pattern alignment tolerances used presently in the semiconductor industry are typically ±25% of the CD value for a set of overlaying patterns. Alignment for pattern generation with CDs of approximately 1 μm or greater can be done with optical microscopes by overlaying or matching alignment patterns on the substrate with corresponding patterns on the surface of the pattern generation tool. The microscope can view through the pattern generation tool, since it is typically made from transparent dielectric materials.
The preferred embodiments of the SLV, SPV, and MLV are to provide the capability to generate patterns that have critical dimensions of less than 100 nm. Such patterns require alignment methods capable of achieving pattern registration of less than ±25 nm. Optical alignment methods presently available cannot achieve such critical dimensions. The MDI pattern generation tools achieve alignment for critical dimensions of less than 100 nm through the use of electro-magnetic proximity sensing. Figure 28a shows an example of a PGT alignment coil 494. This metal coil 494 is fabricated by patterning a thin metal film (typically less than 1 μm in thickness) on the surface of the substrate being patterned (i.e. on the wafer). The placement of the coil patterns 494 on the substrate is typically along two adjoining sides of the area to be exposed or patterned. Coil patterns can also be placed within the area of the substrate to be patterned; they are not restricted to the edge or sides of the pattern area. The coil patterns are typically less than 800 μm by 100 μm. The electrode contact pads 496, 498 of the coil area 494 are typically 50 μm by 50 μm in area. A similar pattern 494 corresponding to structure 430 in Figure 24 is on the surface of the pattern generation tool membrane (not shown) plus two electrode probe points that extend down from the surface of the circuit membrane of the pattern generation tool. These pattern generation tool probe points make contact with the electrode pads associated with the substrate coil 494, and electrical signals are generated in the substrate coil 494. It should be apparent, though less convenient, that signals can be supplied to the substrate by connections from the edge of the substrate and not directly from the pattern generation tool.
The signals from the substrate coil are sensed by the corresponding alignment coil in the pattern generation tool. The pattern generation tool or the substrate are then moved in an X-Y and angular manner until predefined electrical parameter settings are achieved via the signals sensed from the substrate coil. This is possible due to the close proximity of the substrate and the pattern generation tool, and the integrated control logic electronics of the pattern generation tool. Alignment sensing accuracies smaller than 10 nm can be achieved in this manner. The electrode pads of the substrate coil typically have dimensions of less than 2 mils on a side, and the probe point electrodes that extend from the pattern generation tool to make contact with the substrate coil pads are typically less than 12 μm in diameter and height. A fluid pressure applied to the back side of the pattern generation tool may be used to bring the surface of the pattern generation tool in near contact (proximity) or full contact with the surface of the substrate during the alignment process. Alternately, Figure 28b shows an alignment coil 495 that can be placed on the substrate for alignment sensing by the pattern generation tool. A signal is induced in one side 495a of the coil by a corresponding coil in the pattern generation tool. This signal is then sensed at the other end 495b of the coil by a second coil in the pattern generation tool. Alignment is achieved in the same manner as discussed above.
Inexpensive piezoelectric motion control devices are commercially available from Burleigh Instruments, Inc. (Fisher, New York) that demonstrate motion control capability of less than one Angstrom; such piezoelectric precision motion has been demonstrated in the AFM (Atomic Force Microscope) equipment where motion control of less than one Angstrom is required.
MDI Circuit Membrane Flat Panel Display Much of the cost of manufacturing a fiat panel display (without consideration for yield loss) is the cost of the substrate on which it is fabricated. The substrate must meet requirements of flatness imposed by lithography tools and high temperatures imposed by various fabrication steps. An MDI circuit membrane.flat panel display is formed on a rigid optically flat reusable substrate such as fused silica or fused quartz. Other substrates can be used to meet the requirements imposed by the fabrication processing steps. A release agent such as KBr or KBO2 is deposited onto the substrate and then a dielectric layer or layers are deposited to seal the release agent deposited film (as described above). The release agent is required to have a working temperature higher than the highest temperature of the various fabrication process steps employed and be readily soluble in a solvent that is not detrimental to the finished display device. As an example, KBr has a melting point of 734' C and is readily soluble in DI water.
The flat panel display is conventionally composed of rows and columns of pixel elements which generate the gray shades or the RGB (Red, Green, Blue) colors of the display. The operation of the pixels results in the generation of the image on the display. The pixels of the display can be made with conventional active matrix LCD technology. The preferred embodiment of the MDI circuit membrane display uses redundant circuit devices at each pixel and the above referenced fine grain testing technology to correct for circuit fabrication defects. Secondly, the MDI circuit membrane display makes use of electro luminescent phosphors, similar to the phosphors used in conventional TV and industrial monitors. The phosphors are applied after the completion of the fabrication of the circuitry of the display. The display circuitry is then used in the final manufacturing process steps to cause the selective deposition of the RGB phosphors to their respective RGB electrodes. Additionally, the multiple chip module interconnect circuit membrane technology disclosed above also is employed to bond ICs at the edges of the display panel and at any desired location on the back of the panel. The ability to attach ICs is of significant importance in lessening the complexity of the design and manufacturing of the display. ICs bonded to the back of the display do not interfere with or obscure the visual operation of the phosphor based display, because the display is not back lit as is the case with LCD displays, but generates its own luminescence. Figure 31a shows the cross-section of a MDI circuit membrane display 700 while still attached to a reusable quartz fabrication substrate 702 with intervening release agent 703. The control logic circuit 704-1, 704-2, 704-3 for each RGB pixel has been fabricated from a-Si or polysilicon thin film transistors (TFTs), and electro-phoretic plating electrodes 708-1, 708-2, 708-3 (pads) have been formed as a final metallization process step over each RGB pixel logic circuit 704. The plating electrodes 708-1, 708-2, 708-3, one for each RGB phosphor of a pixel, can be selectively addressed and a specific plating potential applied. At the end of each row and column of pixels are bonding pads 710 for ICs (die). The ICs provide control and memory logic for turning individual pixels on or off, therefore generating a display image. It should be noted that the control and/or memory logic 712, 713 (see Figure 31b) could also be fabricated as part of the MDI circuit membrane 700 just as the individual pixel control circuits 704-1, 704-2, 704-3 have been. This is a design/manufacturing option, and would replace most or all of the bonded die. All fabrication processing steps of the MDI circuit membrane are established techniques.
Figure 31b shows in cross section the MDI circuit membrane display 700 attached to a support frame 718 and released from the reusable fabrication substrate. The support frame 718 is bonded to the MDI circuit membrane 700 by an anodic method as one technique, and then the MDI circuit membrane 700 is scribed along the side of the fabrication substrate 702. This exposes the release agent 703 of Figure 31 a. The display assembly is then placed in -a solvent that activates the release agent 703, causing the display to be freed from the reusable fabrication substrate 702. Optionally, control and memory logic die 713 are attached to the display backside. These IC 713 connect to pixels along row or column interconnect metallization. Figure 31c shows the display after electro-phoretic plating of the individual RGB phosphors 708-1, 708-2, 708-3. Each RGB phosphor is plated separately by immersion of the display in a plating solution of a specific phosphor, and then using the control and pixel logic 704-1 , 704-2, 704-3 of the display to select appropriate pixel elements (either Red or Green or Blue) and apply the desired plating electrical potential. The substrate used to fabricate the flat screen display could also be a MDI membrane with a semiconductor device layer. Using a semiconductor based MDI membrane as the substrate to fabricate the flat screen display will not require any substantial difference in processing steps, however, due to the limited size of available silicon wafers (presently 8 inches) and the circular shape, the use of a semiconductor wafer as the starting substrate greatly limits the maximum size of the display.
Three Dimensional IC Structures
Three dimensional (3D) IC structures can be formed from MDI circuit membranes. This is a novel capability of the MDI IC membrane. The low stress dielectrics of silicon dioxide or silicon nitride can be formed to withstand working temperatures in excess of 400*C. This high working temperature capability allows the use of anodic or thermal (quartz to quartz or silicon to quartz) bonding procedures that are typically high temperature processes. The dielectric circuit membranes are optically transparent and thin, allowing the circuit membranes to be aligned very accurately prior to bonding. As shown in Figure 32a, the semiconductor devices 730-1 , 730-2, 730-3 that are embedded in a first MDI circuit membrane 732 can have interconnect metallization 736-1, 736-2, 736-3 applied to both sides of the membrane 732 completing all intra-membrane interconnections. Also shown are opposed semiconductor device gate electrodes 742-1, 742-2, 742-3. Figure 32a shows the two MDI circuit membranes or ICs 732, 746 prior to bonding. This allows the circuit membranes to be coated as necessary for the forming of the anodic or thermal membrane-to-membrane bond 752 of circuit membrane 732 to the second membrane 746 which includes similarly semiconductor devices 748-1, 748-2, 748-3, and interconnect metallization 750-1, 750-2, 750-3. After two membranes 732, 746 are bonded as shown in Figure 32b, only vertical interconnect metallization 754-1, 754-2 can be employed to route signals from lower membrane layer 746. MDI circuit membranes 732, 746 are aligned using established optical alignment mark techniques and anodically or thermally bonded 752 to each other. The circuit membranes 732, 746 that are anodically or thermally bonded are complete of all necessary semiconductor device processing steps, and only require the completion of vertical interconnect metallization 754-1, 754-2. The final interconnect metallization 754-1, 754-2 is completed by etching vias 756-1, 756-2 through the last circuit membrane 732 to be bonded to electrical contacts on the circuit membrane 746 onto which it was bonded. Well known metal deposition and patterning process steps are applied. If additional circuit membrane ICs are to be bonded to a 3D IC structure, a dielectric coating is applied to the 3D structure to isolate any metallization as a necessary requirement to a subsequent bonding step. Anodic bonding 752 is a glass-to-glass process. The MDI circuit membranes 732, 746 are each provided with a 1 μm thick or greater final deposition of silicon dioxide to form the bond 752 prior to the anodic bonding process step. Anodic processing is well known and there are numerous such techniques used in conventional glass plate manufacturing. Thermal (fusion) bonding of silicon to quartz or glass substrates is an established technique. It can be used instead of anodic bonding methods to bond MDI circuit membranes.
The ability to use optical data transmission as an interconnect means (instead of metallization interconnect) between MDI circuit membrane layers 732, 746 is a direct consequence of the method of fabricating the 3D IC structure. Wave guides (not shown) between optical transceiver components can be formed from vias by bonding vias (openings) corresponding to the various optical transceiver devices on circuit membranes. The normally high transmissive nature of the circuit membranes and the short layer-to-layer distances between the circuit membranes allow integrated optical semiconductor devices to provide the communication function through vias or directly through certain dielectric materials.
Integrated circuits formed on a MDI circuit membrane can be cut from the circuit membrane in much the same manner as ICs or die are presently cut from a rigid wafer substrate in order to be packaged. This is possible due to the net low stress of the circuit membrane. Figures 32c and d show die cut from a circuit membrane and bonded onto a rigid substrate such as a silicon wafer, quartz, glass, metal, etc. In the case of a metal rigid substrate, dielectric and interconnect layers may be added to provide a better bonding surface for the membrane IC or to provide interconnection from bond pads on the IC to bond out pads at the edge of the metal substrate. The use of a metal substrate to attach the membrane IC provides clear advantages, if not an optimal means, - for thermal cooling of the IC.
Once the circuit membrane substrate or wafer is cut into dice in the manner which is present practice, a pick and place bonding tool can pick up the die with slight vacuum pressure, align it over the substrate onto which it is to be bonded and bond it to the substrate. Figures 32c and d each show stocked membrane die 764-a, 764-b, 764,c bonded to a rigid substrate. Alternately, the membrane die 764-a, 764-b, 764-c can be bonded with compressive, anodic or fusion (thermal) techniques to a circuit membrane (not shown), such as a MCM interconnect circuit membrane.
Figure 32c shows a 3D circuit structure of membrane dice (ICs) 764-a, 764-b, 764-c bonded by compression technique to a rigid substrate 770. This is accomplished by aligning metal pads 772-1, 1,772-2, .... 772-k, .... 772-y on the rigid substrate 770 and metal pads 776-1, 776-2, .... 776-w on the membrane die 764-a, .... 764-c and then applying temperature and pressure (as explained previously). Also shown are bonding-out pads 778-1, 778-2. The surfaces are bonded together by the metal pads which also serve as circuit interconnect and thermal relief paths. Figure 32d shows a 3D circuit structure of membrane dice 764-a,
764-b, 764-c bonded by anodic or fusion (thermal) techniques to a substrate 770. The handling of the individual die 764-a, 764-b, 764-c can be done in a manner similar to that described above, and the bonding and interconnect completion methods are also as described above for bonding the circuit membranes together.
The benefits of such die assembly practice are dramatically increased circuit device densities and low thermal mass for efficient cooling. The handling equipment for making such a circuit assembly is presently available. This disclosure is illustrative and not limiting; further modifications will be apparent to one skilled in the art in light of this disclosure and the appended claims.

Claims

I Claim:
1. A method of making a dielectrically isolated integrated circuit comprising the steps of: , providing a substrate having a principal surface; forming an etch barrier layer in the substrate parallel to the principal surface; forming semiconductor devices on the principal surface; after forming the semiconductor devices, depositing a low stress insulating membrane over the semiconductor devices; and etching away to the etch barrier layer a portion of the substrate from a backside of the substrate opposite the principal surface.
2. The method of Claim 1 , further comprising the steps of: forming an epitaxial layer on the principal surface; and forming the semiconductor devices in the epitaxial layer.
3. The method of Claim 1 , further comprising the step of forming a trench in the substrate isolating at least one of the semiconductor devices from the others.
4. The method of Claim 1 , wherein the etch barrier layer is formed lying less than 50 μm below the principal surface.
5. The method of Claim 1 , further comprising the step of forming conductors in the insulating membrane for interconnecting the semiconductor devices.
6. The method of Claim 1 , wherein the step of etching away comprises the step of leaving an edge portion of the substrate unetched, thereby supporting a central etched away portion of the substrate.
7. The method of Claim 1, further comprising the step of attaching an annular support ring to an edge portion of the substrate.
8. The method of Claim 1, wherein the step of depositing includes the step of supplying SiH4 gas, N2O gas, and N2 gas at a temperature of about 400°C.
9. The method of Claim 1, wherein the step of depositing includes the step of supplying SiH4 gas, NH3 gas, and N2 gas at a temperature of about 400°C.
10. The method of Claim 1 , wherein the step of forming an etch barrier layer comprises: implanting a lightly doped etch stop barrier layer, wherein the implanted material is one of oxygen or nitrogen.
11. The method of Claim 1 , wherein the step of providing comprises the steps of: providing a semiconductor substrate; doping an etch stop layer in the substrate; epitaxially growing a germanium-semiconductor material layer on a surface of the substrate; and etching the substrate to remove the germanium-semiconductor material layer and the etch stop layer, thereby forming the semiconductor layer.
12. A method of making an integrated circuit comprising the steps of: forming a substrate having a thickness of less than about 50 μm; forming semiconductor devices on a principal surface of the substrate; depositing a low stress insulating membrane over the semiconductor devices; and forming electrical interconnections in the membrane extending between the semiconductor devices.
13. The method of Claim 12, further comprising the steps of: forming an epitaxial layer on the principal surface; and forming the semiconductor devices in the epitaxial layer.
14. The method of Claim 12, further comprising the step of forming a trench in the substrate isolating at least one of the semiconductor devices from the others.
15. The method of Claim 12, wherein the step of the forming the substrate comprises electro-chemical etching.
16. The method of Claim 12, wherein the step of depositing includes the step of supplying SiH4 gas, N2 gas, and 2O gas at a temperature of about 400°C.
17. The method of Claim 12, wherein the step of depositing includes the step of supplying S1H4 gas, NH3 gas and N2 gas, at a temperature of about 400°C.
18. The method of Claim 1 , further comprising the steps of: forming an additional thickness of low stress insulating material over the membrane; and forming a plurality of recesses in the additional thickness.
19. A method for forming a flat panel display comprising the steps of: providing a substrate; forming a layer of a release agent on a surface of the substrate; forming a membrane less than about 100 μm thick and including integrated circuitry on the layer of release agent; selectively depositing color phosphors on localized portions of the membrane, thereby forming pixels; and releasing the membrane from the substrate by activating the release agent.
20. The method of Claim 19, wherein the step of selectively depositing comprises electro-phoretic plating of individual color phosphors.
21. The method of Claim 19, further comprising the step of attaching integrated circuit die to the membrane, the die being electrically connected to the integrated circuits in the membrane.
22. A method of making a stacked. integrated circuit structure comprising the steps of: forming first and second flexible membranes each including a plurality of electrically interconnected semiconductor devices; bonding a principal surface of the first flexible membrane to the second flexible membrane; and interconnecting at least one semiconductor device in the first flexible membrane to a semiconductor device in the second flexible membrane.
23. The method of Claim 22, further including the step, prior to bonding, of aligning the first and second flexible membranes by observing optical alignment marks on one of the flexible membranes.
24. The method of Claim 22 wherein at least some of the semiconductor devices are optical devices, and the step of interconnecting includes the steps of: forming vias in each flexible membrane, the vias each being associated with one of the optical devices; and aligning the vias in the first flexible membrane with the vias in the second flexible membrane, thereby forming waveguides for connecting the optical devices.
25. A method of testing an integrated circuit having electrical contracts formed thereon spaced apart a distance of less than about 50 μm, comprising the steps of: providing a flexible tester membrane including a plurality of probe points formed on one surface thereof, and a plurality of integrated circuits attached to an opposing surface thereof for providing test signals to the probe points; electrically interconnecting the integrated circuits to the probe * points by conductors extending through the tester membrane: and providing at least two of the probe points spaced apart less than about 50 μm.
26. The device of Claim 25, wherein at least two of the probe points are spaced apart by less than about 2 μm.
27. An integrated circuit assembly comprising: a plurality of vertically stacked flexible membranes each having semiconductor devices and interconnections between the semiconductor devices formed on the membrane; an array of optical transmitter semiconductor devices formed on one of the membranes; and an array of optical receiver semiconductor devices formed on a second of the membranes and aligned with the array of optical transmitter devices to receive optical transmissions of data therefrom.
28. The device of Claim 27, further comprising a second array of optical receiver semiconductor devices formed on one of the membranes for receiving optical transmissions from an external transmitter.
29. The device of Claim 27, wherein at least one of the membranes includes a transparent receiver for receiving the optical transmissions and simultaneously passively propagating the optical transmissions through the at least one membrane.
30. A method of making an integrated circuit interconnect membrane comprising: providing a substrate having a planner principal surface; coating the principal surface with a release agent; forming a flexible dielectric membrane on the release agent; forming conducting traces on the membrane; attaching integrated circuits to the conducting traces; and releasing the membrane from the substrate by activating the release agent.
31. A lift-off method of forming a conductive metal trace in a flexible membrane for electrical interconnection of integrated circuits mounted on the membrane, comprising the steps of: forming a resist layer on a surface of the membrane; patterning the resist layer, exposing a portion of the surface; isotopically etching the portion of the membrane at the exposed surface portion thereof, undercutting the resist layer and forming a groove in the membrane; depositing a layer of metal over the resist layer and in the groove; removing the resist layer and overlying metal layer; and forming a dielectric layer overlying the groove.
32. A method of forming a field effect transistor having a narrow gate and opposed gate contact, comprising the steps of: forming a silicon layer less than about 10 μm thick; forming a gate electrode over the principal surface of the silicon layer; forming a low stress dielectric layer less than about 10 μm thick over the silicon layer and over the gate electrode; forming doped regions in the silicon layer; etching a groove in the silicon layer from the surface opposing the principal surface thereof in a portion of the silicon layer underlying the gate electrode; depositing metal in the groove to a predetermined depth; etching away the opposing surface of the silicon layer to the predetermined depth; depositing a mask layer on the etched-away surface; patterning the mask layer, thereby exposing portions of the etched-away surface; forming additional doped regions in the silicon layer at the exposed portions of the etched-away surface; removing the mask layer; and etching away additional portions the §tched-away surface to the bottom of the groove, thereby removing all of the deposited metal.
33. The method of Claim 32, further comprising the steps of forming a trench in the silicon layer surrounding the active portion of the transistor.
34. A method of forming a multi-chip module using a flexible membrane to interconnect the chips, comprising the steps of: providing a flexible membrane; forming conductive traces on the membrane; and - mounting a plurality of integrated circuit die to the membrane at the traces.
35. The method of Claim 34, further comprising the steps of: forming a dielectric layer on the membrane; and forming additional metal traces on the dielectric layer.
36. The method of Claim 34, further comprising the step of providing a support ring attached to the edge of the membrane.
37. The method of Claim 36, wherein the step of mounting comprises the steps of: enclosing the membrane and support ring in a housing; and providing pressure in the housing to keep the membrane in contact with the integrated circuit die.
38. The method of Claim 34, further comprising the step of forming a hermetic seal between a surface of each die and the membrane.
39. The method of Claim 34, wherein the step of mounting comprises the steps of: providing a plurality of recesses in a surface of the membrane, each recess being associated with a bonding pad on one of the integrated circuit die; providing a solder bump on one of each bonding pad or the bottom of the associated recess; and forming a solder weld bond between each bonding pad and the associated recess by applying heat to the membrane.
40. The method of Claim 39, wherein the heat is applied to a surface of the membrane opposite to that in which the recesses are formed.
41. The method of Claim 39, wherein the die bonding pads are each less than about 2 mils in diameter.
42. A method of bonding an integrated circuit die to a flexible membrane, comprising the steps of: providing an integrated circuit die having at least one bonding pad formed overlying semiconductor devices of the integrated circuit die; and attaching the integrated circuit die to the flexible membrane by bonding the bonding pads to electrical traces on the membrane.
43. The method of Claim 42, wherein the step of attaching comprises: pressing the integrated circuit die against a surface of the membrane; providing solder at a point to be bonded; applying pressure to an opposing surface of the membrane; and heating the opposing surface of the membrane.
44. The method of Claim 43, further comprising the step of hermetically bonding an edge of the integrated circuit die to the membrane.
45. A method of aligning a lithographic fabrication tool to a substrate to be exposed by the tool, comprising the steps of: providing a first conductive coil pattern on a surface of the substrate; applying electrical current to the coil pattern; - providing a second conductive coil on a surface of the tool; bringing the surface of the tool near to the surface of the substrate; and sensing an electromagnetic field generated by the first coil in the second coil.
46. The method of Claim 5, wherein the electrical current is provided from contacts on the tool that contact the first coil.
47. A method of forming a transistor, comprising the steps of: providing a flexible membrane having a thin film of semiconductor material formed on the membrane; forming a trench in the semiconductor material; doping portions of the semiconductor material; laterally growing extensions of the sidewalis of the trench, thereby narrowing the trench to a predetermined width; filling the remaining width of the trench with semiconductor material doped at a concentration differing from a doping level of the extensions; and forming an electrical contact to the filled portion of the trench through the flexible membrane.
48. The method of Claim 47, further comprising the step of isolating the trench by forming additional trenches in the semiconductor material surrounding the first trench.
49. The method of Claim 47, further comprising the steps, prior to the step of laterally growing, of: forming a mask layer over a principal surface of the thin film of semiconductor material; etching away sidewalis of the trench, thereby forming a cavity under the mask layer; and laterally growing a plurality of differently doped layers of semiconductor material on the sidewalis of the cavity.
50. A field effect transistor comprising: a flexible dielectric membrane having a principal surface; a semiconductor film formed on the principal surface of the membrane, the semiconductor film including at least three doped layers; a contact to a first of the three doped layers formed through the membrane; a contact to a second of the doped layers formed on a principal surface of the semiconductor film; an insulating layer formed over an edge of the semiconductor film; and — a gate electrode formed overlying the insulating layer.
51. The device of Claim 50, wherein a portion of the third layer extends over edges of the first and second layers.
52. The device of Claim 1 wherein the third layer is located intermediate of the first and second layers, and a portion of the third layer extends over edges of the first and second layers, and wherein the contact to the third layer overlies the extended portion of the third layer.
53. A bipolar transistor comprising: a flexible dielectric membrane having a principal surface; a semiconductor film formed on the principal surface and including at least three doped layers; a contact to the first of the three layers formed through the membrane; and contacts to the second and the third layers.
54. A method of forming an intercohnect structure for a circuit membrane, comprising the steps of: providing a semiconductor film; forming a flexible dielectric membrane on a principal surface of the semiconductor film; forming a layer of amorphous silicon on the membrane; patterning the amorphous silicon layer to form trenches and vias therein; depositing a layer of metal over the patterned amoφhous silicon; patterning the deposited layer of metal, thereby forming metal traces; forming a second layer of amorphous silicon overlying the traces; patterning the second layer of amorphous silicon; forming a second dielectric layer over the second patterned layer of amorphous silicon; forming etch vias penetrating the dielectric layer to the underlying second layer of amorphous silicon; and removing the first and second layers of amorphous silicon through the etch vias, thereby leaving the metal traces supported at the vias by the dielectric membrane and overlain by the dielectric layer.
55. The method of Claim 4, further comprising the steps of: forming additional metal traces supported on the dielectric layer; and forming an additional dielectric layer overlying the additional metal traces.
56. The method of Claim 4, further comprising, after the step of forming the second layer of amorphous silicon, of depositing a layer of metal on the second layer of amorphous silicon.
57. A method of fabricating an integrated circuit comprising the steps of: providing a free standing membrane formed of a layer of low stress dielectric and a substrate layer; forming a plurality of transistors in the substrate layer; and forming interconnections on the dielectric layer between the transistors
58. A method of forming an interconnect circuit comprising the steps of: providing a free standing membrane formed of at least one layer of low stress dielectric; and forming a pattern of electrically conductive traces on the dielectric.
59. The method of Claim 58, wherein the step of providing comprises: providing a dielectric substrate less than about 100 mils thick; forming films of polycrystalline silicon on both surfaces of the substrate; and etching away a portion of the substrate; wherein the pattern of electrically conductive traces are formed by patterning a metal film deposited on at least one of the films of polycrystalline silicon.
60. A method of forming a field effect transistor comprising the steps of: providing a membrane comprising a semiconductor layer overlying a low stress dielectric layer; forming a drain region and a source region laterally spaced apart from the drain region in the semiconductor layer, a portion of the semiconductor layer between the source and drain regions being a gate region; forming an insulating layer overlying t;he semiconductor layer; and forming a gate electrode on the insulating layer, one edge of the gate electrode being in a plane defined by an interface of one of the source region or the drain region and the gate region, and a second edge of the gate electrode extending over the other of the drain region or source region.
61. A method of forming a transistor comprising the steps of: providing a flexible membrane including a low stress dielectric layer and a semiconductor layer; forming a first and a second doped regions in the semiconductor layer, the first and second doped regions being vertically spaced apart and separated by a control region; epitaxially growing an extension of the control region extending over an edge of the semiconductor layer and contacting edges of the first and second doped regions; and forming electrical contacts to the first and second doped regions and to extension of the control region.
62. A method of testing an integrated circuit comprising: providing a flexible free standing circuit membrane including a semiconductor layer and a flexible low stress dielectric layer, and having at least 100 probe points formed on its principal surface; providing a source of pressure against a back surface of the membrane, thereby contacting the integrated circuit being tested with the probe points; and moving the integrated circuit being tested laterally relative to the circuit membrane while in contact with the probe points.
63. The method of Claim 62, wherein the lateral motion is less than about 100 μm and is repeated.
64. A semiconductor processing lithography apparatus for maskless pattern generation comprising: an array of radiation source cells arranged in rows and columns, the array being formed on a flexible insulating membrane held in a support frame; control logic mounted on the membrane for controlling the cells, wherein each cell comprises: a source of radiation; a target on which the radiation is incident for generating X-rays; and an aperture for emitting the X-rays from the target onto a surface to be exposed.
65. The device of Claim 64, wherein each cell is in area less than about 50 μm by 50 μm.
66. The device of Claim 64, wherein the array includes at least one million cells.
67. A lithography pattern generating device comprising: an array of cells arranged in rows and columns, the array being formed on a flexible insulating membrane held in a support frame, each cell being individually controlled to permit passage of charged particles from an external source; and control logic mounted on the membrane for controlling each cell; wherein each cell comprises an aperture for emitting the particles onto a surface to be exposed.
68. A lithography pattern generating device comprising: an array of cells arranged in rows and columns, the array being formed on a flexible insulating membrane held in a support frame, each cell defining an aperture to permit passage of charged particles from a source; a movable shutter for covering each aperture; to block said passage; and control logic mounted on the membrane for controlling movement of each shutter.
69. A contact stepper printer lithography method comprising: providing a mask structure formed of a flexible membrane; bringing the mask structure adjacent to a substrate to be patterned; providing pressure against a backside of the mask structure thereby bringing a frontside of the mask structure to within a predetermined distance of the substrate; exposing a first portion of the substrate to a source of radiation propagating through the mask structure; moving the mask structure adjacent to a second portion of the substrate; and - exposing the second portion to the source of radiation propagating through the mask structure.
70. The method of Claim 69, wherein the predetermined distance is zero.
71. The method of Claim 69, further comprising the steps of: providing electric coils on both the frontside of the mask structure and on the substrate; and aligning the mask structure to the substrate by sensing an electric current present in a coil located on one of the mask structure and substrate in a coil located on the other of the mask structure and substrate.
72. The method of Claim 71 , further comprising: providing piezoelectric motion control for aligning the substrate relative to the mask structure in response to the sensed electric current.
73. A method of forming a lithographic fixed mask comprising the steps of: providing a membrane including a semiconductor layer on a first low stress dielectric layer; forming a metal layer on the semiconductor layer; patterning the metal layer, thereby removing portions thereof; selectively etching portions of the semiconductor layer underlying the removed portions of the metal layer; depositing a second low stress dielectric layer over the patterned semiconductor layer; and removing the first low stress dielectric layer.
74. A method of forming a fixed stencil lithographic mask comprising the steps of: providing a membrane including a semiconductor layer on a low stress dielectric layer; patterning the dielectric layer by etching away portions thereof; and selectively wet etching the silicon layer to remove portions thereof.
75. A method of forming a sensor diaphragm comprising the steps of: providing a semiconductor material substrate; forming a low stress dielectric layer on the substrate; and etching away a portion of the substrate, leaving a portion of the dielectric layer as a free standing diaphragm supported at its edges by the substrate.
76. The method of Claim 75, wherein the step of etching leaves a flexible layer of substrate material on the freestanding diaphragm.
77. The method of Claim 1, wherein each semiconductor device is electrically isolated by the insulating membrane from each of the other semiconductor devices.
78. The method of Claim 1, wherein each semiconductor device is electrically isolated from the substrate by the insulating membrane.
79. The method of Claim 1, wherein the low stress insulating membrane is in net surface low tensile stress.
80. The method of Claim 1, wherein the membrane is selected from the group consisting of silicon dioxide and silicon nitride.
81. The method of Claim 1, wherein the insulating membrane has a thickness in the range of about 2 to about 15 micrometers.
82. The method of Claim 1 , further comprising the step of etching a recess in a back surface of the substrate, [fig. 2b]
83. The method of Claim 1 , wherein the insulating membrane is formed of silicon dioxide.
84. The method of Claim 1 , wherein the insulating membrane is formed of silicon nitride.
85. The method of Claim 1, wherein the step of forming an etch barrier layer comprises epitaxial processing.
86. The method of Claim 85, wherein the step of epitaxial processing comprises: forming a heavily doped boron layer; and epitaxially growing a SiGe layer of less than 25% Ge on either side of the boron layer.
87. The method of Claim 1, wherein the substrate comprises polycrystalline silicon.
88. The method of Claim 1, wherein the substrate comprises a monocrystalline material.
89. The method of Claim 1, wherein the substrate comprises an amorphous material.
90. The method of Claim 6, wherein a width of the edge portion is less than about 1 cm.
91. The method of Claim 7, wherein the support ring has a thickness in the range of about 25 to about 100 mils.
92. The method of Claim 8, wherein the step of depositing is performed at a pressure of about 1.8 torr.
93. The method of Claim 9, wherein the step of depositing is performed at a pressure of about 2.3 torr.
94. The method of Claim 8, wherein the step of depositing includes applying both high and low radio frequency power.
95. The method of Claim 9, wherein the step of depositing includes applying both high and low radio frequency power.
96. The method of Claim 10, wherein the etch barrier layer is selected from the group consisting of boron, oxygen, nitrogen, and porous silicon.
97. The method of Clam 12, wherein the substrate comprises polycrystalline silicon.
98. The method of Claim 12, wherein the substrate comprises a monocrystalline material.
99. The method of Claim 12, wherein the substrate comprises an amorphous material.
100. The method of Claim 13, wherein the epitaxial layer includes germanium.
101. The method of Claim 18, wherein a depth of the recesses is about 75% of the additional thickness.
102. - The method of Claim 101, wherein a width of the recesses is about two to three times the depth of the recesses.
103. An integrated circuit formed by the method of Claim 1 , wherein the integrated circuit has a thickness less than about 50 μm.
104. A method of forming a circuit membrane comprising the steps of: providing a substrate having a principal surface and an opposing back surface; forming a tensile film of polysilicon on both the principal and back surfaces; depositing a low stress insulating membrane over the tensile film on the principal surface; and etching away a central portion of the film on the back surface, and etching away the underlying portion of the substrate.
105. An integrated circuit comprising: a semiconductor substrate; a plurality of semiconductor devices formed on a principal surface of the substrate; and a low stress insulating membrane formed over the semiconductor devices; wherein a thickness of the integrated circuit is about 50 μm.
106. An integrated circuit comprising: a semiconductor substrate; and a plurality of semiconductor devices formed on a principal surface of the substrate; wherein a thickness of the integrated circuit is less than about 50 μm.
PCT/US1993/003140 1992-04-08 1993-04-02 Membrane dielectric isolation ic fabrication WO1993021748A1 (en)

Priority Applications (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
BR9306232A BR9306232A (en) 1992-04-08 1993-04-02 Fabrication of membrane dielectric insulation ic
JP5518399A JPH07508614A (en) 1992-04-08 1993-04-02 Membrane insulation layer separation IC manufacturing
EP93910567A EP0641485A4 (en) 1992-04-08 1993-04-02 Membrane dielectric isolation ic fabrication.
KR20037014658A KR20040002953A (en) 1992-04-08 2003-11-11

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US07/865,412 US5354695A (en) 1992-04-08 1992-04-08 Membrane dielectric isolation IC fabrication
US07/865,412 1992-04-08

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO1993021748A1 true WO1993021748A1 (en) 1993-10-28

Family

ID=25345452

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US1993/003140 WO1993021748A1 (en) 1992-04-08 1993-04-02 Membrane dielectric isolation ic fabrication

Country Status (6)

Country Link
US (26) US5354695A (en)
EP (2) EP0641485A4 (en)
JP (5) JPH07508614A (en)
KR (4) KR100585616B1 (en)
BR (1) BR9306232A (en)
WO (1) WO1993021748A1 (en)

Cited By (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP0678912A2 (en) * 1994-04-20 1995-10-25 Texas Instruments Incorporated Isolation of transistors using trenches filled with dielectrics having low dielectric constant K
US6288561B1 (en) 1988-05-16 2001-09-11 Elm Technology Corporation Method and apparatus for probing, testing, burn-in, repairing and programming of integrated circuits in a closed environment using a single apparatus
KR100907885B1 (en) 2006-12-29 2009-07-15 동부일렉트로닉스 주식회사 Semiconductor device formation method
KR101455454B1 (en) 2011-06-16 2014-10-27 인피니언 테크놀로지스 아게 Semiconductor devices and methods of fabrication thereof
US9679856B2 (en) 2014-03-07 2017-06-13 Infineon Technologies Ag System and method for a microfabricated fracture test structure
CN108807657A (en) * 2017-04-26 2018-11-13 矽品精密工业股份有限公司 Package structure and method for fabricating the same

Families Citing this family (712)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5354695A (en) * 1992-04-08 1994-10-11 Leedy Glenn J Membrane dielectric isolation IC fabrication
NL9100327A (en) * 1991-02-25 1992-09-16 Philips Nv CATHODE.
US5946553A (en) * 1991-06-04 1999-08-31 Micron Technology, Inc. Process for manufacturing a semiconductor package with bi-substrate die
US6714625B1 (en) * 1992-04-08 2004-03-30 Elm Technology Corporation Lithography device for semiconductor circuit pattern generation
JP3526058B2 (en) * 1992-08-19 2004-05-10 セイコーインスツルメンツ株式会社 Semiconductor device for light valve
US5498895A (en) * 1993-07-07 1996-03-12 Actel Corporation Process ESD protection devices for use with antifuses
US5369054A (en) * 1993-07-07 1994-11-29 Actel Corporation Circuits for ESD protection of metal-to-metal antifuses during processing
US5382759A (en) * 1993-09-28 1995-01-17 Trw Inc. Massive parallel interconnection attachment using flexible circuit
EP0721662A1 (en) * 1993-09-30 1996-07-17 Kopin Corporation Three-dimensional processor using transferred thin film circuits
JP3239581B2 (en) * 1994-01-26 2001-12-17 富士通株式会社 Semiconductor integrated circuit manufacturing method and semiconductor integrated circuit
US5698473A (en) * 1994-03-16 1997-12-16 Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. Method for forming a silane based boron phosphorous silicate planarization structure
US6020257A (en) * 1995-06-07 2000-02-01 Elm Technology Corporation Membrane dielectric isolation IC fabrication
US6639578B1 (en) 1995-07-20 2003-10-28 E Ink Corporation Flexible displays
TW308719B (en) * 1995-10-23 1997-06-21 Dow Corning
US5891744A (en) * 1996-01-29 1999-04-06 Micron Technology, Inc. Method of monitoring a process of manufacturing a semiconductor wafer including hemispherical grain polysilicon
US5888412A (en) * 1996-03-04 1999-03-30 Motorola, Inc. Method for making a sculptured diaphragm
US6022792A (en) 1996-03-13 2000-02-08 Seiko Instruments, Inc. Semiconductor dicing and assembling method
US5949144A (en) * 1996-05-20 1999-09-07 Harris Corporation Pre-bond cavity air bridge
US6027958A (en) * 1996-07-11 2000-02-22 Kopin Corporation Transferred flexible integrated circuit
US5914613A (en) 1996-08-08 1999-06-22 Cascade Microtech, Inc. Membrane probing system with local contact scrub
US5777484A (en) * 1996-09-30 1998-07-07 Packard Hughes Interconnect Company Device for testing integrated circuit chips during vibration
SG83089A1 (en) * 1996-10-18 2001-09-18 Eg & G Internat Isolation process for surface micromachined sensors and actuators
US6368752B1 (en) * 1996-10-29 2002-04-09 Motorola, Inc. Low stress hard mask formation method during refractory radiation mask fabrication
FR2758907B1 (en) * 1997-01-27 1999-05-07 Commissariat Energie Atomique METHOD FOR OBTAINING A THIN FILM, PARTICULARLY A SEMICONDUCTOR, WITH A PROTECTED AREA OF IONS, AND INVOLVING AN ION IMPLANTATION STEP
US6080526A (en) * 1997-03-24 2000-06-27 Alliedsignal Inc. Integration of low-k polymers into interlevel dielectrics using controlled electron-beam radiation
US6551857B2 (en) * 1997-04-04 2003-04-22 Elm Technology Corporation Three dimensional structure integrated circuits
US5915167A (en) 1997-04-04 1999-06-22 Elm Technology Corporation Three dimensional structure memory
US6075278A (en) 1997-04-24 2000-06-13 Micron Technology, Inc. Aluminum based alloy bridge structure and method of forming same
JP3920399B2 (en) * 1997-04-25 2007-05-30 株式会社東芝 Multi-chip semiconductor device chip alignment method, and multi-chip semiconductor device manufacturing method and manufacturing apparatus
US5886401A (en) * 1997-09-02 1999-03-23 General Electric Company Structure and fabrication method for interconnecting light emitting diodes with metallization extending through vias in a polymer film overlying the light emitting diodes
US6085962A (en) * 1997-09-08 2000-07-11 Micron Technology, Inc. Wire bond monitoring system for layered packages
US6833242B2 (en) * 1997-09-23 2004-12-21 California Institute Of Technology Methods for detecting and sorting polynucleotides based on size
JPH11166935A (en) * 1997-09-25 1999-06-22 Canon Inc Light probe for light detection or irradiation, near-field optical microscope provided with the probe, manufacture of the light probe and substrate used for its manufacture
US5972193A (en) * 1997-10-10 1999-10-26 Industrial Technology Research Institute Method of manufacturing a planar coil using a transparency substrate
DE19752208A1 (en) * 1997-11-25 1999-06-02 Bosch Gmbh Robert Thermal membrane sensor and method for its manufacture
US6221537B1 (en) * 1997-12-19 2001-04-24 Motorola, Inc. Method of forming mask with angled struts of reduced height
US6875681B1 (en) * 1997-12-31 2005-04-05 Intel Corporation Wafer passivation structure and method of fabrication
US6178360B1 (en) * 1998-02-05 2001-01-23 Micron Technology, Inc. Methods and apparatus for determining optimum exposure threshold for a given photolithographic model
US6704133B2 (en) 1998-03-18 2004-03-09 E-Ink Corporation Electro-optic display overlays and systems for addressing such displays
US6145438A (en) * 1998-03-20 2000-11-14 Berglund; C. Neil Method and apparatus for direct writing of semiconductor die using microcolumn array
US6379981B2 (en) 1998-03-27 2002-04-30 Micron Technology, Inc. Methods incorporating detectable atoms into etching processes
US7075502B1 (en) 1998-04-10 2006-07-11 E Ink Corporation Full color reflective display with multichromatic sub-pixels
US6033489A (en) * 1998-05-29 2000-03-07 Fairchild Semiconductor Corp. Semiconductor substrate and method of making same
US6256882B1 (en) 1998-07-14 2001-07-10 Cascade Microtech, Inc. Membrane probing system
US6310985B1 (en) * 1998-07-29 2001-10-30 Electroglas, Inc. Measuring angular rotation of an object
US6249010B1 (en) * 1998-08-17 2001-06-19 National Semiconductor Corporation Dielectric-based anti-fuse cell with polysilicon contact plug and method for its manufacture
KR100276429B1 (en) * 1998-09-07 2000-12-15 정선종 Fabricatuon method of micro vacuum structure
US6924781B1 (en) 1998-09-11 2005-08-02 Visible Tech-Knowledgy, Inc. Smart electronic label employing electronic ink
US7157314B2 (en) * 1998-11-16 2007-01-02 Sandisk Corporation Vertically stacked field programmable nonvolatile memory and method of fabrication
US6165695A (en) * 1998-12-01 2000-12-26 Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. Thin resist with amorphous silicon hard mask for via etch application
WO2000035000A1 (en) * 1998-12-08 2000-06-15 Cvc Products, Inc. Ultra high-speed semiconductor integrated circuit interconnect structure and fabrication method using free-space dielectric
US6965165B2 (en) 1998-12-21 2005-11-15 Mou-Shiung Lin Top layers of metal for high performance IC's
DE60042666D1 (en) * 1999-01-14 2009-09-17 Panasonic Corp Semiconductor component and method for its production
JP3798569B2 (en) 1999-02-23 2006-07-19 ローム株式会社 Manufacturing method of semiconductor device
JP2000349348A (en) * 1999-03-31 2000-12-15 Toyoda Gosei Co Ltd Short wavelength led lamp unit
US6617671B1 (en) 1999-06-10 2003-09-09 Micron Technology, Inc. High density stackable and flexible substrate-based semiconductor device modules
KR100314622B1 (en) * 1999-06-15 2001-11-17 이형도 Micro sensor and it's method of package
DE19928297A1 (en) * 1999-06-22 2000-12-28 Bosch Gmbh Robert Production of a sensor with a membrane comprises depositing a silicon nitride layer by a LPCVD or PECVD process on a surface of a silicon substrate, and etching a recess from the underside of the substrate
KR100345681B1 (en) * 1999-06-24 2002-07-27 주식회사 하이닉스반도체 Method of fabricating triple well of semiconductor device using SEG
US6445202B1 (en) 1999-06-30 2002-09-03 Cascade Microtech, Inc. Probe station thermal chuck with shielding for capacitive current
US6258491B1 (en) * 1999-07-27 2001-07-10 Etec Systems, Inc. Mask for high resolution optical lithography
US6876053B1 (en) * 1999-08-13 2005-04-05 Intel Corporation Isolation structure configurations for modifying stresses in semiconductor devices
US6194246B1 (en) * 1999-08-25 2001-02-27 Motorola Inc. Process for fabricating electronic devices having a thermally conductive substrate
US6387600B1 (en) * 1999-08-25 2002-05-14 Micron Technology, Inc. Protective layer during lithography and etch
US6476401B1 (en) 1999-09-16 2002-11-05 Applied Materials, Inc. Moving photocathode with continuous regeneration for image conversion in electron beam lithography
US6500694B1 (en) 2000-03-22 2002-12-31 Ziptronix, Inc. Three dimensional device integration method and integrated device
US6984571B1 (en) 1999-10-01 2006-01-10 Ziptronix, Inc. Three dimensional device integration method and integrated device
KR100304713B1 (en) * 1999-10-12 2001-11-02 윤종용 Semiconductor device having quasi-SOI structure and manufacturing method thereof
US6559020B1 (en) 1999-10-20 2003-05-06 Applied Micro Circuits Corporation Bipolar device with silicon germanium (SiGe) base region
US6329690B1 (en) 1999-10-22 2001-12-11 International Business Machines Corporation Method and apparatus to match semiconductor device performance
US6448106B1 (en) * 1999-11-09 2002-09-10 Fujitsu Limited Modules with pins and methods for making modules with pins
US6165891A (en) * 1999-11-22 2000-12-26 Chartered Semiconductor Manufacturing Ltd. Damascene structure with reduced capacitance using a carbon nitride, boron nitride, or boron carbon nitride passivation layer, etch stop layer, and/or cap layer
US6574077B1 (en) 1999-12-02 2003-06-03 Seagate Technology Llc Microactuator assembly having improved standoff configuration
US6197663B1 (en) 1999-12-07 2001-03-06 Lucent Technologies Inc. Process for fabricating integrated circuit devices having thin film transistors
SE517455C2 (en) * 1999-12-15 2002-06-11 Ericsson Telefon Ab L M Power transistor module, power amplifier and method of manufacture thereof
SE517852C2 (en) 1999-12-15 2002-07-23 Ericsson Telefon Ab L M Power transistor module, power amplifier and method of manufacture thereof
US6291858B1 (en) 2000-01-03 2001-09-18 International Business Machines Corporation Multistack 3-dimensional high density semiconductor device and method for fabrication
JP2001196524A (en) * 2000-01-12 2001-07-19 Seiko Epson Corp Method of manufacturing connection substrate, connection substrate, method of manufacturing semiconductor device and semiconductor device
US6414396B1 (en) 2000-01-24 2002-07-02 Amkor Technology, Inc. Package for stacked integrated circuits
US6902987B1 (en) 2000-02-16 2005-06-07 Ziptronix, Inc. Method for low temperature bonding and bonded structure
US6586682B2 (en) 2000-02-23 2003-07-01 Kulicke & Soffa Holdings, Inc. Printed wiring board with controlled line impedance
US6759746B1 (en) * 2000-03-17 2004-07-06 Robert Bruce Davies Die attachment and method
US6544837B1 (en) 2000-03-17 2003-04-08 International Business Machines Corporation SOI stacked DRAM logic
JP4585661B2 (en) * 2000-03-31 2010-11-24 キヤノン株式会社 Electro-optical array, charged particle beam exposure apparatus, and device manufacturing method
US6888750B2 (en) * 2000-04-28 2005-05-03 Matrix Semiconductor, Inc. Nonvolatile memory on SOI and compound semiconductor substrates and method of fabrication
US8575719B2 (en) 2000-04-28 2013-11-05 Sandisk 3D Llc Silicon nitride antifuse for use in diode-antifuse memory arrays
US6578436B1 (en) * 2000-05-16 2003-06-17 Fidelica Microsystems, Inc. Method and apparatus for pressure sensing
TW458446U (en) 2000-06-16 2001-10-01 Lucent Trans Electronics Co Lt External dialer of mobile phone with illumination function
DE10030352A1 (en) * 2000-06-21 2002-01-10 Bosch Gmbh Robert Micromechanical component, in particular sensor element, with a stabilized membrane and method for producing such a component
US6829753B2 (en) * 2000-06-27 2004-12-07 Fluidigm Corporation Microfluidic design automation method and system
US6426559B1 (en) 2000-06-29 2002-07-30 National Semiconductor Corporation Miniature 3D multi-chip module
AU2001274970A1 (en) * 2000-06-30 2002-01-14 Motorola, Inc. Vertically-stacked integrated circuits with wide bandwidth ports
US6445667B1 (en) 2000-07-11 2002-09-03 Iomega Corporation Optical servo writing
US6563133B1 (en) 2000-08-09 2003-05-13 Ziptronix, Inc. Method of epitaxial-like wafer bonding at low temperature and bonded structure
US6824981B2 (en) * 2000-08-11 2004-11-30 Agilix Corporation Ultra-sensitive detection systems using alterable peptide tags
EP2988331B1 (en) 2000-08-14 2019-01-09 SanDisk Technologies LLC Semiconductor memory device
US6965226B2 (en) 2000-09-05 2005-11-15 Cascade Microtech, Inc. Chuck for holding a device under test
US6914423B2 (en) 2000-09-05 2005-07-05 Cascade Microtech, Inc. Probe station
EP1334347A1 (en) 2000-09-15 2003-08-13 California Institute Of Technology Microfabricated crossflow devices and methods
WO2002025630A2 (en) * 2000-09-20 2002-03-28 Molecular Reflections Microfabricated ultrasound array for use as resonant sensors
GB2371922B (en) * 2000-09-21 2004-12-15 Cambridge Semiconductor Ltd Semiconductor device and method of forming a semiconductor device
JP5392959B2 (en) 2000-09-21 2014-01-22 ケンブリッジ セミコンダクター リミテッド Semiconductor device and method for forming a semiconductor device
WO2002030486A2 (en) * 2000-10-13 2002-04-18 Fluidigm Corporation Microfluidic device based sample injection system for analytical devices
WO2002065005A1 (en) * 2000-11-06 2002-08-22 California Institute Of Technology Electrostatic valves for microfluidic devices
DE20114544U1 (en) 2000-12-04 2002-02-21 Cascade Microtech, Inc., Beaverton, Oreg. wafer probe
EP1227496A1 (en) * 2001-01-17 2002-07-31 Cavendish Kinetics Limited Non-volatile memory
US7435613B2 (en) * 2001-02-12 2008-10-14 Agere Systems Inc. Methods of fabricating a membrane with improved mechanical integrity
US7352199B2 (en) 2001-02-20 2008-04-01 Sandisk Corporation Memory card with enhanced testability and methods of making and using the same
US6629756B2 (en) 2001-02-20 2003-10-07 Lexmark International, Inc. Ink jet printheads and methods therefor
US6850080B2 (en) * 2001-03-19 2005-02-01 Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. Inspection method and inspection apparatus
SG117406A1 (en) 2001-03-19 2005-12-29 Miconductor Energy Lab Co Ltd Method of manufacturing a semiconductor device
US20020142478A1 (en) * 2001-03-28 2002-10-03 Hiroyuki Wado Gas sensor and method of fabricating a gas sensor
US6613687B2 (en) 2001-03-28 2003-09-02 Lexmark International, Inc. Reverse reactive ion patterning of metal oxide films
US6897514B2 (en) 2001-03-28 2005-05-24 Matrix Semiconductor, Inc. Two mask floating gate EEPROM and method of making
WO2002081729A2 (en) * 2001-04-06 2002-10-17 California Institute Of Technology Nucleic acid amplification utilizing microfluidic devices
US6748994B2 (en) 2001-04-11 2004-06-15 Avery Dennison Corporation Label applicator, method and label therefor
US6872581B2 (en) * 2001-04-16 2005-03-29 Nptest, Inc. Measuring back-side voltage of an integrated circuit
JP2002324773A (en) * 2001-04-25 2002-11-08 Nec Corp Manufacturing method for semiconductor device
US6759282B2 (en) 2001-06-12 2004-07-06 International Business Machines Corporation Method and structure for buried circuits and devices
US6736982B2 (en) * 2001-06-15 2004-05-18 Xiang Zheng Tu Micromachined vertical vibrating gyroscope
JP4166035B2 (en) * 2001-06-18 2008-10-15 富士通テン株式会社 Mounting structure, mounting method and mounting apparatus for high-frequency circuit components
DE10129346B4 (en) * 2001-06-19 2006-08-31 Infineon Technologies Ag Method for producing a semiconductor component
US6740567B2 (en) 2001-06-20 2004-05-25 Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Co., Ltd Laminating method for forming integrated circuit microelectronic fabrication
US6844235B1 (en) * 2001-07-31 2005-01-18 Cypress Semiconductor Corporation Reticle repeater monitor wafer and method for verifying reticles
US6593624B2 (en) 2001-09-25 2003-07-15 Matrix Semiconductor, Inc. Thin film transistors with vertically offset drain regions
US6841813B2 (en) * 2001-08-13 2005-01-11 Matrix Semiconductor, Inc. TFT mask ROM and method for making same
US6843421B2 (en) 2001-08-13 2005-01-18 Matrix Semiconductor, Inc. Molded memory module and method of making the module absent a substrate support
US6525953B1 (en) 2001-08-13 2003-02-25 Matrix Semiconductor, Inc. Vertically-stacked, field-programmable, nonvolatile memory and method of fabrication
US7355420B2 (en) 2001-08-21 2008-04-08 Cascade Microtech, Inc. Membrane probing system
US6744114B2 (en) * 2001-08-29 2004-06-01 Honeywell International Inc. Package with integrated inductor and/or capacitor
US7075162B2 (en) * 2001-08-30 2006-07-11 Fluidigm Corporation Electrostatic/electrostrictive actuation of elastomer structures using compliant electrodes
US6809378B2 (en) 2001-08-30 2004-10-26 Micron Technology, Inc. Structure for temporarily isolating a die from a common conductor to facilitate wafer level testing
JP2003106895A (en) * 2001-10-01 2003-04-09 Nec Corp Thermal infrared detecting element and method of manufacturing the same
WO2003031066A1 (en) 2001-10-11 2003-04-17 California Institute Of Technology Devices utilizing self-assembled gel and method of manufacture
US20030073302A1 (en) * 2001-10-12 2003-04-17 Reflectivity, Inc., A California Corporation Methods for formation of air gap interconnects
US8440093B1 (en) 2001-10-26 2013-05-14 Fuidigm Corporation Methods and devices for electronic and magnetic sensing of the contents of microfluidic flow channels
US6674157B2 (en) * 2001-11-02 2004-01-06 Fairchild Semiconductor Corporation Semiconductor package comprising vertical power transistor
US6624485B2 (en) 2001-11-05 2003-09-23 Matrix Semiconductor, Inc. Three-dimensional, mask-programmed read only memory
JP2005514603A (en) * 2001-11-06 2005-05-19 アジリックス・コーポレイション High sensitivity coded detection system
KR100491179B1 (en) * 2001-11-21 2005-05-24 마츠시타 덴끼 산교 가부시키가이샤 Thinned circuit substrate and its manufacturing method
AU2002352866A1 (en) * 2001-11-26 2003-06-10 Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation Stress control of semiconductor microstructures for thin film growth
US7691333B2 (en) 2001-11-30 2010-04-06 Fluidigm Corporation Microfluidic device and methods of using same
AU2002351187A1 (en) * 2001-11-30 2003-06-17 Fluidigm Corporation Microfluidic device and methods of using same
US6548314B1 (en) * 2001-12-10 2003-04-15 Infineon Technologies Ag Method for enabling access to micro-sections of integrated circuits on a wafer
JP4159778B2 (en) * 2001-12-27 2008-10-01 三菱電機株式会社 IC package, optical transmitter and optical receiver
US6576560B1 (en) * 2002-02-05 2003-06-10 Macronix International Co., Ltd. Method for avoiding the fluorination of the metal contact of the semiconductor device
US20030155582A1 (en) * 2002-02-19 2003-08-21 Maitreyee Mahajani Gate dielectric structures for integrated circuits and methods for making and using such gate dielectric structures
US6731011B2 (en) 2002-02-19 2004-05-04 Matrix Semiconductor, Inc. Memory module having interconnected and stacked integrated circuits
KR100438160B1 (en) * 2002-03-05 2004-07-01 삼성전자주식회사 Device having inductor and capacitor and a fabrication method thereof
US6853049B2 (en) 2002-03-13 2005-02-08 Matrix Semiconductor, Inc. Silicide-silicon oxide-semiconductor antifuse device and method of making
US7804236B2 (en) * 2002-03-20 2010-09-28 Copytele, Inc. Flat panel display incorporating control frame
US7723908B2 (en) * 2002-03-20 2010-05-25 Copytele, Inc. Flat panel display incorporating a control frame
US20030183888A1 (en) * 2002-03-28 2003-10-02 Eyal Bar-Sadeh Corrugated diaphragm
US7352258B2 (en) * 2002-03-28 2008-04-01 Cascade Microtech, Inc. Waveguide adapter for probe assembly having a detachable bias tee
US7312085B2 (en) * 2002-04-01 2007-12-25 Fluidigm Corporation Microfluidic particle-analysis systems
EP2666849A3 (en) 2002-04-01 2014-05-28 Fluidigm Corporation Microfluidic particle-analysis systems
US6821848B2 (en) * 2002-04-02 2004-11-23 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Tunnel-junction structures and methods
US7117588B2 (en) * 2002-04-23 2006-10-10 Ge Medical Systems Global Technology Company, Llc Method for assembling tiled detectors for ionizing radiation based image detection
US6628001B1 (en) * 2002-05-17 2003-09-30 Agere Systems Inc. Integrated circuit die having alignment marks in the bond pad region and method of manufacturing same
US6620638B1 (en) * 2002-06-05 2003-09-16 Micron Technology, Inc. Testing of multi-chip electronic modules
JP2004022901A (en) * 2002-06-18 2004-01-22 Seiko Epson Corp Optical interconnection integrated circuit, method for manufacturing optical interconnection integrated circuit, electro-optical device, and electronic apparatus
US8168139B2 (en) * 2002-06-24 2012-05-01 Fluidigm Corporation Recirculating fluidic network and methods for using the same
US6737675B2 (en) 2002-06-27 2004-05-18 Matrix Semiconductor, Inc. High density 3D rail stack arrays
US7302672B2 (en) * 2002-07-12 2007-11-27 Cadence Design Systems, Inc. Method and system for context-specific mask writing
WO2004008245A2 (en) * 2002-07-12 2004-01-22 Cadence Design Systems, Inc. Method and system for context-specific mask inspection
EP1543451A4 (en) * 2002-07-12 2010-11-17 Cadence Design Systems Inc Method and system for context-specific mask writing
US7402897B2 (en) * 2002-08-08 2008-07-22 Elm Technology Corporation Vertical system integration
KR100475716B1 (en) * 2002-08-13 2005-03-10 매그나칩 반도체 유한회사 Structure and method for stacking multi-wafer of merged memory and logic device
DE10242661A1 (en) * 2002-09-13 2004-03-25 Conti Temic Microelectronic Gmbh Production of insulating structures used in the production of micromechanical sensors and in acceleration sensors for vehicle air bags comprises forming trenches in a substrate, and forming a functional structure in the substrate material
JP2004111601A (en) * 2002-09-18 2004-04-08 Tokyo Seimitsu Co Ltd Die bonder
JP2004134762A (en) * 2002-09-19 2004-04-30 Denso Corp Semiconductor device
EP2213615A3 (en) 2002-09-25 2012-02-29 California Institute of Technology Microfluidic Large Scale Integration
US6765152B2 (en) * 2002-09-27 2004-07-20 International Business Machines Corporation Multichip module having chips on two sides
US8871446B2 (en) 2002-10-02 2014-10-28 California Institute Of Technology Microfluidic nucleic acid analysis
US6845664B1 (en) 2002-10-03 2005-01-25 The United States Of America As Represented By The Administrator Of National Aeronautics And Space Administration MEMS direct chip attach packaging methodologies and apparatuses for harsh environments
US7036109B1 (en) 2002-10-17 2006-04-25 Credence Systems Corporation Imaging integrated circuits with focused ion beam
FR2846788B1 (en) * 2002-10-30 2005-06-17 PROCESS FOR PRODUCING DETACHABLE SUBSTRATES
US7388259B2 (en) * 2002-11-25 2008-06-17 International Business Machines Corporation Strained finFET CMOS device structures
TW574744B (en) * 2002-12-27 2004-02-01 Nanya Technology Corp Misalignment test structure and method thereof
US6948860B1 (en) * 2003-02-21 2005-09-27 Edwards Phillip J Optical subassembly for optoelectronic devices
US10874255B2 (en) 2003-03-19 2020-12-29 Melton John Losoya Food holding apparatuses and methods of use and manufacture
US7335971B2 (en) * 2003-03-31 2008-02-26 Robert Bosch Gmbh Method for protecting encapsulated sensor structures using stack packaging
DE10314503B4 (en) * 2003-03-31 2008-07-31 Advanced Micro Devices, Inc., Sunnyvale Improved integrated semiconductor structure for reliability testing of dielectrics
AU2004228678A1 (en) * 2003-04-03 2004-10-21 Fluidigm Corp. Microfluidic devices and methods of using same
US8828663B2 (en) * 2005-03-18 2014-09-09 Fluidigm Corporation Thermal reaction device and method for using the same
US20050145496A1 (en) * 2003-04-03 2005-07-07 Federico Goodsaid Thermal reaction device and method for using the same
US7476363B2 (en) * 2003-04-03 2009-01-13 Fluidigm Corporation Microfluidic devices and methods of using same
US7604965B2 (en) 2003-04-03 2009-10-20 Fluidigm Corporation Thermal reaction device and method for using the same
US6753239B1 (en) 2003-04-04 2004-06-22 Xilinx, Inc. Bond and back side etchback transistor fabrication process
US6864156B1 (en) 2003-04-04 2005-03-08 Xilinx, Inc. Semiconductor wafer with well contacts on back side
US7109092B2 (en) 2003-05-19 2006-09-19 Ziptronix, Inc. Method of room temperature covalent bonding
AU2004240944A1 (en) 2003-05-20 2004-12-02 Fluidigm Corporation Method and system for microfluidic device and imaging thereof
SE527896C2 (en) * 2003-05-20 2006-07-04 Aamic Ab Optical test device for biological samples, as well as a microarray for the device and the method for its use
US7492172B2 (en) 2003-05-23 2009-02-17 Cascade Microtech, Inc. Chuck for holding a device under test
US7057404B2 (en) 2003-05-23 2006-06-06 Sharp Laboratories Of America, Inc. Shielded probe for testing a device under test
KR100546172B1 (en) * 2003-05-23 2006-01-24 주식회사 하이닉스반도체 Input / output byte control device using nonvolatile ferroelectric register
US6887798B2 (en) * 2003-05-30 2005-05-03 International Business Machines Corporation STI stress modification by nitrogen plasma treatment for improving performance in small width devices
US6859330B2 (en) * 2003-06-04 2005-02-22 Intel Corporation Micromachined pellicle splitters and tunable laser modules incorporating same
US7329923B2 (en) * 2003-06-17 2008-02-12 International Business Machines Corporation High-performance CMOS devices on hybrid crystal oriented substrates
US7087506B2 (en) * 2003-06-26 2006-08-08 International Business Machines Corporation Method of forming freestanding semiconductor layer
US7279746B2 (en) * 2003-06-30 2007-10-09 International Business Machines Corporation High performance CMOS device structures and method of manufacture
US20050010310A1 (en) * 2003-07-11 2005-01-13 Touzov Igor Victorovich Method of alignment for precision tools.
US7024638B2 (en) * 2003-07-14 2006-04-04 Cadence Design Systems, Inc. Method for creating patterns for producing integrated circuits
US7583853B2 (en) * 2003-07-28 2009-09-01 Fluidigm Corporation Image processing method and system for microfluidic devices
DE10335260A1 (en) * 2003-08-01 2005-02-17 Daimlerchrysler Ag Secondary air conveyor for an internal combustion engine
US7413712B2 (en) * 2003-08-11 2008-08-19 California Institute Of Technology Microfluidic rotary flow reactor matrix
DE602004032172D1 (en) 2003-09-03 2011-05-19 Visible Tech Knowledgy Inc ELECTRONICALLY UPDATABLE LABEL AND DISPLAY
US7410846B2 (en) * 2003-09-09 2008-08-12 International Business Machines Corporation Method for reduced N+ diffusion in strained Si on SiGe substrate
US6890808B2 (en) * 2003-09-10 2005-05-10 International Business Machines Corporation Method and structure for improved MOSFETs using poly/silicide gate height control
US6887751B2 (en) 2003-09-12 2005-05-03 International Business Machines Corporation MOSFET performance improvement using deformation in SOI structure
US7170126B2 (en) * 2003-09-16 2007-01-30 International Business Machines Corporation Structure of vertical strained silicon devices
FI20031341A (en) 2003-09-18 2005-03-19 Imbera Electronics Oy Method for manufacturing an electronic module
US7713841B2 (en) * 2003-09-19 2010-05-11 Micron Technology, Inc. Methods for thinning semiconductor substrates that employ support structures formed on the substrates
US20050064679A1 (en) * 2003-09-19 2005-03-24 Farnworth Warren M. Consolidatable composite materials, articles of manufacture formed therefrom, and fabrication methods
US20050064683A1 (en) * 2003-09-19 2005-03-24 Farnworth Warren M. Method and apparatus for supporting wafers for die singulation and subsequent handling
US6869866B1 (en) 2003-09-22 2005-03-22 International Business Machines Corporation Silicide proximity structures for CMOS device performance improvements
US7144767B2 (en) * 2003-09-23 2006-12-05 International Business Machines Corporation NFETs using gate induced stress modulation
US6872641B1 (en) * 2003-09-23 2005-03-29 International Business Machines Corporation Strained silicon on relaxed sige film with uniform misfit dislocation density
US8529724B2 (en) * 2003-10-01 2013-09-10 The Charles Stark Draper Laboratory, Inc. Anodic bonding of silicon carbide to glass
US7459790B2 (en) * 2003-10-15 2008-12-02 Megica Corporation Post passivation interconnection schemes on top of the IC chips
US7119403B2 (en) * 2003-10-16 2006-10-10 International Business Machines Corporation High performance strained CMOS devices
US7037770B2 (en) * 2003-10-20 2006-05-02 International Business Machines Corporation Method of manufacturing strained dislocation-free channels for CMOS
US7303949B2 (en) * 2003-10-20 2007-12-04 International Business Machines Corporation High performance stress-enhanced MOSFETs using Si:C and SiGe epitaxial source/drain and method of manufacture
US7250626B2 (en) 2003-10-22 2007-07-31 Cascade Microtech, Inc. Probe testing structure
US7129126B2 (en) * 2003-11-05 2006-10-31 International Business Machines Corporation Method and structure for forming strained Si for CMOS devices
US7015082B2 (en) * 2003-11-06 2006-03-21 International Business Machines Corporation High mobility CMOS circuits
US7029964B2 (en) * 2003-11-13 2006-04-18 International Business Machines Corporation Method of manufacturing a strained silicon on a SiGe on SOI substrate
US7122849B2 (en) * 2003-11-14 2006-10-17 International Business Machines Corporation Stressed semiconductor device structures having granular semiconductor material
US7247534B2 (en) 2003-11-19 2007-07-24 International Business Machines Corporation Silicon device on Si:C-OI and SGOI and method of manufacture
DE10356885B4 (en) * 2003-12-03 2005-11-03 Schott Ag Method of housing components and housed component
US7198995B2 (en) * 2003-12-12 2007-04-03 International Business Machines Corporation Strained finFETs and method of manufacture
JP2007517231A (en) 2003-12-24 2007-06-28 カスケード マイクロテック インコーポレイテッド Active wafer probe
US7187188B2 (en) 2003-12-24 2007-03-06 Cascade Microtech, Inc. Chuck with integrated wafer support
US7247912B2 (en) * 2004-01-05 2007-07-24 International Business Machines Corporation Structures and methods for making strained MOSFETs
US7015146B2 (en) * 2004-01-06 2006-03-21 International Business Machines Corporation Method of processing backside unlayering of MOSFET devices for electrical and physical characterization including a collimated ion plasma
US7118999B2 (en) * 2004-01-16 2006-10-10 International Business Machines Corporation Method and apparatus to increase strain effect in a transistor channel
US7381609B2 (en) 2004-01-16 2008-06-03 International Business Machines Corporation Method and structure for controlling stress in a transistor channel
US7202132B2 (en) 2004-01-16 2007-04-10 International Business Machines Corporation Protecting silicon germanium sidewall with silicon for strained silicon/silicon germanium MOSFETs
US7923782B2 (en) * 2004-02-27 2011-04-12 International Business Machines Corporation Hybrid SOI/bulk semiconductor transistors
DE102004010295A1 (en) * 2004-03-03 2005-09-22 Robert Bosch Gmbh Micromechanical component and corresponding manufacturing method
US7205206B2 (en) * 2004-03-03 2007-04-17 International Business Machines Corporation Method of fabricating mobility enhanced CMOS devices
US6956272B2 (en) * 2004-03-10 2005-10-18 Micron Technology, Inc. Support frame for semiconductor packages
CN1771471A (en) * 2004-03-29 2006-05-10 松下电器产业株式会社 Cell, packaging system, and method for fabricating the packaging system
US7504693B2 (en) * 2004-04-23 2009-03-17 International Business Machines Corporation Dislocation free stressed channels in bulk silicon and SOI CMOS devices by gate stress engineering
US7244665B2 (en) * 2004-04-29 2007-07-17 Micron Technology, Inc. Wafer edge ring structures and methods of formation
US8025831B2 (en) * 2004-05-24 2011-09-27 Agency For Science, Technology And Research Imprinting of supported and free-standing 3-D micro- or nano-structures
US7223994B2 (en) * 2004-06-03 2007-05-29 International Business Machines Corporation Strained Si on multiple materials for bulk or SOI substrates
US7037794B2 (en) * 2004-06-09 2006-05-02 International Business Machines Corporation Raised STI process for multiple gate ox and sidewall protection on strained Si/SGOI structure with elevated source/drain
US7547978B2 (en) * 2004-06-14 2009-06-16 Micron Technology, Inc. Underfill and encapsulation of semiconductor assemblies with materials having differing properties
FI117814B (en) * 2004-06-15 2007-02-28 Imbera Electronics Oy A method for manufacturing an electronic module
US7002247B2 (en) * 2004-06-18 2006-02-21 International Business Machines Corporation Thermal interposer for thermal management of semiconductor devices
US7227205B2 (en) * 2004-06-24 2007-06-05 International Business Machines Corporation Strained-silicon CMOS device and method
TWI463526B (en) * 2004-06-24 2014-12-01 Ibm Improved strained-silicon cmos device and method
US7288443B2 (en) * 2004-06-29 2007-10-30 International Business Machines Corporation Structures and methods for manufacturing p-type MOSFET with graded embedded silicon-germanium source-drain and/or extension
US7507638B2 (en) * 2004-06-30 2009-03-24 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Ultra-thin die and method of fabricating same
US7217949B2 (en) * 2004-07-01 2007-05-15 International Business Machines Corporation Strained Si MOSFET on tensile-strained SiGe-on-insulator (SGOI)
US6991998B2 (en) * 2004-07-02 2006-01-31 International Business Machines Corporation Ultra-thin, high quality strained silicon-on-insulator formed by elastic strain transfer
US7384829B2 (en) 2004-07-23 2008-06-10 International Business Machines Corporation Patterned strained semiconductor substrate and device
US20060144778A1 (en) * 2004-07-29 2006-07-06 Grunthaner Frank J Low stress, ultra-thin, uniform membrane, methods of fabricating same and incorporation into detection devices
JP2006059839A (en) * 2004-08-17 2006-03-02 Oki Electric Ind Co Ltd Semiconductor device and its manufacturing method
US7235431B2 (en) 2004-09-02 2007-06-26 Micron Technology, Inc. Methods for packaging a plurality of semiconductor dice using a flowable dielectric material
US7420381B2 (en) 2004-09-13 2008-09-02 Cascade Microtech, Inc. Double sided probing structures
JP2006108431A (en) * 2004-10-06 2006-04-20 Sharp Corp Semiconductor device
US7430128B2 (en) * 2004-10-18 2008-09-30 E.I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Capacitive/resistive devices, organic dielectric laminates and printed wiring boards incorporating such devices, and methods of making thereof
US8981876B2 (en) 2004-11-15 2015-03-17 Avago Technologies General Ip (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. Piezoelectric resonator structures and electrical filters having frame elements
US7193254B2 (en) * 2004-11-30 2007-03-20 International Business Machines Corporation Structure and method of applying stresses to PFET and NFET transistor channels for improved performance
US7985677B2 (en) * 2004-11-30 2011-07-26 Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. Method of manufacturing semiconductor device
US7696625B2 (en) * 2004-11-30 2010-04-13 Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. Semiconductor device and method for manufacturing the same
US7365848B2 (en) * 2004-12-01 2008-04-29 Asml Holding N.V. System and method using visible and infrared light to align and measure alignment patterns on multiple layers
US7238565B2 (en) * 2004-12-08 2007-07-03 International Business Machines Corporation Methodology for recovery of hot carrier induced degradation in bipolar devices
US7262087B2 (en) * 2004-12-14 2007-08-28 International Business Machines Corporation Dual stressed SOI substrates
US7173312B2 (en) * 2004-12-15 2007-02-06 International Business Machines Corporation Structure and method to generate local mechanical gate stress for MOSFET channel mobility modification
CN1622730A (en) * 2004-12-16 2005-06-01 新磊微制造股份有限公司 Luminous module
US7307001B2 (en) * 2005-01-05 2007-12-11 Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, Ltd. Wafer repair method using direct-writing
US7274084B2 (en) * 2005-01-12 2007-09-25 International Business Machines Corporation Enhanced PFET using shear stress
US20060151777A1 (en) * 2005-01-12 2006-07-13 Naberhuis Steven L Multi-layer thin film in a ballistic electron emitter
US20060160317A1 (en) * 2005-01-18 2006-07-20 International Business Machines Corporation Structure and method to enhance stress in a channel of cmos devices using a thin gate
US7432553B2 (en) * 2005-01-19 2008-10-07 International Business Machines Corporation Structure and method to optimize strain in CMOSFETs
US7220626B2 (en) * 2005-01-28 2007-05-22 International Business Machines Corporation Structure and method for manufacturing planar strained Si/SiGe substrate with multiple orientations and different stress levels
US7656172B2 (en) 2005-01-31 2010-02-02 Cascade Microtech, Inc. System for testing semiconductors
US7256081B2 (en) * 2005-02-01 2007-08-14 International Business Machines Corporation Structure and method to induce strain in a semiconductor device channel with stressed film under the gate
JP2008529035A (en) * 2005-02-03 2008-07-31 パーキンエルマー エルエーエス,インク. Ultra-sensitive detection system using multidimensional signals
DE102005005350A1 (en) * 2005-02-05 2006-08-17 Atmel Germany Gmbh Integrated multi-sensor
US7224033B2 (en) * 2005-02-15 2007-05-29 International Business Machines Corporation Structure and method for manufacturing strained FINFET
DE102005007423B3 (en) * 2005-02-18 2006-06-14 Atmel Germany Gmbh Integration of electronic component (8) into substrate by formation of dielectric insulating layers on substrate front side useful in structural element modelling in semiconductor flip-chip technology with photoresistive layer in cavity
DE102005007540A1 (en) * 2005-02-18 2006-08-31 Robert Bosch Gmbh Micromechanical membrane sensor with double membrane
US7250311B2 (en) * 2005-02-23 2007-07-31 International Business Machines Corporation Wirebond crack sensor for low-k die
GB0505347D0 (en) * 2005-03-16 2005-04-20 Univ Belfast Improvements in or relating to frequency selective surfaces
EP1705697A1 (en) 2005-03-21 2006-09-27 S.O.I. Tec Silicon on Insulator Technologies S.A. Composition graded layer structure and method for forming the same
US7545004B2 (en) * 2005-04-12 2009-06-09 International Business Machines Corporation Method and structure for forming strained devices
US7354862B2 (en) * 2005-04-18 2008-04-08 Intel Corporation Thin passivation layer on 3D devices
US7241693B2 (en) * 2005-04-18 2007-07-10 Macronix International Co., Ltd. Processing method for protection of backside of a wafer
US8501668B2 (en) * 2005-04-29 2013-08-06 University Of Rochester Drug screening via nanopore silicon filters
US7922795B2 (en) * 2005-04-29 2011-04-12 University Of Rochester Ultrathin nanoscale membranes, methods of making, and uses thereof
JP2008540070A (en) * 2005-04-29 2008-11-20 ユニバーシティー オブ ロチェスター Ultrathin porous nanoscale membrane, its production method and use
US8022489B2 (en) * 2005-05-20 2011-09-20 Macronix International Co., Ltd. Air tunnel floating gate memory cell
US20060273379A1 (en) * 2005-06-06 2006-12-07 Alpha & Omega Semiconductor, Ltd. MOSFET using gate work function engineering for switching applications
FI119714B (en) 2005-06-16 2009-02-13 Imbera Electronics Oy Circuit board structure and method for manufacturing a circuit board structure
JP2008544512A (en) * 2005-06-16 2008-12-04 イムベラ エレクトロニクス オサケユキチュア Circuit board structure and manufacturing method thereof
FI122128B (en) * 2005-06-16 2011-08-31 Imbera Electronics Oy Process for manufacturing circuit board design
US8007675B1 (en) * 2005-07-11 2011-08-30 National Semiconductor Corporation System and method for controlling an etch process for a single crystal having a buried layer
US7655493B2 (en) * 2005-07-14 2010-02-02 Fairchild Imaging, Inc Multi spectral sensor
DE102005036824A1 (en) * 2005-08-04 2007-03-29 Siemens Ag Chip module for installation in sensor chip cards for fluidic applications and method for producing such a chip module
US7544577B2 (en) * 2005-08-26 2009-06-09 International Business Machines Corporation Mobility enhancement in SiGe heterojunction bipolar transistors
US7202513B1 (en) * 2005-09-29 2007-04-10 International Business Machines Corporation Stress engineering using dual pad nitride with selective SOI device architecture
US20070096170A1 (en) * 2005-11-02 2007-05-03 International Business Machines Corporation Low modulus spacers for channel stress enhancement
US7655511B2 (en) * 2005-11-03 2010-02-02 International Business Machines Corporation Gate electrode stress control for finFET performance enhancement
US20070099360A1 (en) * 2005-11-03 2007-05-03 International Business Machines Corporation Integrated circuits having strained channel field effect transistors and methods of making
US7785950B2 (en) * 2005-11-10 2010-08-31 International Business Machines Corporation Dual stress memory technique method and related structure
US7709317B2 (en) * 2005-11-14 2010-05-04 International Business Machines Corporation Method to increase strain enhancement with spacerless FET and dual liner process
US7348638B2 (en) * 2005-11-14 2008-03-25 International Business Machines Corporation Rotational shear stress for charge carrier mobility modification
US7564081B2 (en) * 2005-11-30 2009-07-21 International Business Machines Corporation finFET structure with multiply stressed gate electrode
US7863197B2 (en) * 2006-01-09 2011-01-04 International Business Machines Corporation Method of forming a cross-section hourglass shaped channel region for charge carrier mobility modification
US7776695B2 (en) * 2006-01-09 2010-08-17 International Business Machines Corporation Semiconductor device structure having low and high performance devices of same conductive type on same substrate
US7635620B2 (en) * 2006-01-10 2009-12-22 International Business Machines Corporation Semiconductor device structure having enhanced performance FET device
US20070158743A1 (en) * 2006-01-11 2007-07-12 International Business Machines Corporation Thin silicon single diffusion field effect transistor for enhanced drive performance with stress film liners
US7626257B2 (en) * 2006-01-18 2009-12-01 Infineon Technologies Ag Semiconductor devices and methods of manufacture thereof
US7691698B2 (en) * 2006-02-21 2010-04-06 International Business Machines Corporation Pseudomorphic Si/SiGe/Si body device with embedded SiGe source/drain
US8461009B2 (en) * 2006-02-28 2013-06-11 International Business Machines Corporation Spacer and process to enhance the strain in the channel with stress liner
WO2007106868A2 (en) * 2006-03-14 2007-09-20 University Of Rochester Cell culture devices having ultrathin porous membrane and uses thereof
WO2007120640A2 (en) * 2006-04-11 2007-10-25 University Of South Florida Thermally induced single-use valves and method of use
US7611960B2 (en) * 2006-04-24 2009-11-03 Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, Ltd. Method and system for wafer backside alignment
US7521307B2 (en) * 2006-04-28 2009-04-21 International Business Machines Corporation CMOS structures and methods using self-aligned dual stressed layers
US7615418B2 (en) * 2006-04-28 2009-11-10 International Business Machines Corporation High performance stress-enhance MOSFET and method of manufacture
US7608489B2 (en) * 2006-04-28 2009-10-27 International Business Machines Corporation High performance stress-enhance MOSFET and method of manufacture
US7444253B2 (en) * 2006-05-09 2008-10-28 Formfactor, Inc. Air bridge structures and methods of making and using air bridge structures
US7723999B2 (en) 2006-06-12 2010-05-25 Cascade Microtech, Inc. Calibration structures for differential signal probing
US7403028B2 (en) 2006-06-12 2008-07-22 Cascade Microtech, Inc. Test structure and probe for differential signals
US7764072B2 (en) 2006-06-12 2010-07-27 Cascade Microtech, Inc. Differential signal probing system
TWI334062B (en) * 2006-06-22 2010-12-01 Touch Micro System Tech Method of manufacturing suspension structure and chamber
US8853746B2 (en) * 2006-06-29 2014-10-07 International Business Machines Corporation CMOS devices with stressed channel regions, and methods for fabricating the same
US7790540B2 (en) 2006-08-25 2010-09-07 International Business Machines Corporation Structure and method to use low k stress liner to reduce parasitic capacitance
US7462522B2 (en) * 2006-08-30 2008-12-09 International Business Machines Corporation Method and structure for improving device performance variation in dual stress liner technology
US8754446B2 (en) 2006-08-30 2014-06-17 International Business Machines Corporation Semiconductor structure having undercut-gate-oxide gate stack enclosed by protective barrier material
DE102006040788B4 (en) * 2006-08-31 2013-02-07 Fraunhofer-Gesellschaft zur Förderung der angewandten Forschung e.V. Integrated optocoupler with organic light emitter and inorganic photodetector
JP4316597B2 (en) * 2006-09-15 2009-08-19 株式会社東芝 Semiconductor device
US7696016B2 (en) * 2006-11-17 2010-04-13 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Method of packaging a device having a tangible element and device thereof
US7807511B2 (en) * 2006-11-17 2010-10-05 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Method of packaging a device having a multi-contact elastomer connector contact area and device thereof
US7588951B2 (en) * 2006-11-17 2009-09-15 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Method of packaging a semiconductor device and a prefabricated connector
US20080119004A1 (en) * 2006-11-17 2008-05-22 Burch Kenneth R Method of packaging a device having a keypad switch point
US7572712B2 (en) * 2006-11-21 2009-08-11 Chartered Semiconductor Manufacturing, Ltd. Method to form selective strained Si using lateral epitaxy
WO2008140585A1 (en) * 2006-11-22 2008-11-20 Nexgen Semi Holding, Inc. Apparatus and method for conformal mask manufacturing
KR100850900B1 (en) * 2006-12-14 2008-08-07 엘지전자 주식회사 Plasma Display Panel
US7812731B2 (en) * 2006-12-22 2010-10-12 Vigilan, Incorporated Sensors and systems for detecting environmental conditions or changes
US8502684B2 (en) 2006-12-22 2013-08-06 Geoffrey J. Bunza Sensors and systems for detecting environmental conditions or changes
US7676953B2 (en) * 2006-12-29 2010-03-16 Signature Control Systems, Inc. Calibration and metering methods for wood kiln moisture measurement
TWI325618B (en) * 2007-01-02 2010-06-01 Chipmos Technologies Inc Film type package for fingerprint sensor
US20080164606A1 (en) * 2007-01-08 2008-07-10 Christoffer Graae Greisen Spacers for wafer bonding
US20080246152A1 (en) * 2007-04-04 2008-10-09 Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Co., Ltd. Semiconductor device with bonding pad
US7494830B2 (en) * 2007-04-06 2009-02-24 Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company Method and device for wafer backside alignment overlay accuracy
US20100252306A1 (en) * 2007-05-24 2010-10-07 Micro Components Ltd. Interconnect substrates, methods and systems thereof
US7859172B2 (en) * 2007-06-19 2010-12-28 Epson Toyocom Corporation Piezoelectric resonator, manufacturing method thereof and lid for piezoelectric resonator
US7659595B2 (en) * 2007-07-16 2010-02-09 Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, Ltd. Embedded bonding pad for backside illuminated image sensor
US7876114B2 (en) 2007-08-08 2011-01-25 Cascade Microtech, Inc. Differential waveguide probe
EP2031653B1 (en) * 2007-08-27 2014-03-05 Denso Corporation Manufacturing method for a semiconductor device having multiple element formation regions
JP4687742B2 (en) * 2007-08-27 2011-05-25 株式会社デンソー Manufacturing method of semiconductor device
US7923298B2 (en) * 2007-09-07 2011-04-12 Micron Technology, Inc. Imager die package and methods of packaging an imager die on a temporary carrier
US8115254B2 (en) 2007-09-25 2012-02-14 International Business Machines Corporation Semiconductor-on-insulator structures including a trench containing an insulator stressor plug and method of fabricating same
US20090085194A1 (en) * 2007-09-28 2009-04-02 Honeywell International Inc. Wafer level packaged mems device
US8492846B2 (en) 2007-11-15 2013-07-23 International Business Machines Corporation Stress-generating shallow trench isolation structure having dual composition
US7919845B2 (en) * 2007-12-20 2011-04-05 Xilinx, Inc. Formation of a hybrid integrated circuit device
SG155779A1 (en) * 2008-03-10 2009-10-29 Micron Technology Inc Apparatus and methods of forming wire bonds
JP4557034B2 (en) * 2008-04-01 2010-10-06 株式会社デンソー Semiconductor dynamic quantity sensor and manufacturing method thereof
US10991545B2 (en) 2008-06-30 2021-04-27 Nexgen Semi Holding, Inc. Method and device for spatial charged particle bunching
US10566169B1 (en) 2008-06-30 2020-02-18 Nexgen Semi Holding, Inc. Method and device for spatial charged particle bunching
US7932180B2 (en) * 2008-07-07 2011-04-26 Infineon Technologies Ag Manufacturing a semiconductor device via etching a semiconductor chip to a first layer
US8084335B2 (en) * 2008-07-11 2011-12-27 Semiconductor Components Industries, Llc Method of thinning a semiconductor wafer using a film frame
US8637953B2 (en) 2008-07-14 2014-01-28 International Business Machines Corporation Wafer scale membrane for three-dimensional integrated circuit device fabrication
US7504654B1 (en) 2008-07-29 2009-03-17 International Business Machines Corporation Structure for logical “OR” using ballistics transistor technology
US7821068B2 (en) * 2008-08-18 2010-10-26 Xerox Corporation Device and process involving pinhole undercut area
JP2010080943A (en) 2008-08-27 2010-04-08 Semiconductor Energy Lab Co Ltd Method for manufacturing semiconductor device
DE102008044984A1 (en) * 2008-08-29 2010-07-15 Advanced Micro Devices, Inc., Sunnyvale Semiconductor device with stress relaxation columns for improving chip package interaction stability
US8877616B2 (en) * 2008-09-08 2014-11-04 Luxtera, Inc. Method and system for monolithic integration of photonics and electronics in CMOS processes
US7888957B2 (en) * 2008-10-06 2011-02-15 Cascade Microtech, Inc. Probing apparatus with impedance optimized interface
WO2010059247A2 (en) 2008-11-21 2010-05-27 Cascade Microtech, Inc. Replaceable coupon for a probing apparatus
US8319503B2 (en) 2008-11-24 2012-11-27 Cascade Microtech, Inc. Test apparatus for measuring a characteristic of a device under test
US8457013B2 (en) 2009-01-13 2013-06-04 Metrologic Instruments, Inc. Wireless dual-function network device dynamically switching and reconfiguring from a wireless network router state of operation into a wireless network coordinator state of operation in a wireless communication network
US8234507B2 (en) 2009-01-13 2012-07-31 Metrologic Instruments, Inc. Electronic-ink display device employing a power switching mechanism automatically responsive to predefined states of device configuration
US8633573B2 (en) * 2009-02-16 2014-01-21 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Strained semiconductor materials, devices and methods therefore
US8299583B2 (en) 2009-03-05 2012-10-30 International Business Machines Corporation Two-sided semiconductor structure
US8427200B2 (en) 2009-04-14 2013-04-23 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D semiconductor device
US8058137B1 (en) 2009-04-14 2011-11-15 Monolithic 3D Inc. Method for fabrication of a semiconductor device and structure
US9509313B2 (en) 2009-04-14 2016-11-29 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D semiconductor device
US8362482B2 (en) 2009-04-14 2013-01-29 Monolithic 3D Inc. Semiconductor device and structure
US8754533B2 (en) 2009-04-14 2014-06-17 Monolithic 3D Inc. Monolithic three-dimensional semiconductor device and structure
US8395191B2 (en) 2009-10-12 2013-03-12 Monolithic 3D Inc. Semiconductor device and structure
US9577642B2 (en) 2009-04-14 2017-02-21 Monolithic 3D Inc. Method to form a 3D semiconductor device
US8405420B2 (en) * 2009-04-14 2013-03-26 Monolithic 3D Inc. System comprising a semiconductor device and structure
US8669778B1 (en) 2009-04-14 2014-03-11 Monolithic 3D Inc. Method for design and manufacturing of a 3D semiconductor device
US20110199116A1 (en) * 2010-02-16 2011-08-18 NuPGA Corporation Method for fabrication of a semiconductor device and structure
US9711407B2 (en) 2009-04-14 2017-07-18 Monolithic 3D Inc. Method of manufacturing a three dimensional integrated circuit by transfer of a mono-crystalline layer
EP2251893B1 (en) * 2009-05-14 2014-10-29 IMS Nanofabrication AG Multi-beam deflector array means with bonded electrodes
US8537554B1 (en) * 2009-05-15 2013-09-17 Energy Related Devices, Inc. Structured relief dielectric heat sink for planar photovoltaic cells and semiconductor devices
US20100314725A1 (en) * 2009-06-12 2010-12-16 Qualcomm Incorporated Stress Balance Layer on Semiconductor Wafer Backside
US9390974B2 (en) 2012-12-21 2016-07-12 Qualcomm Incorporated Back-to-back stacked integrated circuit assembly and method of making
US8921168B2 (en) 2009-07-15 2014-12-30 Silanna Semiconductor U.S.A., Inc. Thin integrated circuit chip-on-board assembly and method of making
US9466719B2 (en) 2009-07-15 2016-10-11 Qualcomm Incorporated Semiconductor-on-insulator with back side strain topology
WO2011008893A1 (en) 2009-07-15 2011-01-20 Io Semiconductor Semiconductor-on-insulator with backside heat dissipation
TWI509780B (en) * 2009-07-15 2015-11-21 Silanna Semiconductor Usa Inc Integrated circuit and method of fabricating the same
US9496227B2 (en) 2009-07-15 2016-11-15 Qualcomm Incorporated Semiconductor-on-insulator with back side support layer
US8739626B2 (en) 2009-08-04 2014-06-03 Fairchild Semiconductor Corporation Micromachined inertial sensor devices
US8148176B2 (en) * 2009-08-20 2012-04-03 Innovalight, Inc. Methods for distinguishing a set of highly doped regions from a set of lightly doped regions on a silicon substrate
TWI484763B (en) * 2009-09-01 2015-05-11 Univ Nat Taiwan Multi-chip stack apparatus and signal transmossion method thereof
US8330224B2 (en) * 2009-09-18 2012-12-11 Meggitt (San Juan Capistrano), Inc. Integrated MEMS and ESD protection devices
US11374118B2 (en) 2009-10-12 2022-06-28 Monolithic 3D Inc. Method to form a 3D integrated circuit
US10366970B2 (en) 2009-10-12 2019-07-30 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D semiconductor device and structure
US10910364B2 (en) 2009-10-12 2021-02-02 Monolitaic 3D Inc. 3D semiconductor device
US8536023B2 (en) 2010-11-22 2013-09-17 Monolithic 3D Inc. Method of manufacturing a semiconductor device and structure
US10354995B2 (en) 2009-10-12 2019-07-16 Monolithic 3D Inc. Semiconductor memory device and structure
US9099424B1 (en) 2012-08-10 2015-08-04 Monolithic 3D Inc. Semiconductor system, device and structure with heat removal
US11984445B2 (en) 2009-10-12 2024-05-14 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D semiconductor devices and structures with metal layers
US12027518B1 (en) 2009-10-12 2024-07-02 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D semiconductor devices and structures with metal layers
US8581349B1 (en) 2011-05-02 2013-11-12 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D memory semiconductor device and structure
US11018133B2 (en) 2009-10-12 2021-05-25 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D integrated circuit
US10157909B2 (en) 2009-10-12 2018-12-18 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D semiconductor device and structure
US8450804B2 (en) 2011-03-06 2013-05-28 Monolithic 3D Inc. Semiconductor device and structure for heat removal
US8476145B2 (en) 2010-10-13 2013-07-02 Monolithic 3D Inc. Method of fabricating a semiconductor device and structure
US10388863B2 (en) 2009-10-12 2019-08-20 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D memory device and structure
US8294159B2 (en) 2009-10-12 2012-10-23 Monolithic 3D Inc. Method for fabrication of a semiconductor device and structure
US10043781B2 (en) 2009-10-12 2018-08-07 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D semiconductor device and structure
US8742476B1 (en) 2012-11-27 2014-06-03 Monolithic 3D Inc. Semiconductor device and structure
US8384214B2 (en) * 2009-10-13 2013-02-26 United Microelectronics Corp. Semiconductor structure, pad structure and protection structure
JP5442394B2 (en) * 2009-10-29 2014-03-12 ソニー株式会社 SOLID-STATE IMAGING DEVICE, ITS MANUFACTURING METHOD, AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE
US8421168B2 (en) 2009-11-17 2013-04-16 Fairchild Semiconductor Corporation Microelectromechanical systems microphone packaging systems
US8021949B2 (en) * 2009-12-01 2011-09-20 International Business Machines Corporation Method and structure for forming finFETs with multiple doping regions on a same chip
US20110133286A1 (en) * 2009-12-03 2011-06-09 Franz Dietz Integrierter schaltungsteil
US8569092B2 (en) * 2009-12-28 2013-10-29 General Electric Company Method for fabricating a microelectromechanical sensor with a piezoresistive type readout
US9243316B2 (en) 2010-01-22 2016-01-26 Avago Technologies General Ip (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. Method of fabricating piezoelectric material with selected c-axis orientation
US8796904B2 (en) 2011-10-31 2014-08-05 Avago Technologies General Ip (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. Bulk acoustic resonator comprising piezoelectric layer and inverse piezoelectric layer
US8492886B2 (en) 2010-02-16 2013-07-23 Monolithic 3D Inc 3D integrated circuit with logic
US8026521B1 (en) 2010-10-11 2011-09-27 Monolithic 3D Inc. Semiconductor device and structure
US8541819B1 (en) 2010-12-09 2013-09-24 Monolithic 3D Inc. Semiconductor device and structure
US8461035B1 (en) 2010-09-30 2013-06-11 Monolithic 3D Inc. Method for fabrication of a semiconductor device and structure
US9099526B2 (en) 2010-02-16 2015-08-04 Monolithic 3D Inc. Integrated circuit device and structure
US10276486B2 (en) 2010-03-02 2019-04-30 General Electric Company Stress resistant micro-via structure for flexible circuits
US8598006B2 (en) 2010-03-16 2013-12-03 International Business Machines Corporation Strain preserving ion implantation methods
US8368153B2 (en) * 2010-04-08 2013-02-05 United Microelectronics Corp. Wafer level package of MEMS microphone and manufacturing method thereof
KR101822526B1 (en) * 2010-06-30 2018-01-26 가부시키가이샤 한도오따이 에네루기 켄큐쇼 Semiconductor device and manufacturing method thereof
US8642416B2 (en) 2010-07-30 2014-02-04 Monolithic 3D Inc. Method of forming three dimensional integrated circuit devices using layer transfer technique
US8901613B2 (en) 2011-03-06 2014-12-02 Monolithic 3D Inc. Semiconductor device and structure for heat removal
US9219005B2 (en) 2011-06-28 2015-12-22 Monolithic 3D Inc. Semiconductor system and device
US9953925B2 (en) 2011-06-28 2018-04-24 Monolithic 3D Inc. Semiconductor system and device
US10217667B2 (en) 2011-06-28 2019-02-26 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D semiconductor device, fabrication method and system
KR101793047B1 (en) 2010-08-03 2017-11-03 삼성디스플레이 주식회사 flexible display and Method for manufacturing the same
US8220140B1 (en) 2010-09-13 2012-07-17 Western Digital (Fremont), Llc System for performing bonding a first substrate to a second substrate
US8813564B2 (en) 2010-09-18 2014-08-26 Fairchild Semiconductor Corporation MEMS multi-axis gyroscope with central suspension and gimbal structure
US9352961B2 (en) 2010-09-18 2016-05-31 Fairchild Semiconductor Corporation Flexure bearing to reduce quadrature for resonating micromachined devices
KR101871865B1 (en) 2010-09-18 2018-08-02 페어차일드 세미컨덕터 코포레이션 Multi-die mems package
CN103221778B (en) 2010-09-18 2016-03-30 快捷半导体公司 There is single micromechanics one chip three-axis gyroscope driven
EP2616771B8 (en) 2010-09-18 2018-12-19 Fairchild Semiconductor Corporation Micromachined monolithic 6-axis inertial sensor
CN103221332B (en) 2010-09-18 2015-11-25 快捷半导体公司 Reduce the encapsulation of the stress on MEMS
EP2619130A4 (en) 2010-09-20 2014-12-10 Fairchild Semiconductor Through silicon via with reduced shunt capacitance
US10065851B2 (en) * 2010-09-20 2018-09-04 Fairchild Semiconductor Corporation Microelectromechanical pressure sensor including reference capacitor
US8273610B2 (en) 2010-11-18 2012-09-25 Monolithic 3D Inc. Method of constructing a semiconductor device and structure
US10497713B2 (en) 2010-11-18 2019-12-03 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D semiconductor memory device and structure
US11482440B2 (en) 2010-12-16 2022-10-25 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D semiconductor device and structure with a built-in test circuit for repairing faulty circuits
US8163581B1 (en) 2010-10-13 2012-04-24 Monolith IC 3D Semiconductor and optoelectronic devices
US11469271B2 (en) 2010-10-11 2022-10-11 Monolithic 3D Inc. Method to produce 3D semiconductor devices and structures with memory
US11257867B1 (en) 2010-10-11 2022-02-22 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D semiconductor device and structure with oxide bonds
US10896931B1 (en) 2010-10-11 2021-01-19 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D semiconductor device and structure
US8114757B1 (en) 2010-10-11 2012-02-14 Monolithic 3D Inc. Semiconductor device and structure
US11158674B2 (en) 2010-10-11 2021-10-26 Monolithic 3D Inc. Method to produce a 3D semiconductor device and structure
US10290682B2 (en) 2010-10-11 2019-05-14 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D IC semiconductor device and structure with stacked memory
US11018191B1 (en) 2010-10-11 2021-05-25 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D semiconductor device and structure
US11227897B2 (en) 2010-10-11 2022-01-18 Monolithic 3D Inc. Method for producing a 3D semiconductor memory device and structure
US11600667B1 (en) 2010-10-11 2023-03-07 Monolithic 3D Inc. Method to produce 3D semiconductor devices and structures with memory
TW201216798A (en) * 2010-10-11 2012-04-16 Subtron Technology Co Ltd Substrate structure
US11315980B1 (en) 2010-10-11 2022-04-26 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D semiconductor device and structure with transistors
US11024673B1 (en) 2010-10-11 2021-06-01 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D semiconductor device and structure
EP2628186A4 (en) 2010-10-12 2015-11-25 Silanna Semiconductor Usa Inc Vertical semiconductor device with thinned substrate
US9159825B2 (en) 2010-10-12 2015-10-13 Silanna Semiconductor U.S.A., Inc. Double-sided vertical semiconductor device with thinned substrate
US12094892B2 (en) 2010-10-13 2024-09-17 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D micro display device and structure
US11855114B2 (en) 2010-10-13 2023-12-26 Monolithic 3D Inc. Multilevel semiconductor device and structure with image sensors and wafer bonding
US10679977B2 (en) 2010-10-13 2020-06-09 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D microdisplay device and structure
US11164898B2 (en) 2010-10-13 2021-11-02 Monolithic 3D Inc. Multilevel semiconductor device and structure
US11694922B2 (en) 2010-10-13 2023-07-04 Monolithic 3D Inc. Multilevel semiconductor device and structure with oxide bonding
US11869915B2 (en) 2010-10-13 2024-01-09 Monolithic 3D Inc. Multilevel semiconductor device and structure with image sensors and wafer bonding
US11404466B2 (en) 2010-10-13 2022-08-02 Monolithic 3D Inc. Multilevel semiconductor device and structure with image sensors
US10998374B1 (en) 2010-10-13 2021-05-04 Monolithic 3D Inc. Multilevel semiconductor device and structure
US10943934B2 (en) 2010-10-13 2021-03-09 Monolithic 3D Inc. Multilevel semiconductor device and structure
US11327227B2 (en) 2010-10-13 2022-05-10 Monolithic 3D Inc. Multilevel semiconductor device and structure with electromagnetic modulators
US11133344B2 (en) 2010-10-13 2021-09-28 Monolithic 3D Inc. Multilevel semiconductor device and structure with image sensors
US10833108B2 (en) 2010-10-13 2020-11-10 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D microdisplay device and structure
US11929372B2 (en) 2010-10-13 2024-03-12 Monolithic 3D Inc. Multilevel semiconductor device and structure with image sensors and wafer bonding
US11605663B2 (en) 2010-10-13 2023-03-14 Monolithic 3D Inc. Multilevel semiconductor device and structure with image sensors and wafer bonding
US9197804B1 (en) 2011-10-14 2015-11-24 Monolithic 3D Inc. Semiconductor and optoelectronic devices
US12080743B2 (en) 2010-10-13 2024-09-03 Monolithic 3D Inc. Multilevel semiconductor device and structure with image sensors and wafer bonding
US11855100B2 (en) 2010-10-13 2023-12-26 Monolithic 3D Inc. Multilevel semiconductor device and structure with oxide bonding
US10978501B1 (en) 2010-10-13 2021-04-13 Monolithic 3D Inc. Multilevel semiconductor device and structure with waveguides
US11437368B2 (en) 2010-10-13 2022-09-06 Monolithic 3D Inc. Multilevel semiconductor device and structure with oxide bonding
US11163112B2 (en) 2010-10-13 2021-11-02 Monolithic 3D Inc. Multilevel semiconductor device and structure with electromagnetic modulators
US11984438B2 (en) 2010-10-13 2024-05-14 Monolithic 3D Inc. Multilevel semiconductor device and structure with oxide bonding
US11063071B1 (en) 2010-10-13 2021-07-13 Monolithic 3D Inc. Multilevel semiconductor device and structure with waveguides
US11043523B1 (en) 2010-10-13 2021-06-22 Monolithic 3D Inc. Multilevel semiconductor device and structure with image sensors
US12033884B2 (en) 2010-11-18 2024-07-09 Monolithic 3D Inc. Methods for producing a 3D semiconductor device and structure with memory cells and multiple metal layers
US12068187B2 (en) 2010-11-18 2024-08-20 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D semiconductor device and structure with bonding and DRAM memory cells
US11495484B2 (en) 2010-11-18 2022-11-08 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D semiconductor devices and structures with at least two single-crystal layers
US12136562B2 (en) 2010-11-18 2024-11-05 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D semiconductor device and structure with single-crystal layers
US11854857B1 (en) 2010-11-18 2023-12-26 Monolithic 3D Inc. Methods for producing a 3D semiconductor device and structure with memory cells and multiple metal layers
US11004719B1 (en) 2010-11-18 2021-05-11 Monolithic 3D Inc. Methods for producing a 3D semiconductor memory device and structure
US11521888B2 (en) 2010-11-18 2022-12-06 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D semiconductor device and structure with high-k metal gate transistors
US11211279B2 (en) 2010-11-18 2021-12-28 Monolithic 3D Inc. Method for processing a 3D integrated circuit and structure
US11443971B2 (en) 2010-11-18 2022-09-13 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D semiconductor device and structure with memory
US11031275B2 (en) 2010-11-18 2021-06-08 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D semiconductor device and structure with memory
US11804396B2 (en) 2010-11-18 2023-10-31 Monolithic 3D Inc. Methods for producing a 3D semiconductor device and structure with memory cells and multiple metal layers
US11482438B2 (en) 2010-11-18 2022-10-25 Monolithic 3D Inc. Methods for producing a 3D semiconductor memory device and structure
US11164770B1 (en) 2010-11-18 2021-11-02 Monolithic 3D Inc. Method for producing a 3D semiconductor memory device and structure
US11018042B1 (en) 2010-11-18 2021-05-25 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D semiconductor memory device and structure
US11569117B2 (en) 2010-11-18 2023-01-31 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D semiconductor device and structure with single-crystal layers
US11107721B2 (en) 2010-11-18 2021-08-31 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D semiconductor device and structure with NAND logic
US11508605B2 (en) 2010-11-18 2022-11-22 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D semiconductor memory device and structure
US11784082B2 (en) 2010-11-18 2023-10-10 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D semiconductor device and structure with bonding
US11094576B1 (en) 2010-11-18 2021-08-17 Monolithic 3D Inc. Methods for producing a 3D semiconductor memory device and structure
US11862503B2 (en) 2010-11-18 2024-01-02 Monolithic 3D Inc. Method for producing a 3D semiconductor device and structure with memory cells and multiple metal layers
US12125737B1 (en) 2010-11-18 2024-10-22 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D semiconductor device and structure with metal layers and memory cells
US11355381B2 (en) 2010-11-18 2022-06-07 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D semiconductor memory device and structure
US11355380B2 (en) 2010-11-18 2022-06-07 Monolithic 3D Inc. Methods for producing 3D semiconductor memory device and structure utilizing alignment marks
US11121021B2 (en) 2010-11-18 2021-09-14 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D semiconductor device and structure
US11901210B2 (en) 2010-11-18 2024-02-13 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D semiconductor device and structure with memory
US11610802B2 (en) 2010-11-18 2023-03-21 Monolithic 3D Inc. Method for producing a 3D semiconductor device and structure with single crystal transistors and metal gate electrodes
US11482439B2 (en) 2010-11-18 2022-10-25 Monolithic 3D Inc. Methods for producing a 3D semiconductor memory device comprising charge trap junction-less transistors
US12100611B2 (en) 2010-11-18 2024-09-24 Monolithic 3D Inc. Methods for producing a 3D semiconductor device and structure with memory cells and multiple metal layers
US11923230B1 (en) 2010-11-18 2024-03-05 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D semiconductor device and structure with bonding
US11615977B2 (en) 2010-11-18 2023-03-28 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D semiconductor memory device and structure
US11735462B2 (en) 2010-11-18 2023-08-22 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D semiconductor device and structure with single-crystal layers
US9142665B2 (en) 2010-12-10 2015-09-22 Infineon Technologies Austria Ag Semiconductor component with a semiconductor via
US9396997B2 (en) 2010-12-10 2016-07-19 Infineon Technologies Ag Method for producing a semiconductor component with insulated semiconductor mesas
US8739632B2 (en) * 2011-01-21 2014-06-03 Case Western Reserve University Pressure sensor structure and associated method of making a pressure sensor
US8962443B2 (en) 2011-01-31 2015-02-24 Avago Technologies General Ip (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. Semiconductor device having an airbridge and method of fabricating the same
KR101133154B1 (en) 2011-02-03 2012-04-06 디지털옵틱스 코포레이션 이스트 Bsi image sensor package with variable-height silicon for even reception of different wavelengths
KR101095945B1 (en) 2011-02-03 2011-12-19 테쎄라 노쓰 아메리카, 아이엔씨. Bsi image sensor package with embedded absorber for even reception of different wavelengths
JP2012164737A (en) * 2011-02-04 2012-08-30 Sony Corp Sub-mount, sub-mount assembly and sub-mount assembly method
DE102011004782A1 (en) 2011-02-25 2012-08-30 Harting Kgaa Removable micro and nano components for space-saving use
DE102011004936A1 (en) * 2011-03-02 2012-09-06 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft X-ray detector and medical X-ray device
US8975670B2 (en) 2011-03-06 2015-03-10 Monolithic 3D Inc. Semiconductor device and structure for heat removal
US9401692B2 (en) 2012-10-29 2016-07-26 Avago Technologies General Ip (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. Acoustic resonator having collar structure
US9490418B2 (en) 2011-03-29 2016-11-08 Avago Technologies General Ip (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. Acoustic resonator comprising collar and acoustic reflector with temperature compensating layer
US9490771B2 (en) 2012-10-29 2016-11-08 Avago Technologies General Ip (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. Acoustic resonator comprising collar and frame
FR2976120A1 (en) 2011-06-01 2012-12-07 St Microelectronics Sa METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING AN INTEGRATED CIRCUIT COMPRISING AT LEAST ONE COPLANAR WAVEGUIDE
US8987898B2 (en) * 2011-06-06 2015-03-24 International Rectifier Corporation Semiconductor wafer with reduced thickness variation and method for fabricating same
US10388568B2 (en) 2011-06-28 2019-08-20 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D semiconductor device and system
TWI478245B (en) * 2011-09-27 2015-03-21 Alpha & Omega Semiconductor Power mosfet with low rdson and fabrication method thereof
US8687399B2 (en) 2011-10-02 2014-04-01 Monolithic 3D Inc. Semiconductor device and structure
US9029173B2 (en) 2011-10-18 2015-05-12 Monolithic 3D Inc. Method for fabrication of a semiconductor device and structure
US20130229776A1 (en) * 2011-12-23 2013-09-05 Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation High-speed, flexible integrated circuits and methods for making high-speed, flexible integrated circuits
US9062972B2 (en) 2012-01-31 2015-06-23 Fairchild Semiconductor Corporation MEMS multi-axis accelerometer electrode structure
US8978475B2 (en) 2012-02-01 2015-03-17 Fairchild Semiconductor Corporation MEMS proof mass with split z-axis portions
US8963202B2 (en) * 2012-02-09 2015-02-24 United Microelectronics Corporation Electrostatic discharge protection apparatus
US9002493B2 (en) * 2012-02-21 2015-04-07 Stmicroelectronics, Inc. Endpoint detector for a semiconductor processing station and associated methods
US9000557B2 (en) 2012-03-17 2015-04-07 Zvi Or-Bach Semiconductor device and structure
US8780561B2 (en) 2012-03-30 2014-07-15 Raytheon Company Conduction cooling of multi-channel flip chip based panel array circuits
US8754694B2 (en) 2012-04-03 2014-06-17 Fairchild Semiconductor Corporation Accurate ninety-degree phase shifter
US8742964B2 (en) 2012-04-04 2014-06-03 Fairchild Semiconductor Corporation Noise reduction method with chopping for a merged MEMS accelerometer sensor
US9488693B2 (en) 2012-04-04 2016-11-08 Fairchild Semiconductor Corporation Self test of MEMS accelerometer with ASICS integrated capacitors
US9069006B2 (en) 2012-04-05 2015-06-30 Fairchild Semiconductor Corporation Self test of MEMS gyroscope with ASICs integrated capacitors
KR102058489B1 (en) 2012-04-05 2019-12-23 페어차일드 세미컨덕터 코포레이션 Mems device front-end charge amplifier
EP2647952B1 (en) 2012-04-05 2017-11-15 Fairchild Semiconductor Corporation Mems device automatic-gain control loop for mechanical amplitude drive
EP2647955B8 (en) 2012-04-05 2018-12-19 Fairchild Semiconductor Corporation MEMS device quadrature phase shift cancellation
US8933715B2 (en) 2012-04-08 2015-01-13 Elm Technology Corporation Configurable vertical integration
US10600888B2 (en) 2012-04-09 2020-03-24 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D semiconductor device
US11881443B2 (en) 2012-04-09 2024-01-23 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D semiconductor device and structure with metal layers and a connective path
US11476181B1 (en) 2012-04-09 2022-10-18 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D semiconductor device and structure with metal layers
US11735501B1 (en) 2012-04-09 2023-08-22 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D semiconductor device and structure with metal layers and a connective path
US11694944B1 (en) 2012-04-09 2023-07-04 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D semiconductor device and structure with metal layers and a connective path
US11164811B2 (en) 2012-04-09 2021-11-02 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D semiconductor device with isolation layers and oxide-to-oxide bonding
US8557632B1 (en) 2012-04-09 2013-10-15 Monolithic 3D Inc. Method for fabrication of a semiconductor device and structure
US11088050B2 (en) 2012-04-09 2021-08-10 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D semiconductor device with isolation layers
US11616004B1 (en) 2012-04-09 2023-03-28 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D semiconductor device and structure with metal layers and a connective path
US11410912B2 (en) 2012-04-09 2022-08-09 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D semiconductor device with vias and isolation layers
US11594473B2 (en) 2012-04-09 2023-02-28 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D semiconductor device and structure with metal layers and a connective path
US9625272B2 (en) 2012-04-12 2017-04-18 Fairchild Semiconductor Corporation MEMS quadrature cancellation and signal demodulation
US9094027B2 (en) 2012-04-12 2015-07-28 Fairchild Semiconductor Corporation Micro-electro-mechanical-system (MEMS) driver
US8907497B2 (en) * 2012-04-27 2014-12-09 Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, Ltd. Semiconductor device with self-aligned interconnects and blocking portions
KR101339291B1 (en) * 2012-05-08 2013-12-09 한국표준과학연구원 Flexible interated circuit and method of manufacturing the flexible interated circuit
US9117668B2 (en) * 2012-05-23 2015-08-25 Novellus Systems, Inc. PECVD deposition of smooth silicon films
US8756710B2 (en) 2012-08-31 2014-06-17 Bruker-Nano, Inc. Miniaturized cantilever probe for scanning probe microscopy and fabrication thereof
DE102013014881B4 (en) 2012-09-12 2023-05-04 Fairchild Semiconductor Corporation Enhanced silicon via with multi-material fill
US9288898B2 (en) 2012-09-18 2016-03-15 Palo Alto Research Center Incorporated Reconfigurable stretchable connector substrate
US9181086B1 (en) 2012-10-01 2015-11-10 The Research Foundation For The State University Of New York Hinged MEMS diaphragm and method of manufacture therof
US9385684B2 (en) 2012-10-23 2016-07-05 Avago Technologies General Ip (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. Acoustic resonator having guard ring
US9478528B2 (en) * 2012-11-14 2016-10-25 Qualcomm Incorporated Devices, systems and methods using through silicon optical interconnects
US8686428B1 (en) 2012-11-16 2014-04-01 Monolithic 3D Inc. Semiconductor device and structure
US8574929B1 (en) 2012-11-16 2013-11-05 Monolithic 3D Inc. Method to form a 3D semiconductor device and structure
US9478942B2 (en) * 2012-12-06 2016-10-25 The Board Of Trustees Of The University Of Illinois Transistor laser optical switching and memory techniques and devices
US8674470B1 (en) 2012-12-22 2014-03-18 Monolithic 3D Inc. Semiconductor device and structure
US11916045B2 (en) 2012-12-22 2024-02-27 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D semiconductor device and structure with metal layers
US11961827B1 (en) 2012-12-22 2024-04-16 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D semiconductor device and structure with metal layers
US11063024B1 (en) 2012-12-22 2021-07-13 Monlithic 3D Inc. Method to form a 3D semiconductor device and structure
US11217565B2 (en) 2012-12-22 2022-01-04 Monolithic 3D Inc. Method to form a 3D semiconductor device and structure
US12051674B2 (en) 2012-12-22 2024-07-30 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D semiconductor device and structure with metal layers
US11784169B2 (en) 2012-12-22 2023-10-10 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D semiconductor device and structure with metal layers
US11018116B2 (en) 2012-12-22 2021-05-25 Monolithic 3D Inc. Method to form a 3D semiconductor device and structure
US11967583B2 (en) 2012-12-22 2024-04-23 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D semiconductor device and structure with metal layers
US11309292B2 (en) 2012-12-22 2022-04-19 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D semiconductor device and structure with metal layers
US10892169B2 (en) 2012-12-29 2021-01-12 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D semiconductor device and structure
US9385058B1 (en) 2012-12-29 2016-07-05 Monolithic 3D Inc. Semiconductor device and structure
US11004694B1 (en) 2012-12-29 2021-05-11 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D semiconductor device and structure
US11087995B1 (en) 2012-12-29 2021-08-10 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D semiconductor device and structure
US10115663B2 (en) 2012-12-29 2018-10-30 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D semiconductor device and structure
US9871034B1 (en) 2012-12-29 2018-01-16 Monolithic 3D Inc. Semiconductor device and structure
US10651054B2 (en) 2012-12-29 2020-05-12 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D semiconductor device and structure
US10903089B1 (en) 2012-12-29 2021-01-26 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D semiconductor device and structure
US11430668B2 (en) 2012-12-29 2022-08-30 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D semiconductor device and structure with bonding
US10600657B2 (en) 2012-12-29 2020-03-24 Monolithic 3D Inc 3D semiconductor device and structure
US11177140B2 (en) 2012-12-29 2021-11-16 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D semiconductor device and structure
US11430667B2 (en) 2012-12-29 2022-08-30 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D semiconductor device and structure with bonding
US8902663B1 (en) 2013-03-11 2014-12-02 Monolithic 3D Inc. Method of maintaining a memory state
US10325651B2 (en) 2013-03-11 2019-06-18 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D semiconductor device with stacked memory
US11935949B1 (en) 2013-03-11 2024-03-19 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D semiconductor device and structure with metal layers and memory cells
US11869965B2 (en) 2013-03-11 2024-01-09 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D semiconductor device and structure with metal layers and memory cells
US12094965B2 (en) 2013-03-11 2024-09-17 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D semiconductor device and structure with metal layers and memory cells
US8994404B1 (en) 2013-03-12 2015-03-31 Monolithic 3D Inc. Semiconductor device and structure
US11088130B2 (en) 2014-01-28 2021-08-10 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D semiconductor device and structure
US11398569B2 (en) 2013-03-12 2022-07-26 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D semiconductor device and structure
US11923374B2 (en) 2013-03-12 2024-03-05 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D semiconductor device and structure with metal layers
US10840239B2 (en) 2014-08-26 2020-11-17 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D semiconductor device and structure
US12100646B2 (en) 2013-03-12 2024-09-24 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D semiconductor device and structure with metal layers
KR102136769B1 (en) * 2013-03-14 2020-07-22 어플라이드 머티어리얼스, 인코포레이티드 Adhesion layer to minimize dilelectric constant increase with good adhesion strength in a pecvd process
KR102027246B1 (en) 2013-03-14 2019-10-01 삼성전자주식회사 Digitizer and method for fabricating the same
US10224279B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2019-03-05 Monolithic 3D Inc. Semiconductor device and structure
US9117749B1 (en) 2013-03-15 2015-08-25 Monolithic 3D Inc. Semiconductor device and structure
US9478507B2 (en) * 2013-03-27 2016-10-25 Qualcomm Incorporated Integrated circuit assembly with faraday cage
US8748245B1 (en) * 2013-03-27 2014-06-10 Io Semiconductor, Inc. Semiconductor-on-insulator integrated circuit with interconnect below the insulator
US9466536B2 (en) 2013-03-27 2016-10-11 Qualcomm Incorporated Semiconductor-on-insulator integrated circuit with back side gate
US9021414B1 (en) 2013-04-15 2015-04-28 Monolithic 3D Inc. Automation for monolithic 3D devices
US11720736B2 (en) 2013-04-15 2023-08-08 Monolithic 3D Inc. Automation methods for 3D integrated circuits and devices
US11270055B1 (en) 2013-04-15 2022-03-08 Monolithic 3D Inc. Automation for monolithic 3D devices
US11341309B1 (en) 2013-04-15 2022-05-24 Monolithic 3D Inc. Automation for monolithic 3D devices
US11487928B2 (en) 2013-04-15 2022-11-01 Monolithic 3D Inc. Automation for monolithic 3D devices
US11030371B2 (en) 2013-04-15 2021-06-08 Monolithic 3D Inc. Automation for monolithic 3D devices
US11574109B1 (en) 2013-04-15 2023-02-07 Monolithic 3D Inc Automation methods for 3D integrated circuits and devices
AU2014257234B2 (en) * 2013-04-22 2018-09-06 Minipumps, Llc Flow sensors with modular microfluidic channels and methods of manufacture
US11033862B2 (en) * 2013-05-01 2021-06-15 Koninklijke Philips N.V. Method of manufacturing partially freestanding two-dimensional crystal film and device comprising such a film
CN104576924B (en) * 2013-10-11 2017-06-13 中芯国际集成电路制造(北京)有限公司 A kind of semiconductor devices and its manufacture method and electronic installation
US9945030B2 (en) 2013-11-19 2018-04-17 Simpore Inc. Free-standing silicon oxide membranes and methods of making and using same
DE102014100542A1 (en) * 2014-01-20 2015-07-23 Osram Opto Semiconductors Gmbh Method for producing a laterally structured layer and optoelectronic semiconductor component with such a layer
US10297586B2 (en) 2015-03-09 2019-05-21 Monolithic 3D Inc. Methods for processing a 3D semiconductor device
US11107808B1 (en) 2014-01-28 2021-08-31 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D semiconductor device and structure
US12094829B2 (en) 2014-01-28 2024-09-17 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D semiconductor device and structure
US11031394B1 (en) 2014-01-28 2021-06-08 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D semiconductor device and structure
US9212045B1 (en) * 2014-07-31 2015-12-15 Infineon Technologies Ag Micro mechanical structure and method for fabricating the same
US9515181B2 (en) 2014-08-06 2016-12-06 Qualcomm Incorporated Semiconductor device with self-aligned back side features
US9330874B2 (en) * 2014-08-11 2016-05-03 Innovative Micro Technology Solder bump sealing method and device
US9635789B2 (en) * 2015-01-30 2017-04-25 Laird Technologies, Inc. Board level electromagnetic interference (EMI) shields with increased under-shield space
US9627395B2 (en) 2015-02-11 2017-04-18 Sandisk Technologies Llc Enhanced channel mobility three-dimensional memory structure and method of making thereof
US10381328B2 (en) 2015-04-19 2019-08-13 Monolithic 3D Inc. Semiconductor device and structure
US11011507B1 (en) 2015-04-19 2021-05-18 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D semiconductor device and structure
US11056468B1 (en) 2015-04-19 2021-07-06 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D semiconductor device and structure
US10825779B2 (en) 2015-04-19 2020-11-03 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D semiconductor device and structure
CN106376169A (en) * 2015-07-24 2017-02-01 宏启胜精密电子(秦皇岛)有限公司 Circuit board and manufacturing method thereof
US11956952B2 (en) 2015-08-23 2024-04-09 Monolithic 3D Inc. Semiconductor memory device and structure
US11114427B2 (en) 2015-11-07 2021-09-07 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D semiconductor processor and memory device and structure
US12100658B2 (en) 2015-09-21 2024-09-24 Monolithic 3D Inc. Method to produce a 3D multilayer semiconductor device and structure
US11937422B2 (en) 2015-11-07 2024-03-19 Monolithic 3D Inc. Semiconductor memory device and structure
WO2017053329A1 (en) 2015-09-21 2017-03-30 Monolithic 3D Inc 3d semiconductor device and structure
US11978731B2 (en) 2015-09-21 2024-05-07 Monolithic 3D Inc. Method to produce a multi-level semiconductor memory device and structure
US10522225B1 (en) 2015-10-02 2019-12-31 Monolithic 3D Inc. Semiconductor device with non-volatile memory
US12016181B2 (en) 2015-10-24 2024-06-18 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D semiconductor device and structure with logic and memory
US12035531B2 (en) 2015-10-24 2024-07-09 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D semiconductor device and structure with logic and memory
US11114464B2 (en) 2015-10-24 2021-09-07 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D semiconductor device and structure
US10418369B2 (en) 2015-10-24 2019-09-17 Monolithic 3D Inc. Multi-level semiconductor memory device and structure
US11296115B1 (en) 2015-10-24 2022-04-05 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D semiconductor device and structure
US12120880B1 (en) 2015-10-24 2024-10-15 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D semiconductor device and structure with logic and memory
US11991884B1 (en) 2015-10-24 2024-05-21 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D semiconductor device and structure with logic and memory
US10847540B2 (en) 2015-10-24 2020-11-24 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D semiconductor memory device and structure
US9478495B1 (en) 2015-10-26 2016-10-25 Sandisk Technologies Llc Three dimensional memory device containing aluminum source contact via structure and method of making thereof
TWI578505B (en) * 2015-12-10 2017-04-11 財團法人工業技術研究院 Semiconductor device
US10083989B2 (en) 2015-12-10 2018-09-25 Industrial Technology Research Institute Semiconductor device
US10109582B2 (en) 2016-04-19 2018-10-23 Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company Limited Advanced metal connection with metal cut
EP3239665A1 (en) * 2016-04-25 2017-11-01 Weickmann & Weickmann PartmbB Sensor casing
US11251149B2 (en) 2016-10-10 2022-02-15 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D memory device and structure
US11869591B2 (en) 2016-10-10 2024-01-09 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D memory devices and structures with control circuits
US11930648B1 (en) 2016-10-10 2024-03-12 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D memory devices and structures with metal layers
US11711928B2 (en) 2016-10-10 2023-07-25 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D memory devices and structures with control circuits
US11812620B2 (en) 2016-10-10 2023-11-07 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D DRAM memory devices and structures with control circuits
US11329059B1 (en) 2016-10-10 2022-05-10 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D memory devices and structures with thinned single crystal substrates
US10559594B2 (en) * 2017-04-11 2020-02-11 Ahmad Tarakji Approach to the manufacturing of monolithic 3-dimensional high-rise integrated-circuits with vertically-stacked double-sided fully-depleted silicon-on-insulator transistors
USD837003S1 (en) 2017-07-19 2019-01-01 Melton John Losoya Food frying clip
DE102017213354A1 (en) * 2017-08-02 2019-02-07 Robert Bosch Gmbh Micromechanical pressure sensor device and corresponding manufacturing method
US10283933B1 (en) 2017-10-23 2019-05-07 The Board Of Trustees Of The University Of Illinois Transistor laser electrical and optical bistable switching
US10270219B1 (en) * 2018-02-12 2019-04-23 Himax Technologies Limited Packaging structure of laser diode
US10679946B2 (en) * 2018-04-10 2020-06-09 Wispry, Inc. Methods and devices for solderless integration of multiple semiconductor dies on flexible substrates
US10782606B2 (en) 2018-06-29 2020-09-22 Globalfoundries Inc. Photolithography methods and structures that reduce stochastic defects
TWI683450B (en) * 2018-06-29 2020-01-21 友達光電股份有限公司 Flexible display panel and method of fabricating the same
TWI848960B (en) * 2018-07-23 2024-07-21 加拿大商Ifd科技股份有限公司 Temperature sensor and indicator
US11044022B2 (en) 2018-08-29 2021-06-22 Analog Devices Global Unlimited Company Back-to-back isolation circuit
DE102019100410A1 (en) * 2019-01-09 2020-07-09 Osram Opto Semiconductors Gmbh Volume emitter and method for its production
WO2020181253A1 (en) * 2019-03-06 2020-09-10 Lekavicius Ignas Etching and thinning for the fabrication of lithographically patterned diamond nanostructures
JP2020150218A (en) * 2019-03-15 2020-09-17 キオクシア株式会社 Semiconductor storage device
US11137241B2 (en) * 2019-03-27 2021-10-05 Vishay Advanced Technologies, Ltd. Three dimensional strain gage
US11158652B1 (en) 2019-04-08 2021-10-26 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D memory semiconductor devices and structures
US11763864B2 (en) 2019-04-08 2023-09-19 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D memory semiconductor devices and structures with bit-line pillars
US11018156B2 (en) 2019-04-08 2021-05-25 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D memory semiconductor devices and structures
US11296106B2 (en) 2019-04-08 2022-04-05 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D memory semiconductor devices and structures
US10892016B1 (en) 2019-04-08 2021-01-12 Monolithic 3D Inc. 3D memory semiconductor devices and structures
US10727216B1 (en) 2019-05-10 2020-07-28 Sandisk Technologies Llc Method for removing a bulk substrate from a bonded assembly of wafers
US11450469B2 (en) 2019-08-28 2022-09-20 Analog Devices Global Unlimited Company Insulation jacket for top coil of an isolated transformer
US11522267B2 (en) * 2019-10-28 2022-12-06 Battelle Energy Alliance, Llc Sensing units including a radio-frequency sensor, and related systems, devices, and methods
US11387316B2 (en) 2019-12-02 2022-07-12 Analog Devices International Unlimited Company Monolithic back-to-back isolation elements with floating top plate
US11195911B2 (en) 2019-12-23 2021-12-07 International Business Machines Corporation Bottom dielectric isolation structure for nanosheet containing devices
US11195746B2 (en) 2020-01-13 2021-12-07 International Business Machines Corporation Nanosheet transistor with self-aligned dielectric pillar
US11195794B2 (en) 2020-02-05 2021-12-07 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Stacked integrated circuit devices including a routing wire
US11502106B2 (en) 2020-02-11 2022-11-15 Globalfoundries U.S. Inc. Multi-layered substrates of semiconductor devices
US11430745B2 (en) 2020-03-02 2022-08-30 Sandisk Technologies Llc Semiconductor die containing silicon nitride stress compensating regions and method for making the same
EP4205516A4 (en) * 2020-10-02 2024-08-28 Cellink Corp Forming connections to flexible interconnect circuits
KR20230079161A (en) 2020-10-02 2023-06-05 셀링크 코포레이션 Method and system for connecting flexible interconnection circuits
CN116568876A (en) * 2020-10-23 2023-08-08 加利福尼亚大学董事会 Light emitting diode of small size manufactured by regrowth
US11387207B2 (en) * 2020-11-13 2022-07-12 Nanya Technology Corporation Method for fabricating semiconductor device including etching an edge portion of a bonding layer by using an etching mask
TWI786566B (en) * 2021-03-11 2022-12-11 南亞科技股份有限公司 Method of semconductor structure manufacturing and semiconductor structure manufacturing system
CN115215285B (en) * 2021-04-21 2024-07-30 中国科学院上海微系统与信息技术研究所 (111) Silicon transfer process based on silicon nitride anodic bonding
CN113363163B (en) * 2021-05-28 2022-08-02 武汉新芯集成电路制造有限公司 Semiconductor device and method for manufacturing the same
CN115811882A (en) 2021-09-14 2023-03-17 联华电子股份有限公司 Semiconductor structure

Citations (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4070230A (en) * 1974-07-04 1978-01-24 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft Semiconductor component with dielectric carrier and its manufacture
US4131985A (en) * 1976-08-31 1979-01-02 Itt Industries, Inc. Thin silicon devices
US4539068A (en) * 1979-09-20 1985-09-03 Fujitsu Limited Vapor phase growth method
US4618397A (en) * 1982-12-24 1986-10-21 Hitachi, Ltd. Method of manufacturing semiconductor device having a pressure sensor
US4702936A (en) * 1984-09-20 1987-10-27 Applied Materials Japan, Inc. Gas-phase growth process
US4721938A (en) * 1986-12-22 1988-01-26 Delco Electronics Corporation Process for forming a silicon pressure transducer
US4924589A (en) * 1988-05-16 1990-05-15 Leedy Glenn J Method of making and testing an integrated circuit
US4952446A (en) * 1986-02-10 1990-08-28 Cornell Research Foundation, Inc. Ultra-thin semiconductor membranes
US5110373A (en) * 1988-09-13 1992-05-05 Nanostructures, Inc. Silicon membrane with controlled stress

Family Cites Families (266)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US54693A (en) * 1866-05-15 Improvement in gang-plows
US37637A (en) * 1863-02-10 Improvement in artificial legs
US34893A (en) * 1862-04-08 Improved cutter attachment to plows
US377227A (en) * 1888-01-31 Combination printing-stamp
US576813A (en) * 1897-02-09 Telephone-transmitter
US515775A (en) * 1894-03-06 Joseph kauffmann
US2915722A (en) 1957-05-13 1959-12-01 Inductosyn Corp Pattern for slider of position measuring transformer
GB914656A (en) 1959-11-10
US3430835A (en) 1966-06-07 1969-03-04 Westinghouse Electric Corp Wire bonding apparatus for microelectronic components
US3559828A (en) * 1967-02-07 1971-02-02 Miles Druce & Co Ltd Method of removing stack from a warehouse with a lift truck
US3445925A (en) * 1967-04-25 1969-05-27 Motorola Inc Method for making thin semiconductor dice
NL6706735A (en) * 1967-05-13 1968-11-14
US3560364A (en) 1968-10-10 1971-02-02 Ibm Method for preparing thin unsupported films of silicon nitride
DE1812199C3 (en) * 1968-12-02 1980-07-03 Siemens Ag, 1000 Berlin Und 8000 Muenchen Integrated, opto-electronic solid-state circuit arrangement
US3559283A (en) * 1969-06-16 1971-02-02 Dionics Inc Method of producing air-isolated integrated circuits
US3615901A (en) 1969-12-01 1971-10-26 Gustav K Medicus Method of making a plastically shapeable cathode material
US3716429A (en) * 1970-06-18 1973-02-13 Rca Corp Method of making semiconductor devices
US3636368A (en) * 1970-06-29 1972-01-18 Onan Eastern Corp Transfer switch and generator control means and new and improved method of operation thereof
US3777227A (en) * 1972-08-21 1973-12-04 Westinghouse Electric Corp Double diffused high voltage, high current npn transistor
US3922705A (en) 1973-06-04 1975-11-25 Gen Electric Dielectrically isolated integral silicon diaphram or other semiconductor product
US3868565A (en) * 1973-07-30 1975-02-25 Jack Kuipers Object tracking and orientation determination means, system and process
US3938175A (en) * 1974-04-24 1976-02-10 General Motors Corporation Polycrystalline silicon pressure transducer
DE2432544C3 (en) * 1974-07-04 1978-11-23 Siemens Ag, 1000 Berlin Und 8000 Muenchen A component designed as a semiconductor circuit with a dielectric carrier and a method for its production
US3932932A (en) * 1974-09-16 1976-01-20 International Telephone And Telegraph Corporation Method of making multilayer printed circuit board
US3997381A (en) 1975-01-10 1976-12-14 Intel Corporation Method of manufacture of an epitaxial semiconductor layer on an insulating substrate
US4028547A (en) * 1975-06-30 1977-06-07 Bell Telephone Laboratories, Incorporated X-ray photolithography
US4196232A (en) 1975-12-18 1980-04-01 Rca Corporation Method of chemically vapor-depositing a low-stress glass layer
US4142004A (en) 1976-01-22 1979-02-27 Bell Telephone Laboratories, Incorporated Method of coating semiconductor substrates
NL7607095A (en) * 1976-06-29 1978-01-02 Philips Nv METHOD FOR A RECORDING TUBE, AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURE THEREOF.
JPS55156395A (en) * 1979-05-24 1980-12-05 Fujitsu Ltd Method of fabricating hollow multilayer printed board
US4262631A (en) 1979-10-01 1981-04-21 Kubacki Ronald M Thin film deposition apparatus using an RF glow discharge
US4401986A (en) 1979-12-26 1983-08-30 Texas Instruments Incorporated Position sensor and system
US4416054A (en) 1980-07-01 1983-11-22 Westinghouse Electric Corp. Method of batch-fabricating flip-chip bonded dual integrated circuit arrays
JPS5747711A (en) 1980-08-08 1982-03-18 Fujitsu Ltd Chemical plasma growing method in vapor phase
DE3070833D1 (en) * 1980-09-19 1985-08-08 Ibm Deutschland Structure with a silicon body that presents an aperture and method of making this structure
JPS5843554A (en) * 1981-09-08 1983-03-14 Mitsubishi Electric Corp Semiconductor device
US4500905A (en) * 1981-09-30 1985-02-19 Tokyo Shibaura Denki Kabushiki Kaisha Stacked semiconductor device with sloping sides
JPS58111491A (en) * 1981-12-25 1983-07-02 Nippon Kogaku Kk <Nikon> Solid-state image pickup device
US4585991A (en) 1982-06-03 1986-04-29 Texas Instruments Incorporated Solid state multiprobe testing apparatus
JPS59672A (en) * 1982-06-27 1984-01-05 Tsutomu Jinno Distance measuring sensor
US4622632A (en) 1982-08-18 1986-11-11 Board Of Regents, University Of Washington Data processing system having a pyramidal array of processors
US4761681A (en) 1982-09-08 1988-08-02 Texas Instruments Incorporated Method for fabricating a semiconductor contact and interconnect structure using orientation dependent etching and thermomigration
US4663559A (en) * 1982-09-17 1987-05-05 Christensen Alton O Field emission device
US4465759A (en) * 1983-02-14 1984-08-14 The Perkin-Elmer Corporation Method of fabricating a pellicle cover for projection printing system
US4604162A (en) * 1983-06-13 1986-08-05 Ncr Corporation Formation and planarization of silicon-on-insulator structures
JPS6098655A (en) * 1983-11-02 1985-06-01 Nec Corp Semiconductor device
JPS60109270A (en) * 1983-11-18 1985-06-14 Nec Corp Manufacture of semiconductor device
JPS60126871A (en) * 1983-12-14 1985-07-06 Hitachi Ltd Semiconductor pressure-sensitive device and manufacture thereof
JPS60126871U (en) 1984-01-30 1985-08-26 株式会社 イト−キ Panel for automatic cash handling machine corner
JPS60235446A (en) * 1984-05-09 1985-11-22 Nec Corp Semiconductor device and manufacture thereof
JPS6130059A (en) 1984-07-20 1986-02-12 Nec Corp Manufacture of semiconductor device
US4617160A (en) 1984-11-23 1986-10-14 Irvine Sensors Corporation Method for fabricating modules comprising uniformly stacked, aligned circuit-carrying layers
JPS61132832A (en) * 1984-11-30 1986-06-20 Sanyo Electric Co Ltd Semiconductor pressure sensor
EP0189976A3 (en) * 1985-01-30 1987-12-02 Energy Conversion Devices, Inc. Extremely lightweight, flexible semiconductor device arrays and method of making same
DE3504714A1 (en) * 1985-02-12 1986-08-14 Siemens AG, 1000 Berlin und 8000 München LITHOGRAPH DEVICE FOR GENERATING MICROSTRUCTURES
US4762728A (en) 1985-04-09 1988-08-09 Fairchild Semiconductor Corporation Low temperature plasma nitridation process and applications of nitride films formed thereby
US4618763A (en) * 1985-04-12 1986-10-21 Grumman Aerospace Corporation Infrared focal plane module with stacked IC module body
NL8501773A (en) * 1985-06-20 1987-01-16 Philips Nv METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES
US4674176A (en) * 1985-06-24 1987-06-23 The United States Of America As Represented By The United States Department Of Energy Planarization of metal films for multilevel interconnects by pulsed laser heating
JPS629642A (en) * 1985-07-05 1987-01-17 Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd Manufacture of semiconductor device
DE3527532A1 (en) * 1985-08-01 1987-02-12 Teves Gmbh Alfred METHOD AND BRAKE SYSTEM FOR DRIVE CONTROL
JPS6254477A (en) * 1985-09-03 1987-03-10 Nippon Denso Co Ltd Manufacture of semiconductor pressure sensor
JPS62128556A (en) 1985-11-29 1987-06-10 Fujitsu Ltd Semiconductor device
JPS62155517A (en) * 1985-12-27 1987-07-10 Canon Inc Apparatus and method for manufacturing semiconductor
NL8600087A (en) * 1986-01-17 1987-08-17 Philips Nv DEVICE FOR FULL-DUPLEX DATA TRANSMISSION ON TWO-WIRE CONNECTIONS.
KR900008647B1 (en) * 1986-03-20 1990-11-26 후지쓰 가부시끼가이샤 A method for manufacturing three demensional i.c.
US4706166A (en) 1986-04-25 1987-11-10 Irvine Sensors Corporation High-density electronic modules--process and product
US5227959A (en) * 1986-05-19 1993-07-13 Rogers Corporation Electrical circuit interconnection
US4897708A (en) * 1986-07-17 1990-01-30 Laser Dynamics, Inc. Semiconductor wafer array
US4954875A (en) 1986-07-17 1990-09-04 Laser Dynamics, Inc. Semiconductor wafer array with electrically conductive compliant material
US4810673A (en) 1986-09-18 1989-03-07 Texas Instruments Incorporated Oxide deposition method
US4824073A (en) * 1986-09-24 1989-04-25 Stanford University Integrated, microminiature electric to fluidic valve
US4918811A (en) * 1986-09-26 1990-04-24 General Electric Company Multichip integrated circuit packaging method
US4684436A (en) * 1986-10-29 1987-08-04 International Business Machines Corp. Method of simultaneously etching personality and select
US5000113A (en) * 1986-12-19 1991-03-19 Applied Materials, Inc. Thermal CVD/PECVD reactor and use for thermal chemical vapor deposition of silicon dioxide and in-situ multi-step planarized process
US4892753A (en) * 1986-12-19 1990-01-09 Applied Materials, Inc. Process for PECVD of silicon oxide using TEOS decomposition
US4766670A (en) * 1987-02-02 1988-08-30 International Business Machines Corporation Full panel electronic packaging structure and method of making same
US5010024A (en) 1987-03-04 1991-04-23 Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. Passivation for integrated circuit structures
JPS63229862A (en) 1987-03-19 1988-09-26 Komatsu Ltd Manufacture of thin film pressure sensor
US5110712A (en) * 1987-06-12 1992-05-05 Hewlett-Packard Company Incorporation of dielectric layers in a semiconductor
US4767973A (en) * 1987-07-06 1988-08-30 Sarcos Incorporated Systems and methods for sensing position and movement
US4818661A (en) * 1987-07-21 1989-04-04 The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Navy Method for fabricating thin film metallic meshes for use as Fabry-Perot interferometer elements, filters and other devices
US4849857A (en) 1987-10-05 1989-07-18 Olin Corporation Heat dissipating interconnect tape for use in tape automated bonding
JPH01199476A (en) 1987-10-28 1989-08-10 Komatsu Ltd Pressure sensor
FR2623013A1 (en) 1987-11-06 1989-05-12 Commissariat Energie Atomique ELECTRO SOURCE WITH EMISSIVE MICROPOINT CATHODES AND FIELD EMISSION-INDUCED CATHODOLUMINESCENCE VISUALIZATION DEVICE USING THE SOURCE
US4825277A (en) * 1987-11-17 1989-04-25 Motorola Inc. Trench isolation process and structure
KR900002716B1 (en) * 1987-11-26 1990-04-23 재단법인한국전자 통신연구소 Beam focusing device of laser-grapher
US4784721A (en) * 1988-02-22 1988-11-15 Honeywell Inc. Integrated thin-film diaphragm; backside etch
GB2215168A (en) 1988-02-23 1989-09-13 Ibm Windows with restricted colour range have priority defined by colour codes
GB2215914B (en) 1988-03-17 1991-07-03 Emi Plc Thorn A microengineered diaphragm pressure switch and a method of manufacture thereof
US4909611A (en) * 1988-04-21 1990-03-20 Systems And Simulation, Inc. Large active screen display
GB8810973D0 (en) * 1988-05-10 1988-06-15 Stc Plc Improvements in integrated circuits
US5323035A (en) * 1992-10-13 1994-06-21 Glenn Leedy Interconnection structure for integrated circuits and method for making same
US6288561B1 (en) 1988-05-16 2001-09-11 Elm Technology Corporation Method and apparatus for probing, testing, burn-in, repairing and programming of integrated circuits in a closed environment using a single apparatus
US5512397A (en) 1988-05-16 1996-04-30 Leedy; Glenn J. Stepper scanner discretionary lithography and common mask discretionary lithography for integrated circuits
US5354695A (en) 1992-04-08 1994-10-11 Leedy Glenn J Membrane dielectric isolation IC fabrication
US5020219A (en) * 1988-05-16 1991-06-04 Leedy Glenn J Method of making a flexible tester surface for testing integrated circuits
US5034685A (en) 1988-05-16 1991-07-23 Leedy Glenn J Test device for testing integrated circuits
US5103557A (en) * 1988-05-16 1992-04-14 Leedy Glenn J Making and testing an integrated circuit using high density probe points
US5225771A (en) 1988-05-16 1993-07-06 Dri Technology Corp. Making and testing an integrated circuit using high density probe points
US4994735A (en) 1988-05-16 1991-02-19 Leedy Glenn J Flexible tester surface for testing integrated circuits
EP0344513A3 (en) * 1988-05-31 1991-01-16 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft Process for the manufacture of a steering plate for a lithography apparatus
USRE34893E (en) 1988-06-08 1995-04-04 Nippondenso Co., Ltd. Semiconductor pressure sensor and method of manufacturing same
US5095349A (en) * 1988-06-08 1992-03-10 Nippondenso Co., Ltd. Semiconductor pressure sensor and method of manufacturing same
US4966663A (en) * 1988-09-13 1990-10-30 Nanostructures, Inc. Method for forming a silicon membrane with controlled stress
JPH0282564A (en) * 1988-09-19 1990-03-23 Nec Corp Semiconductor device
US5008619A (en) 1988-11-18 1991-04-16 Amp-Akzo Corporation Multilevel circuit board precision positioning
JPH02143466A (en) * 1988-11-25 1990-06-01 Mitsubishi Electric Corp Manufacture of semiconductor device
DE68925879T2 (en) 1988-12-21 1996-10-02 At & T Corp Thermal oxidation process with modified growth for thin oxides
FR2641129A1 (en) 1988-12-27 1990-06-29 Bull Sa Substrate for a superconducting thin film
US4996627A (en) * 1989-01-30 1991-02-26 Dresser Industries, Inc. High sensitivity miniature pressure transducer
US4950987A (en) * 1989-03-03 1990-08-21 University Of North Carolina At Charlotte Magneto-inductive sensor for performing tactile and proximity sensing
US4857481A (en) * 1989-03-14 1989-08-15 Motorola, Inc. Method of fabricating airbridge metal interconnects
JP2823276B2 (en) * 1989-03-18 1998-11-11 株式会社東芝 Method for manufacturing X-ray mask and apparatus for controlling internal stress of thin film
US4990462A (en) * 1989-04-12 1991-02-05 Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. Method for coplanar integration of semiconductor ic devices
EP0393220B1 (en) * 1989-04-20 1994-07-13 International Business Machines Corporation Integrated circuit package
JP2517410B2 (en) * 1989-05-15 1996-07-24 三菱電機株式会社 Integrated circuit device with learning function
US5144142A (en) * 1989-05-19 1992-09-01 Fujitsu Limited Blanking aperture array, method for producing blanking aperture array, charged particle beam exposure apparatus and charged particle beam exposure method
US5262341A (en) * 1989-05-19 1993-11-16 Fujitsu Limited Blanking aperture array and charged particle beam exposure method
US4928058A (en) * 1989-05-23 1990-05-22 The University Of Rochester Electro-optic signal measurement
US5051326A (en) 1989-05-26 1991-09-24 At&T Bell Laboratories X-Ray lithography mask and devices made therewith
US4919749A (en) * 1989-05-26 1990-04-24 Nanostructures, Inc. Method for making high resolution silicon shadow masks
US5070026A (en) 1989-06-26 1991-12-03 Spire Corporation Process of making a ferroelectric electronic component and product
US5119164A (en) * 1989-07-25 1992-06-02 Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. Avoiding spin-on-glass cracking in high aspect ratio cavities
US5071510A (en) * 1989-09-22 1991-12-10 Robert Bosch Gmbh Process for anisotropic etching of silicon plates
EP0419898B1 (en) 1989-09-28 2000-05-31 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft Method of enhancing the withstand voltage of a multilayered semiconductor device
US5098865A (en) 1989-11-02 1992-03-24 Machado Jose R High step coverage silicon oxide thin films
JP2753746B2 (en) * 1989-11-06 1998-05-20 日本メクトロン株式会社 Flexible circuit board for mounting IC and method of manufacturing the same
US5156909A (en) 1989-11-28 1992-10-20 Battelle Memorial Institute Thick, low-stress films, and coated substrates formed therefrom, and methods for making same
US5169805A (en) * 1990-01-29 1992-12-08 International Business Machines Corporation Method of resiliently mounting an integrated circuit chip to enable conformal heat dissipation
JP3276146B2 (en) 1990-03-30 2002-04-22 株式会社デンソー Semiconductor device and manufacturing method thereof
DE69123575T2 (en) 1990-04-26 1999-09-02 The Commonwealth Of Australia BOLOMETER TYPE THERMAL INFRARED DETECTOR WITH SEMICONDUCTOR FILM
US5116777A (en) * 1990-04-30 1992-05-26 Sgs-Thomson Microelectronics, Inc. Method for fabricating semiconductor devices by use of an N+ buried layer for complete isolation
US5081421A (en) 1990-05-01 1992-01-14 At&T Bell Laboratories In situ monitoring technique and apparatus for chemical/mechanical planarization endpoint detection
JPH0414815A (en) * 1990-05-08 1992-01-20 Toyota Autom Loom Works Ltd Manufacture of semiconductor device
US5006202A (en) * 1990-06-04 1991-04-09 Xerox Corporation Fabricating method for silicon devices using a two step silicon etching process
JP2913785B2 (en) * 1990-07-12 1999-06-28 富士通株式会社 Method for manufacturing semiconductor device
US5203731A (en) * 1990-07-18 1993-04-20 International Business Machines Corporation Process and structure of an integrated vacuum microelectronic device
JPH0476946A (en) * 1990-07-19 1992-03-11 Fujitsu Ltd Wafer integrated circuit device
JPH0483371A (en) * 1990-07-26 1992-03-17 Toshiba Corp Semiconductor device
FR2666173A1 (en) * 1990-08-21 1992-02-28 Thomson Csf HYBRID INTERCONNECTION STRUCTURE FOR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS AND MANUFACTURING METHOD.
US5062689A (en) * 1990-08-21 1991-11-05 Koehler Dale R Electrostatically actuatable light modulating device
GB9018766D0 (en) * 1990-08-28 1990-10-10 Lsi Logic Europ Stacking of integrated circuits
JPH04107964A (en) * 1990-08-29 1992-04-09 Hitachi Ltd Semiconductor ic device
US5432444A (en) * 1990-10-23 1995-07-11 Kaisei Engineer Co., Ltd. Inspection device having coaxial induction and exciting coils forming a unitary coil unit
US5206186A (en) * 1990-10-26 1993-04-27 General Electric Company Method for forming semiconductor electrical contacts using metal foil and thermocompression bonding
US5117282A (en) * 1990-10-29 1992-05-26 Harris Corporation Stacked configuration for integrated circuit devices
DE4034697A1 (en) 1990-10-31 1992-05-14 Fraunhofer Ges Forschung METHOD FOR HANDLING MICROSCOPICALLY SMALL, DIELECTRIC PARTICLES AND DEVICE FOR IMPLEMENTING THE METHOD
US5245227A (en) * 1990-11-02 1993-09-14 Atmel Corporation Versatile programmable logic cell for use in configurable logic arrays
JPH06103714B2 (en) 1990-11-22 1994-12-14 信越半導体株式会社 Method for inspecting electrical characteristics of silicon single crystal
US5130894A (en) 1990-11-26 1992-07-14 At&T Bell Laboratories Three-dimensional circuit modules
JPH04196263A (en) * 1990-11-27 1992-07-16 Mitsubishi Electric Corp Semiconductor integrated circuit
US5206749A (en) * 1990-12-31 1993-04-27 Kopin Corporation Liquid crystal display having essentially single crystal transistors pixels and driving circuits
US5274270A (en) 1990-12-17 1993-12-28 Nchip, Inc. Multichip module having SiO2 insulating layer
NL9002816A (en) * 1990-12-19 1992-07-16 Single Buoy Moorings QUICK COUPLING AND QUICK COUPLING ASSEMBLY.
JP3071876B2 (en) * 1991-01-08 2000-07-31 株式会社東芝 X-ray mask, method of manufacturing the same, and exposure method using the same
JP2816028B2 (en) * 1991-02-18 1998-10-27 株式会社東芝 Method for manufacturing semiconductor device
NL9100327A (en) * 1991-02-25 1992-09-16 Philips Nv CATHODE.
EP0501361B1 (en) * 1991-02-25 2002-05-15 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Electrical connecting member and method of manufacturing the same
US5358909A (en) * 1991-02-27 1994-10-25 Nippon Steel Corporation Method of manufacturing field-emitter
DE4106288C2 (en) 1991-02-28 2001-05-31 Bosch Gmbh Robert Sensor for measuring pressures or accelerations
JP2613498B2 (en) 1991-03-15 1997-05-28 信越半導体株式会社 Heat treatment method for Si single crystal wafer
JP2537511Y2 (en) * 1991-03-15 1997-06-04 株式会社東海理化電機製作所 Steering lock device
US5111278A (en) * 1991-03-27 1992-05-05 Eichelberger Charles W Three-dimensional multichip module systems
FR2674593B1 (en) * 1991-03-29 1993-05-07 Valeo TORSION SHOCK ABSORBER COMPRISING A HOUSING PRE-SHOCK ABSORBER WITH HOOK LEGS, ESPECIALLY FOR A MOTOR VEHICLE.
EP0516866A1 (en) * 1991-05-03 1992-12-09 International Business Machines Corporation Modular multilayer interwiring structure
JP3670277B2 (en) 1991-05-17 2005-07-13 ラム リサーチ コーポレーション Method for depositing SiOx films with low intrinsic stress and / or low hydrogen content
JP3109861B2 (en) 1991-06-12 2000-11-20 キヤノン株式会社 Information recording and / or reproducing apparatus
FR2677668B1 (en) 1991-06-14 1993-10-15 France Telecom METHOD FOR CLEANING OXIDIZED METAL SURFACES IN THE MANUFACTURE OF INTERCONNECTION NETWORKS AND WAFERS FOR SUCH NETWORKS.
US5279865A (en) 1991-06-28 1994-01-18 Digital Equipment Corporation High throughput interlevel dielectric gap filling process
JP2555811B2 (en) 1991-09-10 1996-11-20 富士通株式会社 Flip chip bonding method for semiconductor chips
US5270261A (en) 1991-09-13 1993-12-14 International Business Machines Corporation Three dimensional multichip package methods of fabrication
US6230233B1 (en) 1991-09-13 2001-05-08 Sandisk Corporation Wear leveling techniques for flash EEPROM systems
US5151775A (en) 1991-10-07 1992-09-29 Tektronix, Inc. Integrated circuit device having improved substrate capacitance isolation
US5856695A (en) 1991-10-30 1999-01-05 Harris Corporation BiCMOS devices
JPH05129423A (en) 1991-10-30 1993-05-25 Rohm Co Ltd Semiconductor device and manufacture thereof
US5284804A (en) * 1991-12-31 1994-02-08 Texas Instruments Incorporated Global planarization process
JP3191061B2 (en) 1992-01-31 2001-07-23 キヤノン株式会社 Semiconductor device and liquid crystal display device
US5470693A (en) * 1992-02-18 1995-11-28 International Business Machines Corporation Method of forming patterned polyimide films
US6008126A (en) 1992-04-08 1999-12-28 Elm Technology Corporation Membrane dielectric isolation IC fabrication
US5985693A (en) 1994-09-30 1999-11-16 Elm Technology Corporation High density three-dimensional IC interconnection
US6714625B1 (en) * 1992-04-08 2004-03-30 Elm Technology Corporation Lithography device for semiconductor circuit pattern generation
US5236118A (en) 1992-05-12 1993-08-17 The Regents Of The University Of California Aligned wafer bonding
US6017658A (en) * 1992-05-13 2000-01-25 The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Navy Lithographic mask and method for fabrication thereof
US5786629A (en) 1992-05-14 1998-07-28 Reveo, Inc. 3-D packaging using massive fillo-leaf technology
EP0596075B1 (en) 1992-05-15 2001-08-22 Irvine Sensors Corporation Non-conductive end layer for integrated stack of ic chips
US5273940A (en) 1992-06-15 1993-12-28 Motorola, Inc. Multiple chip package with thinned semiconductor chips
US5489554A (en) * 1992-07-21 1996-02-06 Hughes Aircraft Company Method of making a 3-dimensional circuit assembly having electrical contacts that extend through the IC layer
US5432999A (en) * 1992-08-20 1995-07-18 Capps; David F. Integrated circuit lamination process
US5324687A (en) * 1992-10-16 1994-06-28 General Electric Company Method for thinning of integrated circuit chips for lightweight packaged electronic systems
US5450603A (en) * 1992-12-18 1995-09-12 Xerox Corporation SIMD architecture with transfer register or value source circuitry connected to bus
US5426072A (en) 1993-01-21 1995-06-20 Hughes Aircraft Company Process of manufacturing a three dimensional integrated circuit from stacked SOI wafers using a temporary silicon substrate
US5717947A (en) * 1993-03-31 1998-02-10 Motorola, Inc. Data processing system and method thereof
US5527645A (en) 1993-04-21 1996-06-18 Pati; Yagyensh C. Systematic method for production of phase-shifting photolithographic masks
WO1994026083A1 (en) 1993-04-23 1994-11-10 Irvine Sensors Corporation Electronic module comprising a stack of ic chips
US5426363A (en) * 1993-04-26 1995-06-20 Kabushiki Kaisha Honda Denshi Giken Object detecting device
US5694588A (en) 1993-05-07 1997-12-02 Texas Instruments Incorporated Apparatus and method for synchronizing data transfers in a single instruction multiple data processor
US5385632A (en) 1993-06-25 1995-01-31 At&T Laboratories Method for manufacturing integrated semiconductor devices
US5363021A (en) 1993-07-12 1994-11-08 Cornell Research Foundation, Inc. Massively parallel array cathode
US5399505A (en) * 1993-07-23 1995-03-21 Motorola, Inc. Method and apparatus for performing wafer level testing of integrated circuit dice
US5434500A (en) * 1993-07-26 1995-07-18 Hauck; Bruce Magnetic field generator and detector position indicator
FR2709020B1 (en) 1993-08-13 1995-09-08 Thomson Csf Method for interconnecting three-dimensional semiconductor wafers, and component resulting therefrom.
EP0713609B1 (en) 1993-08-13 2003-05-07 Irvine Sensors Corporation Stack of ic chips as substitute for single ic chip
US5502667A (en) 1993-09-13 1996-03-26 International Business Machines Corporation Integrated multichip memory module structure
US5413659A (en) 1993-09-30 1995-05-09 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Array of conductive pathways
EP0721662A1 (en) 1993-09-30 1996-07-17 Kopin Corporation Three-dimensional processor using transferred thin film circuits
JP2980497B2 (en) 1993-11-15 1999-11-22 株式会社東芝 Method of manufacturing dielectric-isolated bipolar transistor
US5385909A (en) * 1993-11-22 1995-01-31 American Home Products Corporation Heterocyclic esters of rapamycin
JPH07176688A (en) 1993-12-20 1995-07-14 Mitsubishi Electric Corp Semiconductor integrated circuit
JPH07230696A (en) * 1993-12-21 1995-08-29 Toshiba Corp Semiconductor memory
US5583688A (en) 1993-12-21 1996-12-10 Texas Instruments Incorporated Multi-level digital micromirror device
US5457879A (en) 1994-01-04 1995-10-17 Motorola, Inc. Method of shaping inter-substrate plug and receptacles interconnects
US5380681A (en) * 1994-03-21 1995-01-10 United Microelectronics Corporation Three-dimensional multichip package and methods of fabricating
US5480842A (en) * 1994-04-11 1996-01-02 At&T Corp. Method for fabricating thin, strong, and flexible die for smart cards
DE59510807D1 (en) * 1994-07-05 2003-11-20 Infineon Technologies Ag METHOD FOR PRODUCING A THREE-DIMENSIONAL CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENT
US5880010A (en) 1994-07-12 1999-03-09 Sun Microsystems, Inc. Ultrathin electronics
US5555212A (en) 1994-09-19 1996-09-10 Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba Method and apparatus for redundancy word line replacement in a semiconductor memory device
IT1274925B (en) * 1994-09-21 1997-07-29 Texas Instruments Italia Spa MEMORY ARCHITECTURE FOR SOLID STATE DISCS
DE4433845A1 (en) 1994-09-22 1996-03-28 Fraunhofer Ges Forschung Method of manufacturing a three-dimensional integrated circuit
DE4433833A1 (en) 1994-09-22 1996-03-28 Fraunhofer Ges Forschung Method for producing a three-dimensional integrated circuit while achieving high system yields
US5644144A (en) 1994-09-23 1997-07-01 Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. Device and method for programming a logic level within an integrated circuit using multiple mask layers
JP2806277B2 (en) 1994-10-13 1998-09-30 日本電気株式会社 Semiconductor device and manufacturing method thereof
JPH08134212A (en) 1994-11-14 1996-05-28 Hitachi Ltd Wiring structure and production thereof
US6124179A (en) 1996-09-05 2000-09-26 Adamic, Jr.; Fred W. Inverted dielectric isolation process
US5527397A (en) * 1994-12-12 1996-06-18 National Science Council Photoelectric conversion device
US5577050A (en) * 1994-12-28 1996-11-19 Lsi Logic Corporation Method and apparatus for configurable build-in self-repairing of ASIC memories design
US5534465A (en) 1995-01-10 1996-07-09 At&T Corp. Method for making multichip circuits using active semiconductor substrates
US6107213A (en) 1996-02-01 2000-08-22 Sony Corporation Method for making thin film semiconductor
US5644277A (en) 1995-02-27 1997-07-01 Hughes Aircraft Company Three-wire-line vertical interconnect structure for multilevel substrates
US5733814A (en) * 1995-04-03 1998-03-31 Aptek Industries, Inc. Flexible electronic card and method
JP3174715B2 (en) 1995-05-26 2001-06-11 キヤノン株式会社 Wireless communication system and wireless terminal device
US5514628A (en) * 1995-05-26 1996-05-07 Texas Instruments Incorporated Two-step sinter method utilized in conjunction with memory cell replacement by redundancies
US6020257A (en) * 1995-06-07 2000-02-01 Elm Technology Corporation Membrane dielectric isolation IC fabrication
US5582939A (en) 1995-07-10 1996-12-10 Micron Technology, Inc. Method for fabricating and using defect-free phase shifting masks
US5620915A (en) * 1995-07-12 1997-04-15 United Microelectronics Corporation Method for bypassing null-code sections for read-only memory by access line control
US5675185A (en) 1995-09-29 1997-10-07 International Business Machines Corporation Semiconductor structure incorporating thin film transistors with undoped cap oxide layers
US5854760A (en) * 1995-11-10 1998-12-29 Nippon Telegraph And Telephone Corporation Two-dimensional PE array, content addressable memory, data transfer method and mathematical morphology processing method
US5627112A (en) 1995-11-13 1997-05-06 Rockwell International Corporation Method of making suspended microstructures
US5818748A (en) * 1995-11-21 1998-10-06 International Business Machines Corporation Chip function separation onto separate stacked chips
US6445006B1 (en) * 1995-12-20 2002-09-03 Advanced Technology Materials, Inc. Microelectronic and microelectromechanical devices comprising carbon nanotube components, and methods of making same
JP3127816B2 (en) 1995-12-28 2001-01-29 日新電機株式会社 Switchgear
US6094733A (en) * 1996-01-25 2000-07-25 Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba Method for testing semiconductor memory devices, and apparatus and system for testing semiconductor memory devices
US5787445A (en) 1996-03-07 1998-07-28 Norris Communications Corporation Operating system including improved file management for use in devices utilizing flash memory as main memory
US5719437A (en) * 1996-04-19 1998-02-17 Lucent Technologies Inc. Smart cards having thin die
US5882532A (en) 1996-05-31 1999-03-16 Hewlett-Packard Company Fabrication of single-crystal silicon structures using sacrificial-layer wafer bonding
US5870176A (en) 1996-06-19 1999-02-09 Sandia Corporation Maskless lithography
US5656552A (en) 1996-06-24 1997-08-12 Hudak; John James Method of making a thin conformal high-yielding multi-chip module
US5760478A (en) 1996-08-20 1998-06-02 International Business Machines Corporation Clock skew minimization system and method for integrated circuits
US6045625A (en) 1996-12-06 2000-04-04 Texas Instruments Incorporated Buried oxide with a thermal expansion matching layer for SOI
US5786116A (en) 1997-02-14 1998-07-28 Micron Technology, Inc. Atom lithographic mask having diffraction grating aligned with primary mask pattern
US6551857B2 (en) * 1997-04-04 2003-04-22 Elm Technology Corporation Three dimensional structure integrated circuits
US5915167A (en) 1997-04-04 1999-06-22 Elm Technology Corporation Three dimensional structure memory
DE19721738C1 (en) * 1997-05-24 1998-11-05 Schott Glas Aluminosilicate glass for flat displays and uses
US6097096A (en) 1997-07-11 2000-08-01 Advanced Micro Devices Metal attachment method and structure for attaching substrates at low temperatures
NO308149B1 (en) * 1998-06-02 2000-07-31 Thin Film Electronics Asa Scalable, integrated data processing device
US5998069A (en) 1998-02-27 1999-12-07 Micron Technology, Inc. Electrically programmable photolithography mask
US6092174A (en) * 1998-06-01 2000-07-18 Context, Inc. Dynamically reconfigurable distributed integrated circuit processor and method
US6230223B1 (en) * 1998-06-01 2001-05-08 Compaq Computer Corporation Dual purpose apparatus method and system for accelerated graphics or second memory interface
US6301653B1 (en) * 1998-10-14 2001-10-09 Conexant Systems, Inc. Processor containing data path units with forwarding paths between two data path units and a unique configuration or register blocks
US6261728B1 (en) 1998-10-19 2001-07-17 Vanguard International Semiconductor Corporation Mask image scanning exposure method
US6197456B1 (en) * 1999-01-19 2001-03-06 Lsi Logic Corporation Mask having an arbitrary complex transmission function
US6300935B1 (en) * 1999-04-20 2001-10-09 Agilent Technologies, Inc. Image interpolation circuit architecture and method for fast bi-cubic interpolation of image information
US6320593B1 (en) * 1999-04-20 2001-11-20 Agilent Technologies, Inc. Method of fast bi-cubic interpolation of image information
US6236602B1 (en) * 2000-05-25 2001-05-22 Robert Patti Dynamic configuration of storage arrays
US6612083B1 (en) * 2001-03-27 2003-09-02 William J. Richards System of building construction
US7402897B2 (en) * 2002-08-08 2008-07-22 Elm Technology Corporation Vertical system integration

Patent Citations (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4070230A (en) * 1974-07-04 1978-01-24 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft Semiconductor component with dielectric carrier and its manufacture
US4131985A (en) * 1976-08-31 1979-01-02 Itt Industries, Inc. Thin silicon devices
US4539068A (en) * 1979-09-20 1985-09-03 Fujitsu Limited Vapor phase growth method
US4618397A (en) * 1982-12-24 1986-10-21 Hitachi, Ltd. Method of manufacturing semiconductor device having a pressure sensor
US4702936A (en) * 1984-09-20 1987-10-27 Applied Materials Japan, Inc. Gas-phase growth process
US4952446A (en) * 1986-02-10 1990-08-28 Cornell Research Foundation, Inc. Ultra-thin semiconductor membranes
US4721938A (en) * 1986-12-22 1988-01-26 Delco Electronics Corporation Process for forming a silicon pressure transducer
US4924589A (en) * 1988-05-16 1990-05-15 Leedy Glenn J Method of making and testing an integrated circuit
US5110373A (en) * 1988-09-13 1992-05-05 Nanostructures, Inc. Silicon membrane with controlled stress

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See also references of EP0641485A4 *

Cited By (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6288561B1 (en) 1988-05-16 2001-09-11 Elm Technology Corporation Method and apparatus for probing, testing, burn-in, repairing and programming of integrated circuits in a closed environment using a single apparatus
EP0678912A2 (en) * 1994-04-20 1995-10-25 Texas Instruments Incorporated Isolation of transistors using trenches filled with dielectrics having low dielectric constant K
EP0678912A3 (en) * 1994-04-20 1998-01-21 Texas Instruments Incorporated Isolation of transistors using trenches filled with dielectrics having low dielectric constant K
KR100907885B1 (en) 2006-12-29 2009-07-15 동부일렉트로닉스 주식회사 Semiconductor device formation method
KR101455454B1 (en) 2011-06-16 2014-10-27 인피니언 테크놀로지스 아게 Semiconductor devices and methods of fabrication thereof
US9679856B2 (en) 2014-03-07 2017-06-13 Infineon Technologies Ag System and method for a microfabricated fracture test structure
CN108807657A (en) * 2017-04-26 2018-11-13 矽品精密工业股份有限公司 Package structure and method for fabricating the same
CN108807657B (en) * 2017-04-26 2022-01-04 矽品精密工业股份有限公司 Package structure and method for fabricating the same

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US7670893B2 (en) 2010-03-02
US5840593A (en) 1998-11-24
EP1233444A2 (en) 2002-08-21
JP2008270797A (en) 2008-11-06
US7485571B2 (en) 2009-02-03
KR20040002953A (en) 2004-01-07
KR20030097600A (en) 2003-12-31
US6713327B2 (en) 2004-03-30
US20030057513A1 (en) 2003-03-27
US6765279B2 (en) 2004-07-20
US5592018A (en) 1997-01-07
US7385835B2 (en) 2008-06-10
US7550805B2 (en) 2009-06-23
JP2004179670A (en) 2004-06-24
US6682981B2 (en) 2004-01-27
US5580687A (en) 1996-12-03
US5354695A (en) 1994-10-11
US5834334A (en) 1998-11-10
US20080302559A1 (en) 2008-12-11
US20050082641A1 (en) 2005-04-21
EP0641485A4 (en) 1997-12-10
BR9306232A (en) 1998-06-23
US7307020B2 (en) 2007-12-11
EP0641485A1 (en) 1995-03-08
US20040197951A1 (en) 2004-10-07
US20020045297A1 (en) 2002-04-18
US7763948B2 (en) 2010-07-27
JPH07508614A (en) 1995-09-21
KR100374893B1 (en) 2003-05-09
US7479694B2 (en) 2009-01-20
KR950701136A (en) 1995-02-20
US6294909B1 (en) 2001-09-25
US7615837B2 (en) 2009-11-10
US7820469B2 (en) 2010-10-26
US20050051841A1 (en) 2005-03-10
US20040150068A1 (en) 2004-08-05
JP2009218606A (en) 2009-09-24
US20050156265A1 (en) 2005-07-21
JP4730672B2 (en) 2011-07-20
US20030218182A1 (en) 2003-11-27
US5592007A (en) 1997-01-07
US20020014673A1 (en) 2002-02-07
JP3816483B2 (en) 2006-08-30
US5571741A (en) 1996-11-05
US5633209A (en) 1997-05-27
US5946559A (en) 1999-08-31
EP1233444A3 (en) 2002-12-11
US5637907A (en) 1997-06-10
KR100585616B1 (en) 2006-06-07
US20050082626A1 (en) 2005-04-21
KR100397214B1 (en) 2003-09-13
JP4648979B2 (en) 2011-03-09
US20050176174A1 (en) 2005-08-11
US7911012B2 (en) 2011-03-22
US20040132303A1 (en) 2004-07-08
US5869354A (en) 1999-02-09
US5654220A (en) 1997-08-05
JP2004193618A (en) 2004-07-08

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US5985693A (en) High density three-dimensional IC interconnection
US5654220A (en) Method of making a stacked 3D integrated circuit structure
US6008126A (en) Membrane dielectric isolation IC fabrication
US6020257A (en) Membrane dielectric isolation IC fabrication
US6714625B1 (en) Lithography device for semiconductor circuit pattern generation

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): BR JP KR

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): AT BE CH DE DK ES FR GB GR IE IT LU MC NL PT SE

DFPE Request for preliminary examination filed prior to expiration of 19th month from priority date (pct application filed before 20040101)
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 1019940703573

Country of ref document: KR

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 1993910567

Country of ref document: EP

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 1993910567

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 1020017011066

Country of ref document: KR

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 1020027009619

Country of ref document: KR

WWR Wipo information: refused in national office

Ref document number: 1993910567

Country of ref document: EP

WWW Wipo information: withdrawn in national office

Ref document number: 1993910567

Country of ref document: EP